419 Part 74—Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special

Federal Communications Commission Pt. 74

RULES APPLY TO ALL SERVICES, AM, FM, AND RULES APPLY TO ALL SERVICES, AM, FM, AND TV, UNLESS INDICATED AS PERTAINING TO A TV, UNLESS INDICATED AS PERTAINING TO A SPECIFIC SERVICE—Continued SPECIFIC SERVICE—Continued [Policies of FCC are indicated (*)] [Policies of FCC are indicated (*)] Transmission standards, Changes in .. 73.1695 TV ...... 73.609 Transmission standards (TV) ...... 73.682 Transmission system, Automatic (ATS) 73.1500 [50 FR 38530, Sept. 23, 1985; 50 FR 40395, Oct. Transmission system emission limita- 73.44 3, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 34621, 34622, tions, (AM). Transmission system inspections ...... 73.1580 Sept. 30, 1986; 52 FR 37316, Oct. 6, 1987; 52 FR Transmission system installation and 73.49 47569, Dec. 15, 1987; 53 FR 2499, Jan. 28, 1988; safety requirements, AM. 58 FR 51250, Oct. 1, 1993; 59 FR 67103, Dec. 28, Transmission system performance re- 73.40 1994; 63 FR 33878, June 22, 1998] quirements (AM). Transmission system requirements— FM ...... 73.317 PART 74—EXPERIMENTAL RADIO, TV ...... 73.687 AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST Transmission systems, Modification of 73.1690 Transmission systems, subscription TV 73.644 AND OTHER PROGRAM DISTRIBU- Transmissions, Permissible (FM) ...... 73.277 TIONAL SERVICES Transmitter duty operators ...... 73.1860 Transmitter, Location— FM ...... 73.315 Subpart—General; Rules Applicable to All TV ...... 73.685 Services in Part 74 Transmitter location and antenna sys- 73.685 tem (TV). Sec. Transmitters, Auxiliary ...... 73.1670 74.1 Scope. Transmitters, broadcast, Acceptability 73.1660 74.2 General definitions. of. Transmitters, Main ...... 73.1665 74.3 FCC inspections of stations. Transmitters, TV, aural and visual, Op- 73.653 74.5 Cross reference to rules in other parts. eration of. 74.6 Licensing of broadcast auxiliary and TV Channel 6 protection (NCE-FM) .... 73.525 low power auxiliary stations. TV colorburst during black/white pro- 73.4272 (*) 74.12 Notification of filing of applications. gramming. 74.13 Equipment tests. TV/FM dual-language broadcasting in 73.1210 74.14 Service or program tests. Puerto Rico. Type approval of modulation monitors, 73.692 74.15 Station license period. General requirements (TV). 74.16 Temporary extension of station licenses. U 74.18 Transmitter control and operation. Unauthorized operation ...... 73.1745 74.19 Special technical records. U.S./Mexican Agreement ...... 73.3570 74.21 Broadcasting emergency information. USA-Mexico FM Broadcast Agree- 73.504 ment, Channel assignments under 74.22 Use of common antenna structure. (NCE-FM). 74.23 Interference jeopardizing safety of life Unlimited time ...... 73.1710 or protection of property. Unreserved channels, Noncommercial 73.513 74.24 Short-term operation. educational broadcast stations oper- 74.25 Temporary conditional operating au- ating on (NCE-FM). thority. Use of channels, Restrictions on (FM) 73.220 Use of common antenna site— 74.28 Additional orders. FM ...... 73.239 74.30 Antenna structure, marking and light- TV ...... 73.635 ing. Use of multiplex subcarriers— 74.32 Operation in the 17.7–17.8 GHz and 17.8– FM ...... 73.293 19.7 GHz bands. TV ...... 73.665 74.34 Period of construction; certification of Use of multiplex transmissions (AM) ... 73.127 completion of construction. V Vertical blanking interval, Tele- 73.646 Subpart A—Experimental Broadcast communication service on. Stations Vertical plane radiation characteristics 73.160 Visual and aural TV transmitters, Op- 73.653 74.101 Experimental broadcast station. eration of. 74.102 Uses of experimental broadcast sta- Visual modulation monitoring equip- 73.691 tions. ment. 74.103 Frequency assignment. W 74.112 Supplementary statement with appli- Want ads ...... 73.1212 cation for construction permit. Z 74.113 Supplementary reports with application for renewal of license. Zone, Quiet ...... 73.1030 Zones— 74.131 Licensing requirements, necessary FM ...... 73.205 showing. NCE-FM ...... 73.505 74.132 Power limitations. 419

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00429 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Pt. 74 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

74.133 Emission authorized. Subpart F—Television Broadcast Auxiliary 74.151 Equipment changes. Stations

TECHNICAL OPERATION AND OPERATORS 74.600 Eligibility for license. 74.601 Classes of TV broadcast auxiliary sta- 74.161 Frequency tolerances. tions. 74.162 Frequency monitors and measure- 74.602 Frequency assignment. ments. 74.603 Sound channels. 74.163 Time of operation. 74.604 Interference avoidance. 74.165 Posting of station license. 74.631 Permissible service. 74.181 Station records. 74.632 Licensing requirements. 74.182 Program service and charges. 74.633 Temporary authorizations. 74.183 Station identification. 74.634 Remote control operation. 74.184 Rebroadcasts. 74.635 Unattended operation. 74.636 Power limitations. Subparts B–C [Reserved] 74.637 Emissions and emission limitations. 74.638 Frequency coordination. Subpart D—Remote Pickup Broadcast 74.641 Antenna systems. Stations 74.643 Interference to geostationary-satellites. 74.401 Definitions. 74.644 Minimum path lengths for fixed 74.402 Frequency assignment. links. 74.651 Equipment changes. 74.403 Frequency selection to avoid inter- 74.655 Authorization of equipment. ference. 74.661 Frequency tolerance. 74.431 Special rules applicable to remote 74.662 Frequency monitors and measure- pickup stations. ments. 74.432 Licensing requirements and proce- 74.663 Modulation limits. dures. 74.664 Posting of station license. 74.433 Temporary authorizations. 74.682 Station identification. 74.434 Remote control operation. 74.690 Transition of the 1990–2025 MHz band 74.436 Special requirements for automatic from the Broadcast Auxiliary Service to relay stations. emerging technologies. 74.451 Certification of equipment. 74.452 Equipment changes. Subpart G—Low Power TV, TV Translator, 74.461 Transmitter power. and TV Booster Stations 74.462 Authorized bandwidth and emissions. 74.701 Definitions. 74.463 Modulation requirements. 74.702 Channel assignments. 74.464 Frequency tolerance. 74.703 Interference. 74.465 Frequency monitors and measure- 74.705 TV broadcast analog station protec- ments. tion. 74.482 Station identification. 74.706 Digital TV (DTV) station protection. 74.707 Low power TV and TV translator sta- Subpart E—Aural Broadcast Auxiliary tion protection. Stations 74.708 Class A TV and digital Class A TV station protection. 74.501 Classes of aural broadcast auxiliary 74.709 Land mobile station protection. stations. 74.710 Digital low power TV and TV trans- 74.502 Frequency assignment. lator station protection. 74.503 Frequency selection. 74.731 Purpose and permissible service. 74.531 Permissible service. 74.732 Eligibility and licensing require- 74.532 Licensing requirements. ments. 74.533 Remote control and unattended oper- 74.733 UHF translator signal boosters. ation. 74.734 Attended and unattended operation. 74.534 Power limitations. 74.735 Power limitations. 74.535 Emission and bandwidth. 74.736 Emissions and bandwidth. 74.737 Antenna location. 74.536 Directional antenna required. 74.750 Transmission system facilities. 74.537 Temporary authorizations. 74.751 Modification of transmission sys- 74.550 Equipment authorization. tems. 74.551 Equipment changes. 74.761 Frequency tolerance. 74.561 Frequency tolerance. 74.762 Frequency measurements. 74.562 Frequency monitors and measure- 74.763 Time of operation. ments. 74.765 Posting of station and operator li- 74.564 Posting of station license. censes. 74.582 Station identification. 74.769 Copies of rules.

420

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00430 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.2

74.780 Broadcast regulations applicable to 74.1237 Antenna location. translators, low power, and booster sta- 74.1250 Transmitters and associated equip- tions. ment. 74.781 Station records. 74.1251 Technical and equipment modifica- 74.783 Station identification. tions. 74.784 Rebroadcasts. 74.1261 Frequency tolerance. 74.785 Low power TV digital data service 74.1262 Frequency monitors and measure- pilot project. ments. 74.786 Digital channel assignments. 74.1263 Time of operation. 74.787 Digital licensing. 74.1265 Posting of station license. 74.788 Digital construction period. 74.1269 Copies of rules. 74.789 Broadcast regulations applicable to 74.1281 Station records. digital low power television and tele- 74.1283 Station identification. vision translator stations. 74.1284 Rebroadcasts. 74.790 Permissible service of digital TV 74.1290 FM translator and booster station translator and LPTV stations. information available on the Internet. 74.791 Digital call signs. ALPHABETICAL INDEX—PART 74 74.792 Digital low power TV and TV trans- AUTHORITY: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 307, 336(f), lator station protected contour. 336(h) and 554. 74.793 Digital low power TV and TV translator station protection of broadcast sta- EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to tions. part 74 appear at 64 FR 4055, Jan. 27, 1999. 74.794 Digital emissions. 74.795 Digital low power TV and TV translator transmission system facilities. Subpart—General; Rules Applica- 74.796 Modification of digital transmission ble to All Services in Part 74 systems and analog transmission systems for digital operation. § 74.1 Scope. (a) The rules in this subpart are ap- Subpart H—Low Power Auxiliary Stations plicable to the Experimental, Auxiliary 74.801 Definitions. and Special Broadcast, and Other Pro- 74.802 Frequency assignment. gram Distributional Services. 74.803 Frequency selection to avoid inter- (b) Rules in part 74 which apply ex- ference. clusively to a particular service are 74.831 Scope of service and permissible contained in that service subpart, as transmissions. follows: Experimental Broadcast Sta- 74.832 Licensing requirements and proce- tions, Subpart A; Remote Pickup dures. Broadcast Stations, Subpart D; Aural 74.833 Temporary authorizations. 74.851 Certification of equipment. Broadcast STL and Intercity Relay 74.852 Equipment changes. Stations, Subpart E; TV Auxiliary 74.861 Technical requirements. Broadcast Stations, Subpart F; Low- 74.870 Wireless video assist devices. power TV, TV Translator and TV 74.882 Station identification. Booster Stations, Subpart G; Low- power Auxiliary Stations, Subpart H; Subparts I–K [Reserved] FM Broadcast Translator Stations and FM Broadcast Booster Stations, sub- Subpart L—FM Broadcast Translator part L. Stations and FM Broadcast Booster Stations (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; 74.1201 Definitions. 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) 74.1202 Frequency assignment. 74.1203 Interference. [47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982, and 49 FR 32583, 74.1204 Protection of FM broadcast, FM Aug. 15, 1984, as amended at 52 FR 31402, Aug. Translator and LP100 stations. 20, 1987; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004] 74.1205 Protection of channel 6 TV broadcast stations. § 74.2 General definitions. 74.1231 Purpose and permissible service. Broadcast network-entity. A broadcast 74.1232 Eligibility and licensing require- network-entity is an organization ments. which produces programs available for 74.1233 Processing FM translator and boost- simultaneous transmission by 10 or er station applications. 74.1234 Unattended operation. more affiliated broadcast stations and 74.1235 Power limitations and antenna sys- having distribution facilities or cir- tems. cuits available to such affiliated sta- 74.1236 Emission and bandwidth. tions at least 12 hours each day.

421

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00431 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.3 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

Cable network-entity. A cable net- (8) Part 1, Subpart W of this chapter, work-entity is an organization which ‘‘FCC Registration Number’’. (§§ 1.8001– produces programs available for simul- 1.8005.) taneous transmission by cable systems (b) Part 2, ‘‘Frequency Allocations serving a combined total of at least and Radio Treaty Matters, General 5,000,000 subscribers and having dis- Rules and Regulations’’, including sub- tribution facilities or circuits available parts A, ‘‘Terminology’’; B, ‘‘Alloca- to such affiliated stations or cable sys- tion, Assignments and Use of Radio tems. Frequencies’’; C, ‘‘Emissions’’; D, ‘‘Call [51 FR 4601, Feb. 6, 1986] Signs and Other Forms of Identifying Radio Transmissions’’; and J, ‘‘Equip- § 74.3 FCC inspections of stations. ment Authorization Proceedings’’. (a) The licensee of a station author- (c) [Reserved] ized under this part must make the (d) Part 17, ‘‘Construction, Marking station available for inspection by rep- and Lighting of Antenna Structures’’. resentatives of the FCC during the sta- (e) Part 73, ‘‘Radio Broadcast Serv- tion’s business hours, or at any time it ices’’. is in operation. (f) Part 101, ‘‘Fixed Microwave Serv- (b) In the course of an inspection or ices’’. investigation, an FCC representative [53 FR 2499, Jan. 28, 1988, as amended at 60 may require special equipment tests or FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 66 FR 47896, Sept. 14, program tests. 2001; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003] (c) The logs and records required by this part for the particular class or § 74.6 Licensing of broadcast auxiliary type of station must be made available and low power auxiliary stations. upon request to representatives of the Applicants for and licensees of re- FCC. mote pickup broadcast stations, aural [47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982] broadcast auxiliary stations, television broadcast auxiliary stations, and low § 74.5 Cross reference to rules in other power auxiliary stations authorized parts. under subparts D, E, F, and H of this Certain rules applicable to Experi- part are subject to the application and mental, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast procedural rules for wireless tele- and other Program Distribution serv- communications services contained in ices, some of which are also applicable part 1, subpart F of this chapter. Appli- to other services, are set forth in the cants for these stations may file either following Parts of the FCC Rules and manually or electronically as specified Regulations: in §§ 1.913(b) and (d) of this chapter. (a) Part 1, ‘‘Practice and procedure’’. [68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003] (1) Subpart A, ‘‘General Rules of Practice and Procedure’’. (§§ 1.1 to § 74.12 Notification of filing of applica- 1.120). tions. (2) Subpart B, ‘‘Hearing Pro- ceedings’’. (§§ 1.120 to 1.364). The provisions of § 73.1030 ‘‘Notifica- tion concerning interference to Radio (3) Subpart C, ‘‘Rulemaking Pro- Astronomy, Research, and Receiving ceedings’’. (§§ 1.399 to 1.430). Installations’’ apply to all stations au- (4) Subpart F, ‘‘Wireless Tele- thorized under this part of the FCC communications Services Applications Rules except the following: and Proceedings’’. (§§ 1.901 to 1.981). (5) Subpart G, ‘‘Schedule of Statu- (a) Mobile remote pickup stations tory Charges and Procedures for Pay- (subpart D). ment’’. (§§ 1.1101 to 1.1120). (b) TV pickup stations (subpart F). (6) Subpart H, ‘‘Ex Parte Presen- (c) Low power auxiliary stations tations’’. (§§ 1.1200 to 1.1216). (subpart H). (7) Subpart I, ‘‘Procedures Imple- [44 FR 58735, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 44 menting the National Environmental FR 77167, Dec. 31, 1979; 47 FR 28388, June 30, Policy Act of 1969’’. (§§ 1.1301 to 1.1319). 1982]

422

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00432 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.15

§ 74.13 Equipment tests. (b) Licenses for stations or systems (a) During the process of construc- in the Auxiliary Broadcast Service held tion of any class of radio station listed by a licensee of a broadcast station will in this part, the permittee, without be issued for a period running concur- further authority of the Commission, rently with the license of the associ- may conduct equipment tests for the ated broadcast station with which it is purpose of such adjustments and meas- licensed. Licenses held by eligible net- urements as may be necessary to as- works for the purpose of providing pro- sure compliance with the terms of the gram service to affiliated stations construction permit, the technical pro- under subpart D of this part, and by el- visions of the application therefor, the igible networks, cable television opera- technical requirements of this chapter, tors, motion picture producers and tel- and the applicable engineering stand- evision program producers under sub- ards. part H of this part will be issued for a (b) Equipment tests may be contin- period running concurrently with the ued so long as the construction permit normal licensing period for broadcast shall remain valid. stations located in the same area of op- (c) The authorization for tests em- eration. bodied in this section shall not be con- (c) The license of an FM broadcast strued as constituting a license to op- booster station or a TV broadcast erate. booster station will be issued for a pe- [38 FR 18378, July 10, 1973] riod running concurrently with the license of the FM radio broadcast sta- § 74.14 Service or program tests. tion or TV broadcast station (primary (a) Upon completion of construction station) with which it is used. of a radio station in accordance with (d) Initial licenses for low power TV, the terms of the construction permit, TV translator, and FM translator sta- the technical provisions of the applications will ordinarily be issued for a pe- tion therefor, technical requirements riod running until the date specified in of this chapter, and applicable engi- § 73.1020 of this chapter for full service neering standards, and when an appli- stations operating in their State or cation for station license has been filed Territory, or if issued after such date, showing the station to be in satisfac- to the next renewal date determined in tory operating condition, the permittee accordance with § 73.1020 of this chap- or any class of station listed in this ter. Lower power TV and TV translator part may, without further authority of station and FM translator station li- the Commission, conduct service or censes will ordinarily be renewed for 8 program tests. years. However, if the FCC finds that (b) Program test authority for sta- the public interest, convenience or ne- tions authorized under this part will cessity will be served, it may issue ei- continue valid during Commission con- ther an initial license or a renewal sideration of the application for license thereof for a lesser term. The FCC may and during this period further exten- also issue a license renewal for a short- sion of the construction permit is not er term if requested by the applicant. required. Program test authority shall The time of expiration of all licenses be automatically terminated with final will be 3 a.m. local time, on the fol- action on the application for station li- lowing dates, and thereafter to the cense. schedule for full service stations in (c) The authorization for tests em- their states as reflected in § 73.1020 of bodied in this section shall not be con- this chapter: strued as approval by the Commission (1) Nevada: of the application for station license. (i) FM translators, February 1, 1997. [38 FR 18378, July 10, 1973] (ii) LPTV and TV translator, Feb- ruary 1, 1998. § 74.15 Station license period. (2) California: (a) Licenses for experimental broad- (i) FM translators, April 1, 1997. cast stations will be issued for a one (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April year period. 1, 1998

423

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00433 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.15 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(3) Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire, (15) Colorado: Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhodes Is- (i) FM translators, June 1, 1996 land, New York, New Jersey, Pennsyl- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, vania, Maryland, Delaware, West Vir- 1997 ginia, Ohio and the District of (16) New Mexico: Colbumia: (i) FM translators, August 1, 1996 (i) FM translators, June 1, 1997 (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, 1, 1997 1998 (4) Virginia, North Carolina, South (17) Utah: Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, (i) FM translators, October 1, 1996 Mississippi, Louisiana, Arkansas, Mis- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo- souri, Kentucky, Tennessee, Indiana, ber 1, 1997 Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, Pureto (18) Arizona: Rico and the Virgin Islands: (i) FM translators, December 1, 1996 (i) FM translators, August 1, 1997 (ii) LPTV and TV translators, De- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August cember 1, 1997 1, 1998 (e) Licenses held by broadcast net- (5) Oklahoma and Texas: work-entities under Subpart F will or- (i) FM translators, October 1, 1997 dinarily be issued for a period of 8 (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo- years running concurrently with the ber 1, 1998 normal licensing period for broadcast (6) Kansas and Nebraska: stations located in the same area of op- (i) FM translators, December 1, 1997 eration. An application for renewal of (ii) LPTV and TV translators, De- license shall be filed in accordance cember 1, 1998 (7) Iowa and South Dakota: with the provisions of § 1.949. (i) FM translators, February 1, 1998 (f) The license of an experimental (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Feb- broadcast station, FM translator or ruary 1, 1999 FM broadcast booster, TV translator or (8) Minnesota and North Dakota: TV broadcast booster, or low power TV (i) FM translators, April 1, 1998 station will expire as a matter of law (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April upon failure to transmit broadcast sig- 1, 1999 nals for any consecutive 12-month pe- (9) Wyoming: riod notwithstanding any provision, (i) FM translators, June 1, 1998 term, or condition of the license to the (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, contrary. Further, if the license of any 1999 AM, FM, or TV broadcasting station li- (10) Montana: censed under part 73 of this chapter ex- (i) FM translators, August 1, 1998 pires for failure to transmit signals for (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August any consecutive 12-month period, the 1, 1999 licensee’s authorizations under part 74, (11) Idaho: subparts D, E, F, and H in connection (i) FM translators, October 1, 1995 with the operation of that AM, FM, or (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo- TV broadcasting station will also ex- ber 1, 1996 pire notwithstanding any provision, (12) Washington: term, or condition to the contrary. (i) FM translators, December 1, 1995 (ii) LPTV and TV translators, De- (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, cember 1, 1996 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)) (13) Oregon: [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 (i) FM translators, February 1, 1996 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984; 50 FR 26758, June 28, (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Feb- 1985; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 52 FR 25604, ruary 1, 1997 July 8, 1987; 52 FR 31402, Aug. 20, 1987; 59 FR (14) Alaska, American Samoa, Guam, 63052, Dec. 7, 1994; 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996; 62 Mariana Islands and Hawaii: FR 5347, Feb. 5, 1997; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, (i) FM translators, April 1, 1996 2003; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004] (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April 1, 1997

424

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00434 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.22

§ 74.16 Temporary extension of station disrupted or destroyed by storms, licenses. floods or other disasters, the stations Where there is pending before the licensed under this part may be oper- Commission any application, investiga- ated for the purpose of transmitting es- tion, or proceeding which, after hear- sential communications intended to al- ing, might lead to or make necessary leviate distress, dispatch aid, assist in the modification of, revocation of, or rescue operations, maintain order, or the refusal to renew an existing auxil- otherwise promote the safety of life iary or experimental broadcast station and property. In the course of such op- license or a television broadcast trans- eration, a station of any class may lator station license, the Commission communicate with stations of other in its discretion, may grant a temorary classes and in other services. However, extension of such license: Provided, such operation shall be conducted only however, That no such temporary ex- on the frequency or frequencies for tension shall be construed as a finding which the station is licensed and the by the Commission that the operation used power shall not exceed the max- of any radio station thereunder will imum authorized in the station license. serve public interest, convenience, and When such operation involves the use necessity beyond the express terms of of frequencies shared with other sta- such temporary extension of license: tions, licensees are expected to cooper- And provided further, That such tem- ate fully to avoid unnecessary or dis- porary extension of license will in no ruptive interference. wise affect or limit the action of the (b) Whenever such operation involves Commission with respect to any pend- communications of a nature other than ing application or proceeding. those for which the station is licensed to perform, the licensee shall, at the [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 earliest practicable time, notify the FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972] FCC in Washington, DC of the nature of the emergency and the use to which § 74.18 Transmitter control and operation. the station is being put and shall subsequently notify the same offices when Except where unattended operation the emergency operation has been ter- is specifically permitted, the licensee minated. of each station authorized under the (c) Emergency operation undertaken provisions of this part shall designate a pursuant to the provisions of this sec- person or persons to activate and con- tion shall be discontinued as soon as trol its transmitter. At the discretion substantially normal communications of the station licensee, persons so des- facilities have been restored. The Com- ignated may be employed for other du- mission may at any time order dis- ties and for operation of other trans- continuance of such operation. mitting stations if such other duties will not interfere with the proper oper- (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, ation of the station transmission sys- 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)) tems. [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, [60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995] 1979; 47 FR 40175, Sept. 13, 1982] § 74.19 Special technical records. § 74.22 Use of common antenna struc- The FCC may require a broadcast ture. auxiliary station licensee to keep oper- The simultaneous use of a common ating and maintenance records nec- antenna structure by more than one essary to resolve conditions of actual station authorized under this part, or or potential interference, rule viola- by one or more stations of any other tions, or deficient technical operation. service may be authorized. The owner [48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983] of each antenna structure is responsible for ensuring that the structure, if § 74.21 Broadcasting emergency infor- required, is painted and/or illuminated mation. in accordance with part 17 of this chap- (a) In an emergency where normal ter. In the event of default by the communication facilities have been owner, each licensee or permittee shall

425

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00435 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.23 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

be responsible for ensuring that the formance with all normally applicable structure complies with applicable regulations to the extent they are not painting and lighting requirements. superceded by specific provisions of this section. [61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996] (c) Short-term operation is on a sec- § 74.23 Interference jeopardizing safe- ondary, non-interference basis to regu- ty of life or protection of property. larly authorized stations and shall be (a) The licensee of any station au- discontinued immediately upon notifi- thorized under this part that causes cation that perceptible interference is harmful interference, as defined in § 2.1 being caused to the operation of a regu- of the Commission’s rules, to radio larly authorized station. Short-term communications involving the safety station operators shall, to the extent of life or protection of property shall practicable, use only the effective radi- promptly eliminate the interference. ated power and antenna height nec- (b) If harmful interference to radio essary for satisfactory system perform- communications involving the safety ance. of life or protection of property cannot (d) Short-term operation under this be promptly eliminated and the Com- section shall not exceed 720 hours an- mission finds that there exists an im- nually per frequency. minent danger to safety of life or pro- NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (d): Certain fre- tection of property, pursuant to 47 quencies shared with other services which U.S.C. 312 (b) and (e) and 5 U.S.C. 558, are normally available for permanent broad- operation of the offending equipment cast auxiliary station assignment may not shall temporarily be suspended and be available for short-term operation. Refer shall not be resumed until the harmful to any note(s) which may be applicable to interference has been eliminated or the the use of a specific frequency prior to initi- threat to the safety of life or property ating operation. has passed. In situations where the pro- (e) The antenna height of a station tection of property alone is jeopard- operated pursuant to this section shall ized, before taking any action under not increase the height of any man- this paragraph, the Commission shall made antenna supporting structure, or balance the nature and extent of the increase by more than 6.1 meters (20 possible property damage against the feet) the height of any other type of potential harm to a licensee or the man-made structure or natural forma- public caused by suspending part 74 op- tion. However, the facilities of an au- erations. When specifically authorized, thorized broadcast auxiliary station short test operations may be made dur- belonging to another licensee may be ing the period of suspended operation operated in accordance with the terms to check the efficacy of remedial meas- of its outstanding authorization. ures. (f) Stations operated pursuant to this [47 FR 1395, Jan. 13, 1982] section shall be identified by the transmission of the call sign of the associ- § 74.24 Short-term operation. ated part 73 broadcast station or broad- All classes of broadcast auxiliary sta- cast auxiliary station, or, in the case of tions provided for in subparts D, E, F stations operated by broadcast net- and H of this part, except wireless work and cable network entities, by video assist devices, may be operated the network or cable entity’s name and on a short-term basis under the author- base of operations city. ity conveyed by a part 73 license or a (g) Prior to operating pursuant to the broadcast auxiliary license without provisions of this section, licensees prior authorization from the FCC, sub- shall, for the intended location or area- ject to the following conditions: of-operation, notify the appropriate (a) Licensees operating under this frequency coordination committee or provision must be eligible to operate any licensee(s) assigned the use of the the particular class of broadcast auxil- proposed operating frequency, con- iary station. cerning the particulars of the intended (b) The short-term broadcast auxil- operation and shall provide the name iary station shall be operated in con- and telephone number of a person who

426

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00436 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.24

may be contacted in the event of inter- if the antenna looks within a 160° sec- ference. Except as provided herein, this tor away from the border. However, op- notification provision shall not apply eration is not permitted in either of where an unanticipated need for imme- these two situations if the station diate short-term mobile station oper- would be within the coordination dis- ation would render compliance with tance of a receiving earth station in the provisions of this paragraph im- Canada which uses the same frequency practical. band. (The coordination distance is the (1) A CARS licensee shall always be distance, calculated for any station, given advance notification prior to the according to Appendix 28 of the Inter- commencement of short-term oper- national Radio Regulations.) ation on or adjacent to an assigned fre- (3) A broadcast auxiliary service sta- quency. tion operating on frequencies above 1 (2) The Commission may designate a GHz shall not be located within the co- frequency coordinator as the single ordination distance of a receiving earth point of contact under this section for station in Canada which uses the same advance coordination of major national frequency band. (The coordination dis- and international events. Once des- tance is the distance, calculated for ignated, all short-term auxiliary broad- any station, according to Appendix 28 cast use under this section must be co- of the international Radio Regula- ordinated in advance through the des- tions.) ignated coordinator. (i) Short-term operation of a remote (i) Coordinators under this provision pickup broadcast base station, a re- will not be designated unless the Com- mote pickup automatic relay station, mission receives an initial request, in an aural broadcast STL station, an writing, to designate a coordinator. aural broadcast intercity relay station, (ii) The Commission will issue a Pub- a TV STL station, a TV intercity relay lic Notice with information regarding station or a TV translator relay sta- the designation of such a coordinator. tion in the National Radio Quiet Zone, (iii) All coordination must be done on the Table Mountain Radio Receiving a non-discriminatory basis. Zone, or near FCC monitoring stations (iv) All licensees must abide by the is subject to the same advance notifi- decision of the coordinator. The Com- cation procedures applicable to regular mission will be the final arbiter of any applications as provided for in §§ 73.1030 disputes. and 74.12, except that inasmuch as (3) An unanticipated need will never short-term operation does not involve be deemed to exist for a scheduled an application process, the provisions event, such as a convention, sporting relating to agency objection proce- event, etc. dures shall not apply. It shall simply (h) Short-term operation is limited be necessary for the licensee to contact to areas south or west of the United the potentially affected agency and ob- States-Canada border as follows: tain advance approval for the proposed (1) Use of broadcast auxiliary service short-term operation. Where protection frequencies below 470 MHz is limited to to FCC monitoring stations is con- areas of the United States south of cerned, approval for short-term oper- Line A or west of Line C unless the ef- ation may be given by the District Di- fective radiated power of the station is rector of a Commission field facility. 5 watts or less. See § 1.928(e) of this (j)(1) This paragraph applies only to chapter for a definition of Line A and operations which will transmit on fre- Line C. quencies under 15 GHz. Prior to com- (2) A broadcast auxiliary service sta- mencing short-term operation of a re- tion operating on frequencies between mote pickup broadcast station, a re- 470 MHz and 1 GHz must be at least 56.3 mote pickup automatic relay station, kilometers (35 miles) south (or west, as an aural broadcast STL station, an appropriate of the United States-Can- aural broadcast intercity relay station, ada border if the antenna looks within a TV STL station, a TV intercity relay a 200° sector toward the border; or, the station, a TV translator relay station, station must be at least 8.1 kilometers a TV pickup station, or a TV micro- (5 miles) south (or west, as appropriate) wave booster station within the 4-mile

427

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00437 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.25 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(6.4 kilometer) radius Commonwealth from interference, its application may of Puerto Rico Protection Zone (cen- be granted. In emergency situations in tered on NAD–83 Geographical Coordi- which prior notification or approval is nates North Latitude 18°20′38.28″, West not practicable, notification or ap- Longitude 66°45′09.42″), an applicant proval must be accomplished as soon as must notify the Arecibo Observatory, possible after operations begin. located near Arecibo, Puerto Rico. Op- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; erations within the Puerto Rico Co- 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) ordination Zone (i.e., on the islands of Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques, [47 FR 9219, Mar. 4, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 34356, Aug. 30, 1984; 50 FR 23709, June 5, 1985; or Culebra), but outside the Protection 62 FR 55532, Oct. 27, 1997; 68 FR 12762, Mar. 17, Zone, whether short term or long term, 2003; 70 FR 31373, June 1, 2005] shall provide notification to the Are- cibo Observatory prior to commencing § 74.25 Temporary conditional oper- operation. Notification should be di- ating authority. rected to the following: Interference An applicant for a new broadcast Office, Arecibo Observatory, HC3 Box auxiliary radio service station or a 53995, Arecibo, Puerto Rico 00612, Tel. modification of an existing station (809) 878–2612, Fax (809) 878–1861, E-mail under subparts D, E, F, or H of this [email protected]. part may operate the proposed station (2) Notification of short-term oper- during the pendency of its applications ations may be provided by telephone, upon the filing of a properly completed fax, or electronic mail. The notifica- formal application that complies with tion for long-term operations shall be the rules for the particular class of sta- written or electronic, and shall set tion, provided that the conditions set forth the technical parameters of the forth are satisfied. proposed station, including the geo- (a) Conditions applicable to all broad- graphical coordinates of the antenna cast auxiliary stations. (1) Stations oper- (NAD–83 datum), antenna height above ated pursuant to this section shall be ground, ground elevation at the an- identified by the transmission of the tenna, antenna directivity and gain, call sign of the associated part 73 of proposed frequency and FCC Rule Part, this chapter broadcast station, if one type of emission, effective radiated exists, or the prefix ‘‘WT’’ followed by power, and whether the proposed use is the applicant’s local business tele- itinerant. Applicants may wish to con- phone number for broadcast or cable sult interference guidelines, which will network entities. be provided by Cornell University. In (2) The antenna structure(s) has been addition, the applicant shall indicate previously studied by the Federal Avia- in its application to the Commission tion Administration and determined to the date notification was made to the pose no hazard to aviation safety as re- Observatory. Generally, submission of quired by subpart B of part 17 of this the information in the technical por- chapter; or the antenna or tower struction of the FCC license application is ture does not exceed 6.1 meters above adequate notification. After receipt of ground level or above an existing man- such applications in non-emergency made structure (other than an antenna situations, the Commission will allow structure), if the antenna or tower has the Arecibo Observatory a period of 20 not been previously studied by the Fed- days for comments or objections in re- eral Aviation Administration and sponse to the notification indicated. cleared by the FCC; The applicant will be required to make (3) The grant of the application(s) reasonable efforts in order to resolve or does not require a waiver of the Com- mitigate any potential interference mission’s rules; problem with the Arecibo Observatory (4) The applicant has determined that and to file either an amendment to the the facility(ies) will not significantly application or a modification applica- affect the environment as defined in tion, as appropriate. If the Commission § 1.1307 of this chapter; determines that an applicant has satis- (5) The station site does not lie with- fied its responsibility to make reason- in an area identified in § 1.924 of this able efforts to protect the Observatory chapter.

428

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00438 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.32

(b) Conditions applicable to remote or the subsequent dismissal or denial of pickup broadcast auxiliary stations. (1) its application(s). The auxiliary station must be located [68 FR 12762, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 69 within 80 km (50 mi) of the broadcast FR 17958, Apr. 6, 2004; 71 FR 69048, Nov. 29, studio or broadcast transmitter. 2006] (2) The applicant must coordinate the operation with all affected co-channel § 74.28 Additional orders. and adjacent channel licensees in the In case the rules contained in this area of operation. This requirement part do not cover all phases of oper- can be satisfied by coordination with ation or experimentation with respect the local frequency committee if one to external effects, the FCC may make exists. supplemental or additional orders in (3) Operation under this provision is each case as may be deemed necessary. not permitted between 152.87 MHz and [47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982] 153.35 MHz. (c) Conditions applicable to aural and § 74.30 Antenna structure, marking television broadcast auxiliary stations. (1) and lighting. The applicable frequency coordination The provisions of part 17 of the FCC procedures have been successfully com- rules (Construction, Marking, and pleted and the filed application is con- Lighting of Antenna Structures) re- sistent with that coordination. quire certain antenna structures to be (2) The station site does not lie with- painted and/or lighted in accordance with the provisions of §§ 17.47 through in an area requiring international co- 17.56 of the FCC rules. ordination. (3) If operated on frequencies in the [47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982] 17.8–19.7 GHz band for any services or on frequencies in the 17.7–17.8 GHz band § 74.32 Operation in the 17.7–17.8 GHz and 17.8–19.7 GHz bands. for MVPD operations, the station site does not lie within any of the areas (a) To minimize or avoid harmful in- identified in § 1.924 of this chapter. terference to Federal Government Sat- ellite Earth Stations located in the (d) Operation under this section shall Denver, Colorado and Washington, DC be suspended immediately upon notifi- areas, any application for a new sta- cation from the Commission or by the tion license to provide MVPD oper- District Director of a Commission field ations in the 17.7–17.8 GHz band or to facility, and shall not be resumed until operate in the 17.8–19.7 GHz band for specific authority is given by the Com- any service, or for modification of an mission or District Director. When au- existing station license in these bands thorized by the District Director, short which would change the frequency, test operations may be made. power, emission, modulation, polariza- (e) Conditional authority ceases im- tion, antenna height or directivity, or mediately if the application(s) is relocation of such a station, must be co- turned by the Commission because it is ordinated with the Federal Govern- not acceptable for filing. ment by the Commission before an au- (f) Conditional authorization does thorization will be issued, if the sta- not prejudice any action the Commis- tion or proposed station is located in sion may take on the subject applica- whole or in part within any of the tion(s). Conditional authority is ac- areas defined by the following rectan- cepted with the express understanding gles or circles: that such authority may be modified or cancelled by the Commission at any DENVER, CO AREA time without hearing if, in the Com- Rectangle 1: mission’s discretion, the need for such 41°30′00″ N. Lat. on the north action arises. An applicant operating 103°10′00″ W. Long. on the east pursuant to this conditional authority 38°30′00″ N. Lat. on the south assumes all risks associated with such 106°30′00″ W. Long. on the west operation, the termination or modi- Rectangle 2: fication of the conditional authority, 38°30′00″ N. Lat. on the north

429

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00439 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.34 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

105°00′00″ W. Long. on the east (e) Construction of any authorized fa- 37°30′00″ N. Lat. on the south cility or frequency must be completed 105°50′00″ W. Long. on the west by the date specified in the license and Rectangle 3: the Commission must be notified pur- 40°08′00″ N. Lat. on the north suant to § 1.946 of this chapter. 107°00′00″ W. Long. on the east 39°56′00″ N. Lat. on the south [68 FR 12763, Mar. 17, 2003] 107°15′00″ W. Long. on the west Subpart A—Experimental WASHINGTON, DC AREA Broadcast Stations Rectangle: 38°40′00″ N. Lat. on the north § 74.101 Experimental broadcast sta- 78°50′00″ W. Long. on the east tion. 38°10′00″ N. Lat. on the south The term experimental broadcast sta- 79°20′00″ W. Long. on the west tion means a station licensed for exper- or imental or developmental transmission (b) Within a radius of 178 km of of radio telephony, television, fac- 38°48′00″ N. Lat./76°52′00″ W. Long. simile, or other types of telecommuni- (c) In addition, no application seek- cation services intended for reception ing authority for MVPD operations in and use by the general public. the 17.7–17.8 GHz band or to operate in (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; the 17.8–19.7 GHz band for any service 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) will be accepted for filing if the proposed station is located within 20 km of [49 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984] the following coordinates: § 74.102 Uses of experimental broad- Denver, CO area: 39°43′00″ N. Lat./ cast stations. 104°46′00″ W. Long. A license for an experimental broad- Washington, DC area: 38°48′00″ N. Lat./ cast station will be issued for the pur- 76°52′00″ W. Long. poses of carrying on research and ex- Note to § 74.32: The coordinates cited perimentation for the development and in this section are specified in terms of advancement of new broadcast tech- the ‘‘North American Datum of 1983 nology, equipment, systems or services (NAD 83)’’ with an accuracy of ±30 me- which are more extensive or require ters with respect to the ‘‘National other modes of transmission than can Spacial Reference System’’. be accomplished by using a licensed [71 FR 69048, Nov. 29, 2006; 71 FR 75614, Dec. broadcast station under an experi- 15, 2006] mental authorization (see § 73.1510). (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; § 74.34 Period of construction; certifi- 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) cation of completion of construction. [49 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984] (a) Each aural and television broad- § 74.103 Frequency assignment. cast auxiliary station authorized under subparts E and F of this part must be (a) Frequencies allocated to broad- in operation within 18 months from the casting and the various categories of initial date of grant. auxiliary stations, in the FCC’s Table (b) Each remote pickup broadcast of Frequency Allocations (Part 2 of auxiliary station authorized under sub- this chapter), may be assigned respec- part D of this part must be in oper- tively to experimental broadcast and ation within 12 months from the initial experimental auxiliary stations. date of grant. (b) More than one frequency may be (c) Failure to timely begin operation assigned upon a satisfactory showing of means the authorization terminates the need therefor. automatically. (c) Frequencies best suited to the (d) Requests for extension of time purpose of the experimentation and on may be granted upon a showing of good which there appears to be the least cause pursuant to § 1.946(e) of this chap- likelihood of interference to estab- ter. lished stations shall be selected.

430

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00440 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.113

(d) In a case of important experimen- significant environmental impact, see tation which cannot be feasibly con- § 1.1307 of this chapter, submission of ducted on frequencies allocated to an environmental assessment, under broadcasting or the various categories § 1.1311 of this chapter, and compliance of auxiliary stations, the FCC may au- with the Commission’s environmental thorize an experimental station of any rules contained in part 1 of this chap- class to operate on other frequencies ter is required. upon a satisfactory showing of the need therefore and a showing that the pro- (Sec. 319, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended; 47 U.S.C. posed operation can be conducted with- 319; secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, out causing harmful interference to es- 1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) tablished services. However, experi- [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 mental operation which looks toward FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984; 55 FR 20398, May 16, the development of radio transmitting 1990; 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996] apparatus or the rendition of any type of regular service using such fre- § 74.113 Supplementary reports with quencies will not be authorized prior to application for renewal of license. a determination by the FCC that the (a) A report shall be filed with each development of such apparatus or the application for renewal of experimental rendition of such service would serve broadcast station license which shall the public interest. include a statement of each of the fol- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; lowing: 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) (1) Number of hours operated. [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 (2) Full data on research and experi- FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984] mentation conducted including the types of transmitting and studio equip- § 74.112 Supplementary statement with application for construction ment used and their mode of operation. permit. (3) Data on expense of research and A supplementary statement shall be operation during the period covered. filed with, and made a part of, each ap- (4) Power employed, field intensity plication for construction permit for measurements and visual and aural ob- any experimental broadcast station servations and the types of instru- confirming the applicant’s under- ments and receivers utilized to deter- standing: mine the station service area and the (a) That all operation upon the fre- efficiency of the respective types of quency requested is for experimental transmissions. purposes only. (5) Estimated degree of public par- (b) That the frequency requested may ticipation in reception and the results not be the best suited to the particular of observations as to the effectiveness experimental work to be carried on. of types of transmission. (c) That the frequency requested need (6) Conclusions, tentative and final. not be allocated for any service that (7) Program of further developments may be developed as a result of the ex- in broadcasting. perimental operation. (d) That any frequency which may be (8) All developments and major assigned is subject to change without changes in equipment. advance notice or hearing. (9) Any other pertinent develop- (e) That any authorization issued ments. pursuant to the application may be (b) Special or progress reports shall cancelled at any time without notice be submitted from time to time as the or hearing, and will expire as a matter Commission shall direct. of law if the station fails to transmit broadcast signals for any consecutive (Sec. 308, 48 Stat. 1084, as amended; 47 U.S.C. 308; secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 12-month period, notwithstanding any 1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) provision, term, or condition of the license to the contrary. [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 (f) That if approval of the experi- FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984] mental broadcast station may have a

431

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00441 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.131 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

§ 74.131 Licensing requirements, nec- imum power specified. Engineering essary showing. standards have not been established for (a) An applicant for a new experi- these stations. The efficiency factor for mental broadcast station, change in fa- the last radio stage of transmitters em- cilities of any existing station, or ployed will be subject to individual de- modification of license is required to termination but shall be in general make a satisfactory showing of compli- agreement with values normally em- ance with the general requirements of ployed for similar equipment operated the Communications Act of 1934, as within the frequency range authorized. amended, as well as the following: (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; (1) That the applicant has a definite 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) program of research and experimen- [49 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984] tation in the technical phases of broadcasting which indicates reasonable § 74.133 Emission authorized. promise of substantial contribution to the developments of the broadcasting In case emission of a different type art. than that specified in the license is (2) That upon the authorization of necessary or desirable in carrying on the proposed station the applicant can any phases of experimentation, appli- and will proceed immediately with its cation setting out fully the needs shall program of research and experimen- be made by informal application. tation. [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963] (3) That the transmission of signals by radio is essential to the proposed § 74.151 Equipment changes. program of research and experimen- The licensee of an experimental tation. broadcast station may make any (4) That the program of research and changes in the equipment that are experimentation will be conducted by deemed desirable or necessary pro- qualified personnel. vided: (b) A license of an experimental broadcast station will not authorize ex- (a) That the operating frequency is clusive use of any frequency. In case not permitted to deviate more than the interference would be caused by simul- allowed tolerance; taneous operation of stations licensed (b) That the emissions are not per- experimentally, such licensees shall mitted outside the authorized band; endeavor to arrange satisfactory time (c) That the power output complies division. If such agreement cannot be with the license and the regulations reached, the FCC will determine and governing the same; and specify the time division. (d) That the transmitter as a whole (c) A license for an experimental or output power rating of the trans- broadcast station will be issued only on mitter is not changed. the condition that no objectionable in- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; terference to the regular program 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) transmissions of broadcast stations will result from the transmissions of [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 the experimental stations. FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; TECHNICAL OPERATION AND OPERATORS 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 § 74.161 Frequency tolerances. FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984] The departure of the carrier frequency or frequencies of an experi- § 74.132 Power limitations. mental broadcast station must not ex- The license for experimental broad- ceed the tolerance specified in the in- cast stations will specify the maximum strument of authorization. For modes authorized power. The operating power of transmission that do not have a shall not be greater than necessary to resting or center carrier frequency, the carry on the service and in no event occupied bandwidth of the station more than 5 percent above the max- transmissions may not exceed that

432

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00442 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.184

specified in the instrument of author- quate records of the operation, includ- ization. ing: (1) Information concerning the na- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) ture of the experimental operation and the periods in which it is being con- [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] ducted. (2) Information concerning any spe- § 74.162 Frequency monitors and cific data requested by the FCC. measurements. (b) Station records must be retained The licensee of an experimental for a period of two years. broadcast station shall provide the necessary means for determining that the (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; frequency of the station is within the 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) allowed tolerance. The date and time [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] of each frequency check, the frequency as measured, and a description or iden- § 74.182 Program service and charges. tification of the method employed (a) The licensee of an experimental shall be entered in the station log. Suf- broadcast station may transmit pro- ficient observations shall be made to gram material only when necessary to insure that the assigned carrier fre- the experiments being conducted, and quency is maintained within the pre- no regular program service may be scribed tolerance. broadcast unless specifically authorized. (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) (b) The licensee of an experimental broadcast station may make no [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] charges nor ask for any payment, directly or indirectly, for the production § 74.163 Time of operation. or transmission of any programming or (a) Unless specified or restricted information used for experimental hours of operation are shown in the broadcast purposes. station authorization, experimental broadcast stations may be operated at (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) any time and are not required to adhere to a regular schedule of operation. [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] (b) The FCC may limit or restrict the periods of station operation in the § 74.183 Station identification. event interference is caused to other Each experimental broadcast station broadcast or nonbroadcast stations. shall make aural or visual announce- (c) The FCC may require that an ex- ments of its call letters and location at perimental broadcast station conduct the beginning and end of each period of such experiments as are deemed desir- operation, and at least once every hour able and reasonable for development of during operation. the type of service for which the sta- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; tion was authorized. 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] § 74.184 Rebroadcasts. (a) The term rebroadcast means recep- § 74.165 Posting of station license. tion by radio of the programs or other The instrument of authorization or a transmissions of a broadcast station, clearly legible photocopy thereof shall and the simultaneous or subsequent re- be available at the transmitter site. transmission of such programs or transmissions by a broadcast station. [60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995] (1) As used in this section, the word ‘‘program’’ includes any complete pro- § 74.181 Station records. gram or part thereof. (a) The licensee of each experimental (2) The transmission of a program broadcast station must maintain ade- from its point of origin to a broadcast

433

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00443 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.401 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

station entirely by common carrier fa- riod of the lowest frequency encoun- cilities, whether by wire line or radio, tered in the modulation. A time of 1/10 is not considered a rebroadcast. second during which the mean power is (3) The broadcasting of a program re- greatest will be selected normally. layed by a remote broadcast pickup Necessary bandwidth. For a given station is not considered a rebroadcast. class of emission, the minimum value (b) No licensee of an experimental of the occupied bandwidth sufficient to broadcast station may retransmit the ensure the transmission of information program of another U.S. broadcast sta- at the rate and with the quality re- tion without the express authority of quired for the system employed, under the originating station. A copy of the specified conditions. Emissions useful written consent of the licensee origi- for the good functioning of the receiv- nating the program must be kept by ing equipment, as for example, the the licensee of the experimental broad- emission corresponding to the carrier cast station retransmitting such proof reduced carrier systems, shall be in- gram and made available to the FCC cluded in the necessary bandwidth. upon request. Occupied bandwidth. The frequency (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; bandwidth such that, below its lower 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) and above its upper frequency limits, [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] the mean powers radiated are each equal to 0.5 percent of the total mean Subparts B–C [Reserved] power radiated by a given emission. Operational communications. Commu- Subpart D—Remote Pickup nications concerning the technical and programming operation of a broadcast Broadcast Stations station and its auxiliaries. § 74.401 Definitions. Remote control operation. Operation of a base station by a properly designated Associated broadcasting station(s). The person on duty at a control position broadcasting station or stations with from which the transmitter is not visi- which a remote pickup broadcast stable but that position is equipped with tion or system is licensed as an auxil- suitable controls so that essential iary and with which it is principally functions can be performed therefrom. used. Authorized bandwidth. The occupied Remote pickup broadcast base station. or necessary bandwidth, whichever is A remote pickup broadcast station au- greater, authorized to be used by a sta- thorized for operation at a specified lo- tion. cation. Automatic relay station. A remote Remote pickup broadcast mobile station. pickup broadcast base station which is A remote pickup broadcast station au- actuated by automatic means and is thorized for use while in motion or dur- used to relay transmissions between re- ing halts at unspecified locations. (As mote pickup broadcast base and mobile used in this subpart, mobile stations stations, between remote pickup broad- include hand-carried, pack-carried and cast mobile stations and from remote other portable transmitters.) pickup broadcast mobile stations to Remote pickup broadcast stations. A broadcasting stations. (Automatic op- term used in this subpart to include eration is not operation by remote con- both remote pickup broadcast base sta- trol.) tions and remote pickup broadcast mo- Carrier power. The average power at bile stations. the output terminals of a transmitter Remote pickup mobile repeater unit. A (other than a transmitter having a sup- vehicular receiver-transmitter repeater pressed, reduced or controlled carrier) used to provide extended communica- during one radio frequency cycle under tions range for a low-power hand-car- conditions of no modulation. ried or pack-carried transmitter. Mean power. The power at the output Station. As used in this subpart, each terminals of a transmitter during nor- remote pickup broadcast transmitter, mal operation, averaged over a time and its associated accessory equipment sufficiently long compared with the pe- necessary to the radio communication

434

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00444 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.402

function, constitutes a separate sta- mote pickup stations using any emis- tion. sion contained within the resultant Studio. Any room or series of rooms channel in accordance with the provi- equipped for the regular production of sions of § 74.462: 450.00625 MHz, 450.0125 broadcast programs of various kinds. A MHz, 450.01875 MHz, 450.025 MHz, broadcasting booth at a stadium, con- 450.98125 MHz, 450.9875 MHz, 450.99375 vention hall, church, or other similar MHz, 455.00625 MHz, 455.0125 MHz, place is not considered to be a studio. 455.01875 MHz, 455.025 MHz, 455.98125 Systems. A complete remote pickup MHz, 455.9875 MHz, and 455.99375 MHz. broadcast facility consisting of one or These channels are subject to the con- more mobile stations and/or one or dition listed in paragraph (e)(9) of this more base stations authorized pursuant section. to a single license. (b) Up to four of the following 7.5 kHz [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 VHF segments and up to eight of the FR 14728, Mar. 16, 1977; 47 FR 28388, June 30, following 6.25 kHz UHF segments may 1982; 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982; 51 FR 4601, Feb. be stacked to form a channel which 6, 1986] may be assigned for use by broadcast remote pickup stations using any emis- § 74.402 Frequency assignment. sion contained within the resultant Operation on all channels listed in channel in accordance with the provi- this section (except: frequencies 26.07 sions of § 74.462. MHz, 26.11 MHz, and 26.45 MHz, and fre- (1) VHF segments: 152.8625, 152.870, quencies listed in paragraphs (a)(4) and 152.8775, 152.885, 152.8925, 152.900, (c)(1) of this section shall be in accord- 152.9075, 152.915, 152.9225, 152.930, ance with the ‘‘priority of use’’ provi- 152.9375, 152.945, 152.9525, 152.960, sions in § 74.403(b)). The channel will be 152.9675, 152.975, 152.9825, 152.990, assigned by its center frequency, chan- 152.9975, 153.005, 153.0125, 153.020, nel bandwidth, and emission desig- 153.0275, 153.035, 153.0425, 153.050, nator. In general, the frequencies listed 153.0575, 153.065, 153.0725, 153.080, in this section represent the center of 153.0875, 153.095, 153.1025, 153.110, the channel or channel segment. When 153.1175, 153.125, 153.1325, 153.140, an even number of channels are 153.1475, 153.155, 153.1625, 153.170, stacked in those sections stacking is 153.1775, 153.185, 153.1925, 153.200, permitted, channel assignments may 153.2075, 153.215, 153.2225, 153.230, be made for the frequency halfway be- 153.2375, 153.245, 153.2525, 153.260, tween those listed. 153.2675, 153.275, 153.2825, 153.290, (a) The following channels may be as- 153.2975, 153.305, 153.3125, 153.320, signed for use by broadcast remote 153.3275, 153.335, 153.3425, 153.350, and pickup stations using any emission 153.3575. These channels are subject to (other than single sideband or pulse) the conditions listed in paragraphs that will be in accordance with the pro- (e)(3), (4), (5), and (10) of this section. visions of § 74.462. (2) VHF segments: 160.860, 160.8675, (1) [Reserved] 160.875, 160.8825, 160.890, 160.8975, 160.905, (2) HF Channels: 25.87, 25.91, 25.95, 160.9125, 160.920, 160.9275, 160.935, 25.99, 26.03, 26.07, 26.09, 26.11, 26.13, 26.15, 160.9425, 160.950, 160.9575, 160.965, 26.17, 26.19, 26.21, 26.23, 26.25, 26.27, 26.29, 160.9725, 160.980, 160.9875, 160.995, 26.31, 26.33, 26.35, 26.37, 26.39, 26.41, 26.43, 161.0025, 161.010, 161.0175, 161.025, 26.45, and 26.47 MHz. The channels 161.0325, 161.040, 161.0475, 161.055, 25.87–26.09 MHz are subject to the con- 161.0625, 161.070, 161.0775, 161.085, dition listed in paragraph (e)(2) of this 161.0925, 161.100, 161.1075, 161.115, section. 161.1225, 161.130, 161.1375, 161.145, (3) VHF Channels: 166.25 and 170.15 161.1525, 161.160, 161.1675, 161.175, MHz. These channels are subject to the 161.1825, 161.190, 161.1975, 161.205, condition listed in paragraph (e)(8) of 161.2125, 161.220, 161.2275, 161.235, this section. 161.2425, 161.250, 161.2575, 161.265, (4) UHF Channels: Up to two of the 161.2725, 161.280, 161.2875, 161.295, following 6.25 kHz segments may be 161.3025, 161.310, 161.3175, 161.325, stacked to form a channel which may 161.3325, 161.340, 161.3475, 161.355, be assigned for use by broadcast re- 161.3625, 161.370, 161.3775, 161.385,

435

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00445 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.402 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

161.3925, 161.400. These channels are 455.575, 455.58125, 455.5875, 455.59375, subject to the condition listed in para- 455.600, 455.60625, 455.6125, 455.61875. graph (e)(6) and (10) of this section. (c) Up to two of the following 25 kHz (3) VHF segments: 161.625, 161.6325, segments may be stacked to form a 161.640, 161.6475, 161.655, 161.6625, 161.670, channel which may be assigned for use 161.6775, 161.685, 161.6925, 161.700, by broadcast remote pickup stations 161.7075, 161.715, 161.7225, 161.730, using any emission contained within 161.7375, 161.745, 161.7525, 161.760, the resultant channel in accordance 161.7675, 161.775. These channels are with the provisions of § 74.462. Users subject to the conditions listed in para- committed to 50 kHz bandwidths and graphs (e)(4), (7), and (10) of this sec- transmitting program material will tion. have primary use of these channels. (4) UHF segments: 450.03125, 450.0375, (1) UHF segments: 450.6375, 450.6625, 450.04375, 450.050, 450.05625, 450.0625, 450.6875, 450.7125, 450.7375, 450.7625, 450.06875, 450.075, 450.08125, 450.0875, 450.7875, 450.8125, 450.8375, 450.8625, 450.09375, 450.100, 450.10625, 450.1125, 455.6375, 455.6625, 455.6875, 455.7125, 450.11875, 450.125, 450.13125, 450.1375, 455.7375, 455.7625, 455.7875, 455.8125, 450.14375, 450.150, 450.15625, 450.1625, 455.8375, 455.8625 MHz. 450.16875, 450.175, 450.18125, 450.1875, (2) [Reserved] 450.19375, 450.200, 450.20625, 450.2125, (d) Up to two of the following 50 kHz 450.21875, 450.225, 450.23125, 450.2375, segments may be stacked to form a 450.24375, 450.250, 450.25625, 450.2625, channel which may be assigned for use 450.26875, 450.275, 450.28125, 450.2875, by broadcast remote pickup stations 450.29375, 450.300, 450.30625, 450.3125, using any emission contained within 450.31875, 450.325, 450.33125, 450.3375, the resultant channel in accordance 450.34375, 450.350, 450.35625, 450.3625, with the provisions of § 74.462. Users 450.36875, 450.375, 450.38125, 450.3875, committed to 100 kHz bandwidths and 450.39375, 450.400, 450.40625, 450.4125, transmitting program material will 450.41875, 450.425, 450.43125, 450.4375, have primary use of these channels. 450.44375, 450.450, 450.45625, 450.4625, (1) UHF segments: 450.900, 450.950, 450.46875, 450.475, 450.48125, 450.4875, 455.900, and 455.950 MHz. 450.49375, 450.500, 450.50625, 450.5125, (2) [Reserved] 450.51875, 450.525, 450.53125, 450.5375, (e) Conditions on Broadcast Remote 450.54375, 450.550, 450.55625, 450.5625, Pickup Service channel usage as re- 450.56875, 450.575, 450.58125, 450.5875, ferred to in paragraphs (a) through (d) 450.59375, 450.600, 450.60625, 450.6125, of this section: 450.61875, 455.03125, 455.0375, 455.04375, (1) [Reserved] 455.050, 455.05625, 455.0625, 455.06875, (2) Operation is subject to the condi- 455.075, 455.08125, 455.0875, 455.09375, tion that no harmful interference is 455.100, 455.10625, 455.1125, 455.11875, caused to stations in the broadcast 455.125, 455.13125, 455.1375, 455.14375, service. 455.150, 455.15625, 455.1625, 455.16875, (3) Operation is subject to the condi- 455.175, 455.18125, 455.1875, 455.19375, tion that no harmful interference is 455.200, 455.20625, 455.2125, 455.21875, caused to stations operating in accord- 455.225, 455.23125, 455.2375, 455.24375, ance with the Table of Frequency Allo- 455.250, 455.25625, 455.2625, 455.26875, cations set forth in part 2 of this chap- 455.275, 455.28125, 455.2875, 455.29375, ter. Applications for licenses to use fre- 455.300, 455.30625, 455.3125, 455.31875, quencies in this band must include 455.325, 455.33125, 455.3375, 455.34375, statements showing what procedures 455.350, 455.35625, 455.3625, 455.36875, will be taken to ensure that inter- 455.375, 455.38125, 455.3875, 455.39375, ference will not be caused to stations 455.400, 455.40625, 455.4125, 455.41875, in the Industrial/Business Pool (Part 455.425, 455.43125, 455.4375, 455.44375, 90). 455.450, 455.45625, 455.4625, 455.46875, (4) These frequencies will not be li- 455.475, 455.48125, 455.4875, 455.49375, censed to network entities. 455.500, 455.50625, 455.5125, 455.51875, (5) These frequencies will not be au- 455.525, 455.53125, 455.5375, 455.54375, thorized to new stations for use on 455.550, 455.55625, 455.5625, 455.56875, board aircraft.

436

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00446 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.431

(6) These frequencies are allocated erate. However, it is not necessary that for assignment to broadcast remote each transmitter within a system be pickup stations in Puerto Rico or the equipped to operate on all frequencies Virgin Islands only. authorized to that licensee. (g) Remote pickup stations or sys- NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (e)(6): These frequencies are shared with Public Safety and tems will not be granted exclusive Industrial/Business Pools (Part 90). channel assignments. The same channel or channels may be assigned to (7) These frequencies may not be used other licensees in the same area. When by broadcast remote pickup stations in such sharing is necessary, the provi- Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands. In sions of § 74.403 shall apply. other areas, certain existing stations in the Public Safety and Industrial/ [68 FR 12763, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 68 Business Pools (Part 90) have been per- FR 25540, May 13, 2003] mitted to continue operation on these frequencies on the condition that no § 74.403 Frequency selection to avoid harmful interference is caused to interference. broadcast remote pickup stations. (a) Where two or more remote pickup (8) Operation on frequencies 166.25 broadcast station licensees are author- MHz and 170.15 MHz is subject to the ized to operate on the same frequency condition that harmful interference or group of frequencies in the same shall not be caused to present or future area and when simultaneous operation Government stations in the band 162– is contemplated, the licensees shall en- 174 MHz and is also subject to the band- deavor to select frequencies or sched- width and tolerance limitations and ule operation in such manner as to compliance deadlines listed in § 74.462 avoid mutual interference. If mutual of this part. Authorization on these agreement to this effect cannot be frequencies shall be in the lower 48 con- reached the Commission shall be noti- tiguous States only, except within the fied and it will specify the frequency or area bounded on the west by the Mis- frequencies on which each station is to sissippi River, on the north by the par- be operated. allel of latitude 37°30′ N., and on the (b) The following order of priority of east and south by that arc of the circle transmissions shall be observed on all with center at Springfield, Illinois, and frequencies except frequencies 26.07 radius equal to the airline distance be- MHz, 26.11 MHz, and 26.45 MHz, and fre- tween Springfield, Illinois, and Mont- quencies listed in § 74.402(a)(4) and gomery, Alabama, subtended between (c)(1): the foregoing west and north bound- (1) Communications during an emer- aries, or within 150 miles (241.4 km) of gency or pending emergency directly New York City. related to the safety of life and prop- (9) The use of these frequencies is erty. limited to operational communica- (2) Program material to be broadcast. tions, including tones for signaling and (3) Cues, orders, and other related for remote control and automatic communications immediately nec- transmission system control and te- essary to the accomplishment of a lemetry. Stations licensed or applied broadcast. for before April 16, 2003, must comply (4) Operational communications. with the channel plan by March 17, (5) Tests or drills to check the per- 2006, or may continue to operate on a formance of stand-by or emergency cir- secondary, non-interference basis. cuits. (10) Stations licensed or applied for before April 16, 2003, must comply with [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 68 the channel plan by March 17, 2006, or FR 12764, Mar. 17, 2003] may continue to operate on a secondary, non-interference basis. § 74.431 Special rules applicable to re- (f) License applicants shall request mote pickup stations. assignment of only those channels, (a) Remote pickup mobile stations both in number and bandwidth, nec- may be used for the transmission of essary for satisfactory operation and material from the scene of events for which the system is equipped to op- which occur outside the studio back to

437

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00447 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.432 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

studio or production center. The trans- tions, but the priority requirements of mitted material shall be intended for § 74.403(b) must be observed in such the licensee’s own use and may be cases. made available for use by any other [51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 68 FR broadcast station or cable system. 12764, Mar. 17, 2003] (b) Remote pickup mobile or base stations may be used for communica- § 74.432 Licensing requirements and tions related to production and tech- procedures. nical support of the remote program. (a) A license for a remote pickup sta- This includes cues, orders, dispatch in- tion will be issued to: the licensee of an structions, frequency coordination, es- AM, FM, noncommercial FM, low tablishing microwave links, and oper- power FM, TV, Class A TV, inter- ational communications. Operational national broadcast or low power TV communications are alerting tones and station; broadcast network-entity; or special signals of short duration used cable network-entity. for telemetry or control. (b) Base stations may operate as (c) Remote pickup mobile or base automatic relay stations on the fre- stations may communicate with any quencies listed in § 74.402(b)(4) and (c)(1) other station licensed under this sub- under the provisions of § 74.436, how- part. ever, one licensee may not operate (d) Remote pickup mobile stations such stations on more than two fre- may be operated as a vehicular re- quency pairs in a single area. peater to relay program material and (c) Base stations may use voice com- communications between stations li- munications between the studio and censed under this subpart. Precautions transmitter or points of any intercity shall be taken to avoid interference to relay system on frequencies in Groups other stations and the vehicular re- I and J. peater shall only be activated by hand- (d) Base stations may be authorized carried or pack-carried units. to establish standby circuits from (e) The output of hand-carried or places where official broadcasts may be pack-carried transmitter units used made during times of emergency and with a vehicular repeater is limited to circuits to interconnect an emergency 2.5 watts. The output of a vehicular re- survival communications system. peater transmitter used as a talkback (e) In Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, Puerto unit on an additional frequency is lim- Rico, and the Virgin Islands, base sta- ited to 2.5 watts. tions may provide program circuits be- (f) Remote pickup base and mobile tween the studio and transmitter or to stations in Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, relay programs between broadcasting Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands stations. A base station may be oper- may be used for any purpose related to ated unattended in accordance with the the programming or technical oper- following: ation of a broadcasting station, except (1) The station must be designed, infor transmission intended for direct re- stalled, and protected so that the ception by the general public. transmitter can only be activated or (g) [Reserved] controlled by persons authorized by the (h) In the event that normal aural licensee. studio to transmitter circuits are dam- (2) The station must be equipped with aged, stations licensed under Subpart circuits to prevent transmitter oper- D may be used to provide temporary ation when no signal is received from circuits for a period not exceeding 30 the station which it is relaying. days without further authority from (f) Remote pickup stations may use the Commission necessary to continue only those frequencies and bandwidths broadcasting. which are necessary for operation. (i) Remote pickup mobile or base sta- (g) An application for a remote pick- tions may be used for activities associ- up broadcast station or system shall ated with the Emergency Alert System specify the broadcasting station with (EAS) and similar emergency survival which the remote pickup broadcast fa- communications systems. Drills and cility is to be principally used and the test are also permitted on these sta- licensed area of operation for a system

438

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00448 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.433

which includes mobile stations shall be cast station is filed. Applications filed be- the area considered to be served by the tween August 31, 1976, and the date of filing associated broadcasting station. Mo- of the renewal applications to obtain authorization to use additional transmitters or bile stations may be operated outside modification of existing stations shall be re- the licensed area of operation pursuant stricted to a single system application nec- to § 74.24 of this part. Where the appli- essary to accomplish the desired change, but cant for remote pickup broadcast fa- may include consolidation of previously-li- cilities is the licensee of more than one censed transmitters within the system li- class of broadcasting station (AM, FM, cense. Applications submitted for system li- TV), all licensed to the same commu- censing prior to the time when renewal ap- nity, designation of one such station as plications would normally be filed which are unnecessary for either administrative or the associated broadcasting station operational purposes will be returned as un- will not preclude use of the remote acceptable for filing. pickup broadcast facilities with those (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) broadcasting stations not included in the designation and such additional use [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 shall be at the discretion of the li- FR 2071, Jan. 10, 1977; 47 FR 21496, May 18, censee. 1982; 49 FR 14509, Apr. 12, 1984; 51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 60 FR (h) In cases where a series of broad- 55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 65 FR 30011, May 10, 2000; casts are to be made from the same lo- 68 FR 12764, Mar. 17, 2003] cation, portable or mobile transmitters may be left at such location for the du- § 74.433 Temporary authorizations. ration of the series of broadcasts: Pro- (a) Special temporary authority may vided, The transmitting apparatus is be granted for remote pickup station properly secured so that it may not be operation which cannot be conducted operated by unauthorized persons when in accordance with § 74.24. Such author- unattended. Prior Commission authority will normally be granted only for ity shall be obtained for the installa- operations of a temporary nature. tion of any transmitting antenna Where operation is seen as likely on a which requires notification to the continuing annual basis, an application FAA, pursuant to § 17.7 of the Commis- for a regular authorization should be sion’s rules and regulations, and which submitted. will be in existence for more than 2 (b) A request for special temporary days. authority for the operation of a remote (i) The location of each remote pick- pickup broadcast station must be made up broadcast base station will be speci- in accordance with the procedures of fied in the station or system license § 1.931(b) of this chapter. and such stations may not be operated (c) All requests for special temporary at any other location without prior au- authority of a remote pickup broadcast thority of the Commission. station must include full particulars (j) The license shall be retained in including: licensee’s name and address, the licensee’s files at the address facility identification number of the shown on the authorization, posted at associated broadcast station or sta- the transmitter, or posted at the con- tions, call letters of remote pickup sta- trol point of the station. tion (if assigned), type and manufac- (k) In case of permanent discontinu- turer of equipment, power output, ance of operations of a station licensed emission, frequency or frequencies pro- under this subpart, the licensee shall posed to be used, commencement and cancel the station license using FCC termination date, location of operation Form 601. For purposes of this section, and purpose for which request is made a station which is not operated for a including any particular justification. period of one year is considered to have (d) A request for special temporary been permanently discontinued. authority shall specify a frequency or frequencies consistent with the provi- NOTE: Licensees of remote pickup broad- sions of § 74.402: Provided, That, in the cast stations licensed prior to August 31, 1976, should not file applications to consoli- case of events of wide-spread interest date individually licensed transmitters and importance which cannot be trans- under a single system license until the re- mitted successfully on these fre- newal application of the associated broad- quencies, frequencies assigned to other

439

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00449 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.434 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

services may be requested upon a show- coming signals from one or more re- ing that operation thereon will not ceivers. cause interference to established sta- [51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 60 FR tions: And provided further, In no case 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] will operation of a remote pickup broadcast station be authorized on fre- § 74.451 Certification of equipment. quencies employed for the safety of life (a) Applications for new remote pick- and property. up broadcast stations or systems or for (e) The user shall have full control changing transmitting equipment of an over the transmitting equipment dur- existing station will not be accepted ing the period it is operated. unless the transmitters to be used have (f) Special temporary authority to been certificated by the FCC pursuant permit operation of remote pickup to the provisions of this subpart, or broadcast stations or systems pending have been certificated for licensing Commission action on an application under part 90 of this chapter and do not exceed the output power limits speci- for regular authority will not normally fied in § 74.461(b). be granted. (b) Any manufacturer of a trans- [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 mitter to be used in this service may FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55936, Dec. 14, apply for certification for such trans- 1982; 50 FR 23709, June 5, 1985; 58 FR 19775, mitter following the certification pro- Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003] cedure set forth in part 2 of the Com- mission’s rules and regulations. Atten- § 74.434 Remote control operation. tion is also directed to part 1 of the (a) A remote control system must Commission’s rules and regulations provide adequate monitoring and con- which specifies the fees required when trol functions to permit proper oper- filing an application for certification. (c) An applicant for a remote pickup ation of the station. broadcast station or system may also (b) A remote control system must be apply for certification for an individual designed, installed, and protected so transmitter by following the certifi- that the transmitter can only be acti- cation procedure set forth in part 2 of vated or controlled by persons author- the Commission’s rules and regula- ized by the licensee. tions. (c) A remote control system must (d) All transmitters marketed for use prevent inadvertent transmitter oper- under this subpart shall be certificated ation caused by malfunctions in the by the Federal Communications Com- circuits between the control point and mission. (Refer to subpart J of part 2 of transmitter. the Commission’s Rules and Regula- tions.) [51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 60 FR (e) Remote pickup broadcast station 55482, Nov. 1, 1995] equipment authorized to be used pursuant to an application accepted for fil- § 74.436 Special requirements for automatic relay stations. ing prior to December 1, 1977, may continue to be used by the licensee or its (a) An automatic relay station must successors or assignees: Provided, how- be designed, installed, and protected so ever, If operation of such equipment that the transmitter can only be acti- causes harmful interference due to its vated or controlled by persons author- failure to comply with the technical ized by the licensee. standards set forth in this subpart, the (b) An automatic relay station may Commission may, at its discretion, re- accomplish retransmission of the in- quire the licensee to take such correc- coming signals by either heterodyne tive action as is necessary to eliminate frequency conversion or by modulating the interference. the transmitter with the demodulated (f) Each instrument of authority incoming signals. which permits operation of a remote (c) An automatic relay station trans- pickup broadcast station or system mitter may relay the demodulated in- using equipment which has not been certificated will specify the particular

440

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00450 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.462

transmitting equipment which the li- aboard an aircraft shall normally be censee is authorized to use. limited to a maximum authorized (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) power of 15 watts. Specific authorization to operate stations on board air- [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 craft with an output power exceeding FR 14728, Mar. 16, 1977; 42 FR 43636, Aug. 30, 1977; 43 FR 14661, Apr. 7, 1978; 45 FR 28142, 15 watts will be issued only upon an Apr. 28, 1980; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998; 68 FR adequate engineering showing of need, 12765, Mar. 17, 2003] and of the procedures that will be taken to avoid harmful interference to § 74.452 Equipment changes. other licensees. (a) Modifications may be made to an (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) existing authorization in accordance with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter. [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 43 (b) All transmitters initially in- FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978] stalled after November 30, 1977, must be certificated for use in this service or § 74.462 Authorized bandwidth and other service as specified in § 74.451(a). emissions. [68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003] (a) Each authorization for a new remote pickup broadcast station or sys- § 74.461 Transmitter power. tem shall require the use of certifi- (a) Transmitter power is the power at cated equipment and such equipment the transmitter output terminals and shall be operated in accordance with delivered to the antenna, antenna emission specifications included in the transmission line, or any other imped- grant of certification and as prescribed ance-matched, radio frequency load. in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this For the purpose of this Subpart, the section. transmitter power is the carrier power. (b) The maximum authorized band- (b) The authorized transmitter power width of emissions corresponding to for a remote pickup broadcast station the types of emissions specified below, shall be limited to that necessary for and the maximum authorized fre- satisfactory service and, in any event, quency deviation in the case of fre- shall not be greater than 100 watts, ex- quency or phase modulated emission, cept that a station to be operated shall be as follows:

Maximum Authorized bandwidth frequency Frequencies Type of emission 2 (kHz) deviation 1 (kHz)

MHz: 25.87 to 26.03 ...... 40 ...... 10 Frequencies 25.87 to 153.3575 26.07 to 26.47 ...... 20 ...... 5 MHz: A3E, F1E, F3E, F9E. 152.8625 to 153.3575 3 ...... 30/60 ...... 5/10 160.860 to 161.400 ...... 60 ...... 10 161.625 to 161.775 ...... 30 ...... 5 166.25 and 170.15 4 ...... 12.5/25 ...... 5 450.00625 to 450.025 Frequencies 160.860 to 450.98125 to 450.99375 455.950 MHz: A1A, 455.00625 to 455.025 A1B, A1D, A1E, A2A, 455.98125 to 455.99375 ...... A2B, A2D, A2E, A3E, ...... F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, ...... F2A, F2B, F2D, F2E, Up to 12.5 ...... F3E, F9E...... 1.5 ...... 450.03125 to 450.61875 455.03125 to 455.61875 ...... Up to 25 ...... 5 450.6375 to 450.8625 455.6375 to 455.8625 ...... 25–50 ...... 10 450.900, 450.950 455.900, 455.950 ...... 50–100 ...... 35 1 Applies where F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, F2A, F2B, F2D, F2E, F3E, or F9E emissions are used. 2 Stations operating above 450 MHz shall show a need for employing A1A, A1B, A1D, A1E, A2A, A2B, A2D, A2E, F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, F2A, F2B, F2D, or F2E emission.

441

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00451 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.463 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

3 New or modified licenses for use of the frequencies will not be granted to utilize transmitters on board aircraft, or to use a bandwidth in excess of 30 kHz and maximum deviation exceeding 5 kHz 4 For stations licensed or applied for before April 16, 2003, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on frequencies 166.25 MHz or 170.15 MHz shall not exceed 25 kHz, and such operation may continue until January 1, 2005. For new stations licensed or applied for on or after April 16, 2003, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on these frequencies shall not exceed 12.5 kHz. For all remote pickup broadcast stations, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on these frequencies shall not exceed 12.5 kHz on or after January 1, 2005.

(c) For emissions on frequencies will automatically prevent modulation above 25 MHz with authorized in excess of the limits set forth in this bandwidths up to 30 kHz, the emissions subpart. shall comply with the emission mask (b) If amplitude modulation is em- and transient frequency behavior re- ployed, modulation shall not exceed 100 quirements of §§ 90.210 and 90.214 of this percent on negative peaks. chapter. For all other emissions, the (c) If frequency modulation is em- mean power of emissions shall be at- ployed, emission shall conform to the tenuated below the mean output power requirements specified in § 74.462. of the transmitter in accordance with [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 the following schedule: FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982] (1) On any frequency removed from the assignment frequency by more § 74.464 Frequency tolerance. than 50 percent up to and including 100 For operations on frequencies above percent of the authorized bandwidth: at 25 MHz using authorized bandwidths up least 25 dB: to 30 kHz, the licensee of a remote (2) On any frequency removed from pickup broadcast station or system the assigned frequency by more than shall maintain the operating frequency 100 percent up to and including 250 per- of each station in compliance with the cent of the authorized bandwidth: at frequency tolerance requirements of least 35 dB; § 90.213 of this chapter. For all other op- (3) On any frequency removed from erations, the licensee of a remote pick- the assigned frequency by more than up broadcast station or system shall 250 percent on the authorized band- maintain the operating frequency of width; at least 43 plus 10 log10 (mean each station in accordance with the output power, in watts) dB. following: (d) In the event a station’s emissions outside its authorized channel cause Tolerance (percent) harmful interference, the Commission Frequency range Base sta- Mobile sta- may, at its discretion, require the li- tion tion censee to take such further steps as 25 to 30 MHz: may be necessary to eliminate the in- 3 W or less ...... 002 .005 terference. Over 3 W ...... 002 .002 30 to 300 MHz: NOTE: The measurements of emission 3 W or less ...... 0005 .005 power can be expressed in peak or mean val- Over 3 W ...... 0005 .0005 300 to 500 MHz, all powers ...... 00025 .0005 ues provided they are expressed in the same parameters as the unmodulated transmitter carrier power. (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)) (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 41 FR 2071, Jan. 10, 1977; 43 FR 38391, Aug. 28, FR 32429, Aug. 3, 1976; 41 FR 35068, Aug. 19, 1978; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 68 FR 12766, 1976; 43 FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978; 43 FR 38391, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 25540, May 13, 2003] Aug. 28, 1978; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 56 FR 28498, June 21, 1991; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998; § 74.465 Frequency monitors and 68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 25540, May 13, measurements. 2003] The licensee of a remote pickup sta- § 74.463 Modulation requirements. tion or system shall provide the necessary means to assure that all oper- (a) Each new remote pickup broad- ating frequencies are maintained with- cast station authorized to operate with in the allowed tolerances. a power output in excess of 3 watts shall be equipped with a device which [51 FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986]

442

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00452 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.501

§ 74.482 Station identification. transmitted in the unscrambled analog (a) Each remote pickup broadcast (F3E) mode or in International Morse station shall be identified by the trans- Code pursuant to the provisions of mission of the assigned station or sys- paragraph (d) of this section at inter- tem call sign, or by the call sign of the vals not to exceed 15 minutes. For pur- associated broadcast station. For sys- poses of rule enforcement, all licensees tems, the licensee (including those op- using F1E or G1E emissions shall pro- erating pursuant to § 74.24 of this part) vide, upon request by the Commission, shall assign a unit designator to each a full and complete description of the station in the system. The call sign encoding methodology they currently (and unit designator, where appro- use. priate) shall be transmitted at the be- NOTE: Stations are encouraged to identify ginning and end of each period of oper- using their associated part 73 station call ation. A period of operation may con- sign. sist of a single continuous transmission, or a series of intermittent [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 transmissions pertaining to a single FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982; 52 FR 47569, Dec. 15, event. 1987; 56 FR 28499, June 21, 1991; 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003] (b) In cases where a period of operation is of more than one hour duration identification of remote pickup Subpart E—Aural Broadcast broadcast stations participating in the Auxiliary Stations operation shall be made at approximately one-hour intervals. Identifica- § 74.501 Classes of aural broadcast tion transmissions during operation auxiliary stations. need not be made when to make such (a) Aural broadcast STL station. A transmissions would interrupt a single fixed station for the transmission of consecutive speech, play, religious aural program material between the service, symphony, concert, or any studio and the transmitter of a broad- type of production. In such cases, the casting station other than an inter- identification transmissions shall be national broadcasting station. made at the first interruption in the (b) Aural broadcast intercity relay program continuity and at the conclu- (ICR) station. A fixed station for the sion thereof. Hourly identification may transmission of aural program mate- be accomplished either by transmission rial between radio broadcast stations, of the station or system call sign and other than international broadcast sta- unit designator assigned to the indi- tions, between FM radio broadcast sta- vidual station or identification of an tions and their co-owned FM booster associated broadcasting station or net- stations, between noncommercial edu- work with which the remote pickup cational FM radio stations and their broadcast station is being used. co-owned noncommercial educational (c) In cases where an automatic relay FM translator stations assigned to re- station is a part of the circuit, the call served channels (Channels 201 to 220), sign of the relay transmitter may be between FM radio stations and FM transmitted automatically by the relay translator stations operating within transmitter or by the remote pickup the coverage contour of their primary broadcast base or mobile station that actuates the automatic relay station. stations, or for such other purposes as (d) Automatically activated equip- authorized in § 74.531. ment may be used to transmit station (c) Aural broadcast microwave booster identification in International Morse station. A fixed station in the broadcast Code, provided that the modulation auxiliary service that receives and am- tone is 1200 Hz±800 Hz, the level of mod- plifies signals of an aural broadcast ulation of the identification signal is STL or intercity relay station and re- maintained at 40%±10%, and that the transmits them on the same frequency. code transmission rate is maintained [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 between 20 and 25 words per minute. FR 7129, Feb. 27, 1984; 53 FR 4169, Feb. 12, (e) For stations using F1E or G1E 1988; 55 FR 50692, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, emissions, identification shall be Sept. 9, 1992]

443

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00453 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.502 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

§ 74.502 Frequency assignment. 946.5125, 946.5375, 946.5625, 946.5875, 946.6125, 946.6375, 946.6625, 946.6875, 946.7125, 946.7375, (a) Except as provided in NG30, 946.7625, 946.7875, 946.8125, 946.8375, 946.8625, broadcast auxiliary stations licensed as 946.8875, 946.9125, 946.9375, 946.9625, 946.9875, of November 21, 1984, to operate in the 947.0125, 947.0375, 947.0625, 947.0875, 947.1125, band 942–944 MHz 1 may continue to op- 947.1375, 947.1625, 947.1875, 947.2125, 947.2375, erate on a co-equal, primary basis to 947.2625, 947.2875, 947.3125, 947.3375, 947.3625, other stations and services operating 947.3875, 947.4125, 947.4375, 947.4625, 947.4875, in the band in accordance with the 947.5125, 947.5375, 947.5625, 947.5875, 947.6125, 947.6375, 947.6625, 947.6875, 947.7125, 947.7375, Table of Frequency Allocations. These 947.7625, 947.7875, 947.8125, 947.8375, 947.8625, stations will be protected from possible 947.8875, 947.9125, 947.9375, 947.9625, 947.9875, interference caused by new users of the 948.0125, 948.0375, 948.0625, 948.0875, 948.1125, band by the technical standards speci- 948.1375, 948.1625, 948.1875, 948.2125, 948.2375, fied in § 101.105(c)(2). 948.2625, 948.2875, 948.3125, 948.3375, 948.3625, (b) The frequency band 944–952 MHz is 948.3875, 948.4125, 948.4375, 948.4625, 948.4875, available for assignment to aural STL 948.5125, 948.5375, 948.5625, 948.5875, 948.6125, and ICR stations. One or more of the 948.6375, 948.6625, 948.6875, 948.7125, 948.7375, 948.7625, 948.7875, 948.8125, 948.8375, 948.8625, following 25 kHz segments may be 948.8875, 948.9125, 948.9375, 948.9625, 948.9875, stacked to form a channel which may 949.0125, 949.0375, 949.0625, 949.0875, 949.1125, be assigned with a maximum author- 949.1375, 949.1625, 949.1875, 949.2125, 949.2375, ized bandwidth of 300 kHz except as 949.2625, 949.2875, 949.3125, 949.3375, 949.3625, noted in the following Table. The chan- 949.3875, 949.4125, 949.4375, 949.4625, 949.4875, nel, will be assigned by its center fre- 949.5125, 949.5375, 949.5625, 949.5875, 949.6125, quency, channel bandwidth, and emis- 949.6375, 949.6625, 949.6875, 949.7125, 949.7375, sion designator. The following fre- 949.7625, 949.7875, 949.8125, 949.8375, 949.8625, 949.8875, 949.9125, 949.9375, 949.9625, 949.9875, quencies are the centers of individual 950.0125, 950.0375, 950.0625, 950.0875, 950.1125, segments. When stacking an even num- 950.1375, 950.1625, 950.1875, 950.2125, 950.2375, ber of segments, the center frequency 950.2625, 950.2875, 950.3125, 950.3375, 950.3625, specified will deviate from the fol- 950.3875, 950.4125, 950.4375, 950.4625, 950.4875, lowing frequencies in that it should 950.5125, 950.5375, 950.5625, 950.5875, 950.6125, correspond to the actual center of 950.6375, 950.6625, 950.6875, 950.7125, 950.7375, stacked channels. When stacking an 950.7625, 950.7875, 950.8125, 950.8375, 950.8625, odd number of channels, the center fre- 950.8875, 950.9125, 950.9375, 950.9625, 950.9875, 951.0125, 951.0375, 951.0625, 951.0875, 951.1125, quency specified will correspond to one 951.1375, 951.1625, 951.1875, 951.2125, 951.2375, of the following frequencies. 951.2625, 951.2875, 951.3125, 951.3375, 951.3625, 944.0125, 944.0375, 944.0625, 944.0875, 944.1125, 951.3875, 951.4125, 951.4375, 951.4625, 951.4875, 944.1375, 944.1625, 944.1875, 944.2125, 944.2375, 951.5125, 951.5375, 951.5625, 951.5875, 951.6125, 951.6375, 951.6625, 951.6875, 951.7125, 951.7375, 944.2625, 944.2875, 944.3125, 944.3375, 944.3625, 951.7625, 951.7875, 951.8125, 951.8375, 951.8625, 944.3875, 944.4125, 944.4375, 944.4625, 944.4875, 951.8875, 951.9125, 951.9375, 951.9625, 951.9875. 944.5125, 944.5375, 944.5625, 944.5875, 944.6125, 944.6375, 944.6625, 944.6875, 944.7125, 944.7375, (1) A single broadcast station may be 944.7625, 944.7875, 944.8125, 944.8375, 944.8625, authorized up to a maximum of twenty 944.8875, 944.9125, 944.9375, 944.9625, 944.9875, segments (500 kHz total bandwidth) for 945.0125, 945.0375, 945.0625, 945.0875, 945.1125, transmission of program material be- 945.1375, 945.1625, 945.1875, 945.2125, 945.2375, 945.2625, 945.2875, 945.3125, 945.3375, 945.3625, tween a single origin and one or more 945.3875, 945.4125, 945.4375, 945.4625, 945.4875, designations. The station may lease ex- 945.5125, 945.5375, 945.5625, 945.5875, 945.6125, cess capacity for broadcast and other 945.6375, 945.6625, 945.6875, 945.7125, 945.7375, uses on a secondary basis, subject to 945.7625, 945.7875, 945.8125, 945.8375, 945.8625, availability of spectrum for broadcast 945.8875, 945.9125, 945.9375, 945.9625, 945.9875, use. However, an FM station licensed 946.0125, 946.0375, 946.0625, 946.0875, 946.1125, for twelve or fewer segments (300 kHz 946.1375, 946.1625, 946.1875, 946.2125, 946.2375, total bandwidth) or an AM station li- 946.2625, 946.2875, 946.3125, 946.3375, 946.3625, 946.3875, 946.4125, 946.4375, 946.4625, 946.4875, censed for eight or fewer segments (200 kHz total bandwidth) may lease excess capacity for broadcast and other uses 1 NOTE: In addition to this band, stations in on a primary basis. Puerto Rico may continue to be authorized on 942.5, 943.0, 943.5, 944.0 MHz in the band (2) An applicant (new or modification 942–944 MHz on a primary basis to stations of existing license) may assume the and services operating in accordance with cost of replacement of one or more ex- the Table of Frequency Allocations. isting licensees equipment with

444

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00454 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.531

narrowband equipment of comparable procedures of § 101.103(d) of this chapter capabilities and quality in order to will apply. make available spectrum for its facili- (e) The use of the frequencies listed ties. Existing licensees must accept in paragraph (b) of this section by such replacement without cost to them aural broadcast intercity relay sta- except upon a showing that the re- tions is subject to the condition that placement equipment does not meet no harmful interference is caused to the capability or quality requirements. other classes of stations operating in (c) Aural broadcast STL and inter- accordance with the Table of Fre- city relay stations that were licensed quency Allocations contained in § 2.106 or had applications pending before the of this chapter. Commission as of September 18, 1998 [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 may continue those operations in the FR 50332, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR 37777, Sept. 26, band 18,760–18,820 and 19,100–19,160 MHz 1984; 50 FR 4658, Feb. 1, 1985; 50 FR 7341, Feb. on a shared co-primary basis with 22, 1985; 50 FR 34150, Aug. 23, 1985; 50 FR 48600, other services under parts 21, 25, and Nov. 26, 1985; 54 FR 10329, Mar. 13, 1989; 54 FR 101 of this chapter until June 8, 2010. 24905, June 12, 1989; 54 FR 30043, July 18, 1989; Prior to June 8, 2010, such stations are 65 FR 38325, June 20, 2000; 65 FR 54172, Sept. subject to relocation by licensees in 7, 2000; 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, Apr. 8, 2003; 73 FR 25496, May 6, 2008] the fixed-satellite service. Such relocation is subject to the provisions of § 74.503 Frequency selection. §§ 101.85 through 101.97 of this chapter. (a) Each application for a new station After June 8, 2010, such operations are or change in an existing station shall not entitled to protection from fixed- be specific with regard to frequency. In satellite service operations and must general, the lowest suitable frequency not cause unacceptable interference to will be assigned which, on an engineer- fixed-satellite service station oper- ing basis, will not cause harmful inter- ations. No applications for new licenses ference to other stations operating in will be accepted in these bands after accordance with existing frequency al- June 8, 2000. locations. (1)(i) 5 MHz maximum authorized (b) Where it appears that interference bandwidth channels: may result from the operation of a new Receive station or a change in the facilities of Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) an existing station, the Commission (MHz) may require a showing that harmful in- 340 MHz Separation terference will not be caused to existing stations or that if interference will 18762.5 ...... 19102.5 be caused the need for the proposed 18767.5 ...... 19107.5 18772.5 ...... 19112.5 service outweighs the loss of service 18777.5 ...... 19117.5 due to the interference. 18782.5 ...... 19122.5 18787.5 ...... 19127.5 [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963] 18792.5 ...... 19132.5 18797.5 ...... 19137.5 § 74.531 Permissible service. 18802.5 ...... 19142.5 18807.5 ...... 19147.5 (a) An aural broadcast STL station is 18812.5 ...... 19152.5 authorized to transmit aural program 18817.5 ...... 19157.5 material between the studio and transmitter location of a broadcasting sta- (ii) Licensees may use either a two- tion, except an international broad- way link or one frequency of a fre- casting station, for simultaneous or de- quency pair for a one-way link. layed broadcast. (2) [Reserved] (b) An aural broadcast intercity relay (d) For the coordination of all fre- station is authorized to transmit aural quency assignments for fixed stations program material between broad- above 944 MHz, for each frequency au- casting stations, except international thorized under this part, the inter- broadcasting stations, for simulta- ference protection criteria in neous or delayed broadcast. § 101.105(a), (b), and (c) of this chapter (c) An aural broadcast intercity relay and the frequency usage coordination station is authorized to transmit aural

445

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00455 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.532 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

program material between noncommer- mitted over an aural broadcast STL or cial educational FM radio stations and intercity relay station shall be in- their co-owned noncommercial edu- tended for use by broadcast stations cational FM translator stations as- owned or under common control of the signed to reserved channels (Channels licensee or licensees of the STL or 201 to 220) and between FM radio sta- intercity relay station. Other broad- tions and FM translator stations oper- cast stations may simultaneously uti- ating within the coverage contour of lize such program material with per- their primary stations. This use shall mission of the STL or intercity relay not interfere with or otherwise pre- station licensee. clude use of these broadcast auxiliary (h) In any case where multiplexing, is facilities by broadcast auxiliary sta- employed on an aural broadcast STL tions transmitting aural programming station for the simultaneous trans- between broadcast stations as provided mission of more than one aural chan- in paragraph (b) of this section. nel, the STL transmitter must be capa- (d) An aural broadcast STL or inter- ble of transmitting the multiple chan- city relay may be used to transmit ma- nels within the channel on which the terial between an FM broadcast radio STL station is authorized to operate station and an FM booster station and with adequate technical quality so owned, operated, and controlled by the that each broadcast station utilizing licensee of the originating FM radio the circuit can meet the technical per- station. This use shall not interfere formance standards stipulated in the with or otherwise preclude use of these rules governing that class of broad- broadcast auxiliary facilities by broadcasting station. If multiplex operation cast auxiliary stations transmitting is employed during the regular oper- aural programming between the studio ation of the STL station, the addi- and transmitter location of a broadcast tional circuits shall be in operation at station or between broadcast stations the time that the required periodic per- as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of formance measurements are made of this section. the overall broadcasting system from (e) An aural broadcast microwave the studio microphone input circuit to booster station is authorized to re- the broadcast transmitter output cir- transmit the signals of an aural broad- cuit. cast STL or intercity relay station. [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 45 (f) Multiplexing of the STL or inter- FR 51564, Aug. 4, 1980; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, city relay transmitter may be em- 1987; 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, ployed to provide additional commu- Sept. 9, 1992] nication channels for the transmission of aural program material, news-wire § 74.532 Licensing requirements. teleprinter signals relaying news to be (a) An aural broadcast STL or an associated with main channel program- aural broadcast intercity relay station ming, operational communications, will be licensed only to the licensee or and material authorized to be trans- licensees of broadcast stations, includ- mitted over an FM station under a ing low power FM stations, other than valid Subsidiary Communications Au- international broadcast stations, and thorization (SCA). An aural broadcast for use with broadcast stations owned STL or intercity relay station may not entirely by or under common control of be operated solely for the transmission the licensee or licensees. An aural of operational, teleprinter or sub- broadcast intercity relay station also sidiary communications. Operational will be licensed for use by low power communications include cues, orders, FM stations, noncommercial edu- and other communications directly re- cational FM translator stations as- lated to the operation of the broadcast signed to reserved channels (Channels station as well as special signals used 201–220) and owned and operated by for telemetry or the control of appa- their primary station, by FM trans- ratus used in conjunction with the lator stations operating within the broadcasting operations. coverage contour of their primary sta- (g) All program material, including tions, and by FM booster stations. subsidiary communications, trans- Aural auxiliary stations licensed to

446

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00456 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.533

low power FM stations will be assigned § 74.533 Remote control and unat- on a secondary basis; i.e., subject to the tended operation. condition that no harmful interference (a) Aural broadcast STL and inter- is caused to other aural auxiliary sta- city relay stations may be operated by tions assigned to radio broadcast sta- remote control provided that such op- tions. Auxiliary stations licensed to eration is conducted in accordance low power FM stations must accept with the conditions listed below: any interference caused by stations (1) The remote control system must having primary use of aural auxiliary provide adequate monitoring and con- frequencies. trol functions to permit proper oper- (b) More than one aural broadcast ation of the station. STL or intercity relay station may be (2) The remote control system must licensed to a single licensee upon a sat- be designed, installed, and protected so isfactory showing that the additional that the transmitter can only be acti- stations are needed to provide different vated or controlled by persons author- program circuits to more than one ized by the licensee. broadcast station, to provide program (3) The remote control system must circuits from other studios, or to pro- prevent inadvertent transmitter oper- vide one or more intermediate relay ation due to malfunctions in circuits stations over a path which cannot be between the control point and trans- covered with a single station due to mitter. terrain or distance. (b) Aural broadcast auxiliary sta- (c) If more than one broadcast stations may be operated unattended sub- tion or class of broadcast station is to ject to the following provisions: be served by a single aural broadcast (1) The transmitter shall be provided auxiliary station, this information with adequate safeguards to prevent must be stated in the application for improper operation of the equipment. construction permit or license. (2) The transmitter installation shall (d) Licensees of aural broadcast STL be adequately protected against tam- and intercity relay stations may be au- pering by unauthorized persons. thorized to operate one or more aural (3) Whenever an unattended aural broadcast microwave booster stations broadcast auxiliary station is used, ap- for the purpose of relaying signals over propriate observations must be made a path that cannot be covered with a at the receiving end of the circuit as single station. often as necessary to ensure proper sta- (e) Each aural broadcast auxiliary tion operation. However, an aural station will be licensed at a specified broadcast STL (and any aural broad- transmitter location to communicate cast microwave booster station) associ- with a specified receiving location, and ated with a radio or TV broadcast sta- the direction of the main radiation tion operated by remote control may lobe of the transmitting antenna will be observed by monitoring the broad- be a term of the station authorization. cast station’s transmitted signal at the (f) In case of permanent discontinu- remote control or ATS monitoring ance of operations of a station licensed point. under this subpart, the licensee shall (c) The FCC may notify the licensee cancel the station license using FCC to cease or modify operation in the Form 601. For purposes of this section, case of frequency usage disputes, inter- a station which is not operated for a ference or similar situations where period of one year is considered to have such action appears to be in the public been permanently discontinued. interest, convenience and necessity. [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 (Sec. 318, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended by sec. 1, FR 7129, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 10930, Mar. 23, 74 Stat. 363; 47 U.S.C. 318) 1984; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50693, [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, Sept. 9, 1992; 58 FR FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 65 FR 7649, Feb. 15, 2000; 1984; 50 FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985; 50 FR 48599, 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003] Nov. 26, 1985; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995]

447

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00457 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.534 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

§ 74.534 Power limitations. more than 250% of the authorized band- (a) Transmitter output power. (1) width: At least 43+10 log10 (PMEAN in watts) dB, or 80 dB, whichever is the Transmitter output power shall be lim- lesser attenuation, in any 100 kHz ref- ited to that necessary to accomplish erence bandwidth. the function of the system. (2) When using transmissions employ- (2) In the 17,700 to 19,700 MHz band, ing digital modulation techniques: transmitter output power shall not ex- (i) For operating frequencies below 15 ceed 10 watts. GHz, in any 4 kHz reference bandwidth (b) In no event shall the average (B ), the center frequency of which is equivalent isotropically radiated power REF removed from the assigned frequency (EIRP), as referenced to an isotropic by more than 50 percent up to and in- radiator, exceed the values specified in cluding 250 percent of the authorized the following table. In cases of harmful bandwidth: As specified by the fol- interference, the Commission may, lowing equation but in no event less after notice and opportunity for hear- than 50 decibels: ing, order a change in the equivalent isotropically radiated power of this A = 35 + 0.8(G ¥ 50) + 10 Log10 B. station. (Attenuation greater than 80 decibels is Maximum Al- not required.) Frequency band (MHz) lowable 1 EIRP (dBW) Where: A = Attenuation (in decibels) below the mean 944 to 952 ...... +40 output power level. 17,700 to 18,600 ...... +55 G = Percent removed from the carrier fre- 18,600 to 19,700 ...... +35 quency. 1 Stations licensed based on an application filed before April B = Authorized bandwidth in megahertz. 16, 2003, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above, may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the (ii) For operating frequencies above terms of their current authorizations, subject to periodic renewal. 15 GHz, in any 1 MHz reference bandwidth (B ), the center frequency of (c) The EIRP of transmitters that use REF which is removed from the assigned Automatic Transmitter Power Control frequency by more than 50 percent up (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP spec- to and including 250 percent of the au- ified on the station authorization. The thorized bandwidth: As specified by the EIRP of non-ATPC transmitters shall following equation but in no event less be maintained as near as practicable to than 11 decibels: the EIRP specified on the station authorization. A = 11 + 0.4(G ¥ 50) + 10 Log10 B. [68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003] (Attenuation greater than 56 decibels is not required.) § 74.535 Emission and bandwidth. (iii) In any 4 kHz reference bandwidth (a) The mean power of emissions (BREF), the center frequency of which is shall be attenuated below the mean removed from the assigned frequency by more than 250 percent of the author- transmitter power (PMEAN) in accordance with the following schedule: ized bandwidth: At least 43 +10 Log10 (1) When using frequency modulation: (PMEAN in watts) decibels, or 80 deci- (i) On any frequency removed from bels, whichever is the lesser attenu- the assigned (center) frequency by ation. more than 50% up to and including (b) For all emissions not covered in 100% of the authorized bandwidth: At paragraph (a) of this section, the peak least 25 dB in any 100 kHz reference power of emissions shall be attenuated below the peak envelope transmitter bandwidth (BREF); (ii) On any frequency removed from power (PPEAK) in accordance with the the assigned (center) frequency by following schedule: more than 100% up to and including (1) On any frequency 500 Hz inside the 250% of the authorized bandwidth: At channel edge up to and including 2500 least 35 dB in any 100 kHz reference Hz outside the same edge, the following bandwidth; formula will apply: 2 (iii) On any frequency removed from A = 29 Log10 [(25/11)[(D + 2.5 ¥ (W/2)] ] the assigned (center) frequency by dB

448

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00458 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.535

(Attenuation greater than 50 decibels is or the peak envelope transmitter power not required.) (PPEAK) in paragraph (b) of this section, Where: and for purposes of compliance with the power limitations in § 74.534 of this A = Attenuation (in dB) below the peak envelope transmitter power. subpart. D = the displacement frequency (kHz) from (3) For demonstrating compliance the center of the authorized bandwidth. with the attenuation requirements for W = the channel bandwidth (kHz). frequency modulation and digital mod- (2) On any frequency removed from ulation in paragraph (a) of this section, the channel edge by more than 2500 Hz: the resolution bandwidth (BRES) of the At least 43+10 Log10 (PPEAK in watts) measuring equipment used for meas- dB. urements removed from the center fre- (c) In the event a station’s emissions quency by more than 250 percent of the outside its authorized channel cause authorized bandwidth shall be 100 kHz harmful interference, the Commission for operating frequencies below 1 GHz, may require the licensee to take such and 1 MHz for operating frequencies further steps as may be necessary to above 1 GHz. The resolution bandwidth eliminate the interference. for frequencies removed from the cen- (d) For purposes of compliance with ter frequency by less than 250 percent the emission limitation requirements of the authorized bandwidth shall be of this section: the reference bandwidth (BREF) speci- (1) If the transmitter modulates a fied in the individual emission limita- single carrier, digital modulation tech- tions, but may be reduced to not less niques are considered as being em- than one percent of the authorized ployed when digital modulation occu- bandwidth (B), adjusted upward to the pies 50 percent or more of the total nearest greater resolution bandwidth peak frequency deviation of a trans- available on the measuring equipment. mitted radio frequency carrier. The In all cases, if BRES and BREF are not total peak frequency deviation will be equal, then the attenuation require- determined by adding the deviation ment must be increased (or decreased) produced by the digital modulation sig- as determined by a factor of 10 log nal and the deviation produced by any 10 [(B in megahertz)/(B in mega- frequency division multiplex (FDM) REF RES hertz)] decibels, where a positive factor modulation used. The deviation (D) produced by the FDM signal must be indicates an increase in the attenu- determined in accordance with § 2.202(f) ation requirement and a negative fac- of this chapter. tor indicates a decrease in the attenu- (2) If the transmitter modulates two ation requirement. or more carriers, with at least one (4) Stations licensed pursuant to an using digital modulation and one using application filed before March 17, 2005, frequency or other analog modulation, using equipment not conforming with digital modulation techniques are con- the emission limitations specified sidered as being employed when the above, may continue to operate indefi- necessary bandwidth of the digital sig- nitely in accordance with the terms of nal(s) is 50 percent or more of the ag- their current authorizations, subject to gregate bandwidth of the system, com- periodic renewal. Existing equipment prising the digital necessary band- and equipment of product lines in pro- width(s), the analog necessary band- duction before April 16, 2003, authorized width(s), and any bandwidth(s) between via certification or verification before the digital and analog necessary March 17, 2005, for equipment not con- bandwidths. In this case, the aggregate forming to the emission limitations re- bandwidth shall be used for the author- quirements specified above, may con- ized bandwidth (B) in paragraph (a) of tinue to be manufactured and/or mar- this section, and for purposes of com- keted, but may not be authorized for pliance with the bandwidth limitations use under a station license except at in § 74.502 of this subpart; and the sum stations licensed pursuant to an appli- of the powers of the analog and digital cation filed before March 17, 2005. Any signals shall be used for mean trans- non-conforming equipment authorized mitter power (PMEAN) in paragraph (a) under a station license, and replaced on 449

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00459 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.536 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

or after March 17, 2005, must be re- § 74.536 Directional antenna required. placed by conforming equipment. (e) The following limitations apply to (a) Aural broadcast STL and ICR sta- the operation of aural broadcast micro- tions are required to use a directional wave booster stations: antenna with the minimum beamwidth (1) The booster station must receive necessary, consistent with good engi- and amplify the signals of the origi- neering practice, to establish the link. nating station and retransmit them on (b) An aural broadcast STL or inter- the same frequency without signifi- city relay station operating in the 17.7– cantly altering them in any way. The 19.7 GHz band shall employ an antenna characteristics of the booster trans- that meets the performance standards mitter output signal shall meet the re- for Category A, except that in areas quirements applicable to the signal of not subject to frequency congestion, the originating station. antennas meeting standards for Cat- (2) The licensee is responsible for cor- egory B may be employed. However, recting any condition of interference the Commission may require the re- that results from the radiation of radio placement, at the licensee’s expense, of frequency energy outside the assigned any antenna or periscope antenna sys- channel. Upon notice by the FCC to the tem of a permanent fixed station that station licensee that interference is being caused, operation of the appa- does not meet performance Standard A, ratus must be immediately suspended which is specified in the table in para- and may not be resumed until the in- graph (c) of this section, upon a show- terference has been eliminated or it ing that said antenna causes or is like- can be demonstrated that the inter- ly to cause interference to (or receive ference is not due to spurious emis- interference from) any other author- sions. However, short term test trans- ized or proposed station; provided that missions may be made during the pe- an antenna meeting performance riod of suspended operation to deter- Standard A is unlikely to involve such mine the efficacy of remedial meas- interference. ures. (c) Licensees shall comply with the (3) In each instance where suspension antenna standards table shown in this of operation is required, the licensee paragraph in the following manner: must submit a full report to the FCC (1) With either the maximum beam- after operation is resumed. The report width to 3 dB points requirement or must contain details of the nature of with the minimum antenna gain re- the interference, the source of interfering signals, and the remedial steps quirement; and taken to eliminate the interference. (2) With the minimum radiation suppression to angle requirement. [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 FR 50332, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 37777, Sept. 26, 1984; 50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985; 68 FR 12766, March 17, 2003.]

ANTENNA STANDARDS

Maximum Minimum radiation suppression to angle in de- beam- grees from centerline of main beam in decibels width to 3 dB Minimum Frequency (GHz) Category 1 antenna ° ° ° ° ° ° points gain (dbi) 5° to 10 15 20 30 100 140 (included ° to to to to to to angle in 10 15° 20° 30° 100° 140° 180° degrees)

17.7 to 19.7 ...... A 2.2 38 25 29 33 36 42 55 55 B 2.2 38 20 24 28 32 35 36 36 1 If a licensee chooses to show compliance using maximum beamwidth to 3 dB points, the beamwidth limit shall apply in both the azimuth and the elevation planes.

[48 FR 50333, Nov. 1, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985; 51 FR 19840, June 3, 1986; 62 FR 4922, Feb. 3, 1997; 68 FR 12767, Mar. 17, 2003]

450

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00460 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8016 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.551

§ 74.537 Temporary authorizations. cation for regular authority will normally not be granted. (a) Special temporary authority may be granted for aural broadcast STL or [47 FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982, as amended at 50 FR intercity relay station operation which 23709, June 5, 1985; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; cannot be conducted in accordance 68 FR 12767, Mar. 17, 2003] with § 74.24. Such authority will nor- § 74.550 Equipment authorization. mally be granted only for operations of a temporary nature. Where operation is Each authorization for aural broad- seen as likely on a continuing annual cast STL, ICR, and booster stations basis, an application for a regular au- shall require the use of equipment thorization should be submitted. which has been certificated or verified. Equipment which has not been ap- (b) A request for special temporary proved under the equipment authoriza- authority for the operation of an aural tion program and which was in service broadcast STL or an intercity relay prior to July 1, 1993, may be retained station must be made in accordance solely for temporary uses necessary to with the procedures of § 1.931(b) of this restore or maintain regular service chapter. provided by approved equipment, be- (c) All requests for special temporary cause the main or primary unit has authority of an aural broadcast auxil- failed or requires servicing. Such tem- iary stations must include full particu- porary uses may not interfere with or lars including: licensee’s name and ad- impede the establishment of other dress, facility identification number of aural broadcast auxiliary links and the associated broadcast station(s), may not occur during more than 720 call letters of the aural broadcast STL cumulative hours per year. Should in- or intercity relay station, if assigned, terference occur, the licensee must type and manufacturer of equipment, take all steps necessary to eliminate effective isotropic radiated power, it, up to and including cessation of op- emission, frequency or frequencies pro- eration of the auxiliary transmitter. posed for use, commencement and ter- All unapproved equipment retained for mination date and location of the pro- temporary use must have been in the posed operation, and purpose for which possession of the licensee prior to July request is made including any par- 1, 1993, and may not be obtained from ticular justification. other sources. Equipment designed ex- (d) A request for special temporary clusively for fixed operation shall be authorization shall specify a frequency authorized under the verification pro- or frequencies consistent with the procedure. The equipment authorization visions of § 74.502. However, in the case procedures are contained in subpart J of events of widespread interest and of part 2 of the rules. importance which cannot be trans- NOTE TO § 74.550: Consistent with the note mitted successfully on these fre- to § 74.502(a), grandfathered equipment in the quencies, frequencies assigned to other 942–944 MHz band and STL/ICR users of these services may be requested upon a show- frequencies in Puerto Rico are also required ing that operation thereon will not to come into compliance by July 1, 1993. The cause interference to established sta- backup provisions described above apply to tions. In no case will operation of an these stations also. aural broadcast STL or intercity relay [63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998] station be authorized on frequencies employed for the safety of life or prop- § 74.551 Equipment changes. erty. (a) Modifications may be made to an (e) When the transmitting equipment existing authorization in accordance utilized is not licensed to the user, the with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter. user shall nevertheless have full con- (b) Permissible changes in equipment trol over the use of the equipment dur- operating in the bands 18.3–18.58, 18.76– ing the period it is operated. 18.82 GHz and 19.1–19.16 GHz. Notwith- (f) Special temporary authorization standing other provisions of this sec- to permit operation of aural broadcast tion, licensees of stations that remain STL or intercity relay stations or sys- co-primary under the provisions of tems pending FCC action on an appli- § 74.502(c) may not make modifications

451

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00461 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.561 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

to their systems that increase inter- tion so that the documents will be ference to satellite earth stations, or readily available and easily accessible. result in a facility that would be more [48 FR 24385, June 1, 1983, as amended at 60 costly to relocate. FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, § 74.582 Station identification. 1982; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 48599, (a) Each aural broadcast STL or Nov. 26, 1985; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 61 FR intercity relay station, when transmit- 4368, Feb. 6, 1996; 65 FR 54172, Sept. 7, 2000; 68 ting program material or information FR 12768, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, Apr. 8, 2003; 68 FR 20225, Apr. 24, 2003; 69 FR 43772, shall transmit station identification at July 22, 2004] the beginning and end of each period of operation, and hourly, as close to the § 74.561 Frequency tolerance. hour as feasible, at a natural break in In the bands above 944 MHz, the oper- program offerings by one of the fol- ating frequency of the transmitter lowing means: shall be maintained in accordance with (1) Transmission of its own call sign the following table: by aural means or by automatic transmission of international Morse teleg- Tolerance as raphy. percentage of Frequency band (MHz) assigned fre- (2) Aural transmission of the call quency sign of the radio broadcast station with

944 to 952 ...... 0 .005 which it is licensed as an STL or inter- 17,700 to 19,700 ...... 0 .003 city relay station. (3) Aural transmission of the call [54 FR 30043, July 18, 1989, as amended at 68 sign of the radio broadcast station FR 12768, Mar. 17, 2003] whose signals are being relayed, or, when programs are obtained directly § 74.562 Frequency monitors and from network lines and relayed, the measurements. network identification. The licensee shall ensure that the (b) Station identification trans- STL, ICR, TVP, or booster transmitter missions during operation need not be does not exceed the emission limita- made when to make such transmission tions of § 74.535. This may be accom- would interrupt a single consecutive plished by appropriate frequency meas- speech, play, religious service, sym- urement techniques and consideration phony concert, or other such produc- of the transmitter emissions. tions. In such cases, the identification transmission shall be made at the first [50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985] interruption of the entertainment continuity and at the conclusion thereof. § 74.564 Posting of station license. (c) Where more than one aural broad- (a) The station license and any other cast STL or intercity relay station is instrument of authorization or indi- employed in an integrated relay sys- vidual order concerning the construc- tem, the station at the point of origi- tion of the equipment or manner of op- nation may originate the transmission eration of the station shall be posted in of the call signs of all of the stations in the room in which the transmitter is the relay system. located, provided that if the station is (d) Aural broadcast microwave boost- operated by remote control pursuant to er stations will be assigned individual § 74.533, the station license shall be call signs. However, station identifica- posted at the operating position. tion will be accomplished by the re- (b) Posting of the station license and transmission of identification as pro- any other instruments of authorization vided in paragraph (a) of this section. shall be done by affixing the licenses to (e) Voice transmissions shall nor- the wall at the posting location, or by mally be employed for station identi- enclosing them in a binder or folder fication. However, other methods of which is retained at the posting loca-

452

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00462 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.602

station identification may be per- for use by TV broadcast, Class A TV mitted or required by the Commission. and low power TV stations or other purposes as authorized in § 74.631. [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 42 FR 36830, July 18, 1977; 42 FR 38178, July 27, (d) TV translator relay station. A fixed 1977; 45 FR 26067, Apr. 17, 1980; 49 FR 7130, station used for relaying programs and Feb. 27, 1984] signals of TV broadcast or Class A TV stations to Class A TV, LPTV, TV Subpart F—Television Broadcast translator, and to other communica- Auxiliary Stations tions facilities that the Commission may authorize or for other purposes as § 74.600 Eligibility for license. permitted by § 74.631. A license for a station in this subpart (e) TV broadcast licensee. Licensees will be issued only to a television and permittees of TV broadcast, Class broadcast station, a Class A TV sta- A TV and low power TV stations, un- tion, a television broadcast network- less specifically otherwise indicated. entity, a low power TV station, or a TV (f) TV microwave booster station. A translator station. fixed station in the TV broadcast auxiliary service that receives and amplifies [ 65 FR 30011, May 10, 2000] signals of a TV pickup, TV STL, TV relay, or TV translator relay station § 74.601 Classes of TV broadcast auxiliary stations. and retransmits them on the same frequency. (a) TV pickup stations. A land mobile station used for the transmission of TV [65 FR 30012, May 10, 2000] program material and related communications from scenes of events occur- § 74.602 Frequency assignment. ring at points removed from TV station (a) The following frequencies are studios to a TV broadcast, Class A TV available for assignment to television or low power TV station or other pur- pickup, television STL, television poses as authorized in § 74.631. relay and television translator relay (b) TV STL station (studio-transmitter stations. The band segments 17,700– link). A fixed station used for the trans- 18,580 and 19,260–19,700 MHz are avail- mission of TV program material and able for broadcast auxiliary stations as related communications from the stu- described in paragraph (g) of this sec- dio to the transmitter of a TV broad- tion. The band segment 6425–6525 MHz cast, Class A TV or low power TV sta- is available for broadcast auxiliary station or other purposes as authorized in tions as described in paragraph (i) of § 74.631. this section. Broadcast network-enti- (c) TV relay station. A fixed station ties may also use the 1990–2110, 6425– used for transmission of TV program 6525 and 6875–7125 MHz bands for mobile material and related communications television pickup only.

Band D 1 GHz

Band A MHz Band B MHz Group A channels Group B channels Channel bound- Channel bound- Designation aries Designation aries

1990–2008 ...... A01 ...... 12.700–12.725 B01 ...... 12.7125– 12.7375 2008–2025 ...... A02 ...... 12.725–12.750 B02 ...... 12.7375– 12.7625 2025–2042 ...... A03 ...... 12.750–12.775 B03 ...... 12.7625– 12.7875 2042–2059 ...... A04 ...... 12.775–12.800 B04 ...... 12.7875– 12.8125 2059–2076 ...... 6875–6900 ...... A05 ...... 12.800–12.825 B05 ...... 12.8125– 12.8375 2076–2093 ...... 6900–6925 ...... A06 ...... 12.825–12.850 B06 ...... 12.8375– 12.8625 2093–2110 ...... 6925–6950 ...... A07 ...... 12.850–12.875 B07 ...... 12.8625– 12.8875 2450–2467 ...... 6950–6975 ...... A08 ...... 12.875–12.900 B08 ...... 12.8875– 12.9125

453

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00463 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.602 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

Band D 1 GHz

Band A MHz Band B MHz Group A channels Group B channels Channel bound- Channel bound- Designation aries Designation aries

2467–2483.5 ...... 6975–7000 ...... A09 ...... 12.900–12.925 B09 ...... 12.9125– 12.9375 7000–7025 ...... A10 ...... 12.925–12.950 B10 ...... 12.9375– 12.9625 7025–7050 ...... A11 ...... 12.950–12.975 B11 ...... 12.9625– 12.9875 7050–7075 ...... A12 ...... 12.975–13.000 B12 ...... 12.9875– 12.0125 7075–7100 ...... A13 ...... 13.000–13.025 B13 ...... 13.0125– 13.0375 7100–7125 ...... A14 ...... 13.025–13.050 B14 ...... 13.0375– 13.0625 A15 ...... 13.050–13.075 B15 ...... 13.0625– 13.0875 A16 ...... 13.075–13.100 B16 ...... 13.0875– 13.1125 A17 ...... 13.100–13.125 B17 ...... 13.1125– 13.1375 A18 ...... 13.125–13.150 B18 2 ...... 13.1375– 13.1625 A19 2 ...... 13.150–13.175 B19 2 ...... 13.1625– 13.1875 A20 2 ...... 13.175–13.200 B20 2 ...... 13.1875– 13.2125 A21 ...... 13.200–13.225 B21 ...... 13.2125– 13.2375 A22 ...... 13.225–13.250 1 For fixed stations using Band D Channels, applicants are encouraged to use alternate A and B channels such that adjacent R.F. carriers are spaced 12.5 MHz. As example, a fixed station, relaying several channels, would use A01, B01, A02, B02, A03, etc. 2 The band 13.15–13.20 GHz is reserved for television pickup and CARS pickup stations inside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter. Outside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter, television pickup stations, CARS stations and NGSO FSS gateway earth stations shall operate on a primary co- equal basis. The band 13.20–13.2125 GHz is reserved for television pickup stations on a primary basis and CARS pickup stations on a secondary basis inside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter. Outside a 50 km radius of the 100 markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter, television pickup stations and NGSO FSS gateway earth stations shall operate on a co-primary basis, CARS stations shall operate on a secondary basis. Fixed television auxiliary stations licensed pursuant to applications accepted for filing before September 1, 1979, may continue operation on channels in the 13.15–13.25 GHz band, subject to periodic license renewals. NGSO FSS gateway uplink transmissions in the 13.15–13.2125 GHz segment shall be limited to a maximum EIRP of 3.2 dBW towards 0 degrees on the radio horizon. These provisions shall not apply to GSO FSS operations in the 12.75–13.25 GHz band.

(1) Frequencies shown above between cations were filed on or before July 25, 2450 and 2500 MHz in Band A are allo- 1985, are grandfathered and their oper- cated to accommodate the incidental ations are on a co-primary basis with radiations of industrial, scientific, and the mobile-satellite and radiodetermin- medical (ISM) equipment, and stations ation-satellite services, and in the seg- operating therein must accept any in- ment 2495–2500 MHz, their operations terference that may be caused by the are also on a co-primary basis with operation of such equipment. Fre- part 27 fixed and mobile except aero- quencies between 2450 and 2500 MHz are nautical mobile service operations. also shared with other communication (3)(i) After January 7, 2004, stations services and exclusive channel assign- may adhere to the channel plan speci- ments will not be made, nor is the fied in paragraph (a) of this section, or channeling shown above necessarily the following channel plan in Band A: that which will be employed by such other services. Channel A1r—2025.5–2037.5 MHz (2) In the band 2483.5–2500 MHz, no ap- Channel A2r—2037.5–2049.5 MHz plications for new stations or modifica- Channel A3r—2049.5–2061.5 MHz tion to existing stations to increase Channel A4—2061.5–2073.5 MHz the number of transmitters will be ac- Channel A5r—2073.5–2085.5 MHz cepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, Channel A6r—2085.5–2097.5 MHz 1985, and licensees whose initial appli- Channel A7r—2097.5–2109.5 MHz

454

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00464 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.602

(ii) Stations adhering to the channel ing Technologies licensee, acting pur- plan specified in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of suant to § 74.690 or § 78.40 of this chap- this section may also use the following ter, that they decline to be relocated. 40 data return link (DRL) channels to (4) [Reserved] facilitate their operations in the 2025.5– (b) Subject to the conditions of para- 2109.5 MHz band: graph (a) of this section, frequency assignments will normally be made as re- Lower band DRL channels quested, provided that the frequency 2025.000–2025.025 MHz selection provisions of § 74.604 have 2025.025–2025.050 MHz been followed and that the frequency 2025.050–2025.075 MHz requested will cause no interference to 2025.075–2025.100 MHz existing users in the area. The Com- 2025.100–2025.125 MHz 2025.125–2025.150 MHz mission reserves the right to assign 2025.150–2025.175 MHz frequencies other than those requested 2025.175–2025.200 MHz if, in its opinion, such action is war- 2025.200–2025.225 MHz ranted. 2025.225–2025.250 MHz (c) Fixed link stations will be author- 2025.250–2025.275 MHz ized to operate on one channel only. 2025.275–2025.300 MHz (d) Cable Television Relay Service 2025.300–2025.325 MHz stations may be assigned channels in 2025.325–2025.350 MHz 2025.350–2025.375 MHz Band D between 12,700 and 13,200 MHz 2025.375–2025.400 MHz subject to the condition that no harm- 2025.400–2025.425 MHz ful interference is caused to TV STL 2025.425–2025.450 MHz and TV relay stations authorized at 2025.450–2025.475 MHz the time of such grants. Similarly, new 2025.475–2025.500 MHz TV STL and TV relay stations must Upper band DRL channels not cause harmful interference to cable television relay stations authorized at 2109.500–2109.525 MHz the time of such grants. The use of 2109.525–2109.550 MHz channels between 12,700 and 13,200 MHz 2109.550–2109.575 MHz 2109.575–2109.600 MHz by TV pickup stations is subject to the 2109.600–2109.625 MHz condition that no harmful interference 2109.625–2109.650 MHz is caused to Cable Television Relay 2109.650–2109.675 MHz Service stations, TV STL and TV relay 2109.675–2109.700 MHz stations, except as provided for in 2109.700–2109.725 MHz § 74.602(a) Note 2. Band D channels are 2109.725–2109.750 MHz also shared with certain Private Oper- 2109.750–2109.775 MHz ational Fixed Stations, see § 74.638. 2109.775–2109.800 MHz 2109.800–2109.825 MHz (e) Communication common carriers 2109.825–2109.850 MHz in the Local Television Transmission 2109.850–2109.875 MHz Service (Part 101) may be assigned fre- 2109.875–2109.900 MHz quencies available to television broad- 2109.900–2109.925 MHz cast station licensees and broadcast 2109.925–2109.950 MHz network entities for the purpose of pro- 2109.950–2109.975 MHz viding service to television broadcast 2109.975–2110.000 MHz stations and broadcast network enti- (iii) Broadcast Auxiliary Service, ties, respectively. Cable Television Remote Pickup Serv- (f) TV auxiliary stations licensed to ice, and Local Television Transmission low power TV stations and translator Service licensees will be required to relay stations will be assigned on a sec- use the Band A channel plan in para- ondary basis, i.e., subject to the condi- graph (a)(3)(i) of this section after com- tion that no harmful interference is pletion of relocation by an Emerging caused to other TV auxiliary stations Technologies licensee in accordance assigned to TV broadcast stations, or with § 74.690 or § 78.40. Licensees declin- to cable television relay service sta- ing relocation may continue to use tions (CARS) operating between 12,700 their existing channel plan but must and 13,200 MHz. Auxiliary stations li- discontinue use of the 1990–2025 MHz censed to low power TV stations and band when they indicate to an Emerg- translator relay stations must accept

455

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00465 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.602 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

any interference caused by stations Receive having primary use of TV auxiliary fre- Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) (MHz) quencies. (g) The following frequencies are 18235.0 ...... 18451.0 available for assignment to television 18241.0 ...... 18457.0 18247.0 ...... 18463.0 STL, television relay stations and tele- 18253.0 ...... 18469.0 vision translator relay stations. Sta- 18259.0 ...... 18475.0 tions operating on frequencies in the 18265.0 ...... 18481.0 18271.0 ...... 18487.0 sub-bands 18.3–18.58 GHz and 19.26–19.3 18277.0 ...... 18493.0 GHz that were licensed or had applica- 18283.0 ...... 18499.0 tions pending before the Commission as 18289.0 ...... 18505.0 18295.0 ...... 18511.0 of September 18, 1998 may continue 18301.0 ...... 18517.0 those operations on a shared co-pri- 18307.0 ...... 18523.0 mary basis with other services under 18313.0 ...... 18529.0 parts 21, 25, 78, and 101 of this chapter. 18319.0 ...... 18535.0 18325.0 ...... 18541.0 Such stations, however, are subject to 18331.0 ...... 18547.0 relocation by licensees in the fixed-sat- 18337.0 ...... 18553.0 ellite service. Such relocation is sub- 18343.0 ...... 18559.0 18349.0 ...... 18565.0 ject to the provisions of §§ 101.85 18355.0 ...... 18571.0 through 101.97 of this chapter. No new 18361.0 ...... 18577.0 applications for new licenses will be accepted in the 19.26–19.3 GHz band after (3) 10 MHz maximum authorized June 8, 2000, and no new applications bandwidth channels: for new licenses will be accepted in the Receive 18.3–18.58 GHz band after November 19, Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) 2002. The provisions of § 74.604 do not (MHz) apply to the use of these frequencies. 1560 MHz Separation Licensees may use either a two-way link or one or both frequencies of a fre- 17705.0 ...... 19265.0 17715.0 ...... 19275.0 quency pair for a one-way link and 17725.0 ...... 19285.0 shall coordinate proposed operations 17735.0 ...... 19295.0 pursuant to procedures required in 17745.0 ...... 19305.0 § 101.103(d) of this chapter. 17755.0 ...... 19315.0 17765.0 ...... 19325.0 (1) 2 MHz maximum authorized band- 17775.0 ...... 19335.0 width channel: 17785.0 ...... 19345.0 17795.0 ...... 19355.0 Receive 17805.0 ...... 19365.0 Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) 17815.0 ...... 19375.0 (MHz) 17825.0 ...... 19385.0 17835.0 ...... 19395.0 18141.0 ...... n/a 17845.0 ...... 19405.0 17855.0 ...... 19415.0 (2) 6 MHz maximum authorized band- 17865.0 ...... 19425.0 width channels: 17875.0 ...... 19435.0 17885.0 ...... 19445.0 17895.0 ...... 19455.0 Receive Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) 17905.0 ...... 19465.0 (MHz) 17915.0 ...... 19475.0 17925.0 ...... 19485.0 216 MHz Separation 17935.0 ...... 19495.0 17945.0 ...... 19505.0 18145.0 ...... n/a 17955.0 ...... 19515.0 18151.0 ...... 18367.0 17965.0 ...... 19525.0 18157.0 ...... 18373.0 17975.0 ...... 19535.0 18163.0 ...... 18379.0 17985.0 ...... 19545.0 18169.0 ...... 18385.0 17995.0 ...... 19555.0 18175.0 ...... 18391.0 18005.0 ...... 19565.0 18181.0 ...... 18397.0 18015.0 ...... 19575.0 18187.0 ...... 18403.0 18025.0 ...... 19585.0 18193.0 ...... 18409.0 18035.0 ...... 19595.0 18199.0 ...... 18415.0 18045.0 ...... 19605.0 18205.0 ...... 18421.0 18055.0 ...... 19615.0 18211.0 ...... 18427.0 18065.0 ...... 19625.0 18217.0 ...... 18433.0 18075.0 ...... 19635.0 18223.0 ...... 18439.0 18085.0 ...... 19645.0 18229.0 ...... 18445.0 18095.0 ...... 19655.0

456

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00466 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.602

Receive Receive Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) (MHz) (MHz)

18105.0 ...... 19665.0 18060.0 ...... 19620.0 18115.0 ...... 19675.0 18125.0 ...... 19685.0 18135.0 ...... 19695.0 (h) TV STL, TV relay stations, and TV translator relay stations may be (4) 20 MHz maximum authorized authorized to operate fixed point-to- bandwidth channels: point service on the UHF TV channels 14–69 on a secondary basis and subject Receive to the provisions of subpart G of this Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) (MHz) part: (1) Applications for authorization in 1560 MHz Separation accordance with this paragraph must 17710.0 ...... 19270.0 comply with the following technical 17730.0 ...... 19290.0 limits or be accompanied by an engi- 17750.0 ...... 19310.0 17770.0 ...... 19330.0 neering analysis demonstrating why 17790.0 ...... 19350.0 these limits must be exceeded: 17810.0 ...... 19370.0 (i) Maximum EIRP is limited to 35 17830.0 ...... 19390.0 17850.0 ...... 19410.0 dBW; 17870.0 ...... 19430.0 (ii) Transmitting antenna beamwidth 17890.0 ...... 19450.0 is limited to 25 degrees (measured at 17910.0 ...... 19470.0 17930.0 ...... 19490.0 the 3 dB points); and 17950.0 ...... 19510.0 (iii) Vertical polarization is used. 17970.0 ...... 19530.0 17990.0 ...... 19550.0 (2) These stations must not interfere 18010.0 ...... 19570.0 with and must accept interference from 18030.0 ...... 19590.0 current and future full-power UHF-TV 18050.0 ...... 19610.0 18070.0 ...... 19630.0 stations, LPTV stations, and trans- 18090.0 ...... 19650.0 lator stations. They will also be sec- 18110.0 ...... 19670.0 ondary to land mobile stations in areas 18130.0 ...... 19690.0 where land mobile sharing is currently (5) 40 MHz maximum authorized permitted. bandwidth channels: (3) TV STL and TV relay stations licensed for operation on UHF TV chan- Receive nels 52–69 based on applications filed Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) (MHz) before April 16, 2003, may continue to operate under the terms of their cur- 1560 MHz Separation rent authorizations until the end of 17720.0 ...... 19280.0 transition to digital television in their 17760.0 ...... 19320.0 market (DTV Transition), as set forth 17800.0 ...... 19360.0 in §§ 73.622 through 73.625 of this chap- 17840.0 ...... 19400.0 17880.0 ...... 19440.0 ter. Applications for TV STL and TV 17920.0 ...... 19480.0 relay stations operating on UHF TV 17960.0 ...... 19520.0 channels 52–69 will not be accepted for 18000.0 ...... 19560.0 filing on or after April 16, 2003. 18040.0 ...... 19600.0 18080.0 ...... 19640.0 (4) TV translator relay stations li- 18120.0 ...... 19680.0 censed for operation on UHF TV channels 52–59 based on applications filed (6) 80 MHz maximum authorized before the end of DTV transition may bandwidth channels: continue to operate under the terms of Receive their current authorizations indefi- Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) nitely. TV translator relay stations li- (MHz) censed for operation on UHF TV chan- 1560 MHz Separation nels 60–69 based on applications filed before the end of DTV transition may 17740.0 ...... 19300.0 17820.0 ...... 19380.0 continue to operate under the terms of 17900.0 ...... 19460.0 their current authorizations until the 17980.0 ...... 19540.0 end of DTV Transition. Applications

457

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00467 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.603 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

for TV translator relay stations oper- ing the overall system performance re- ating on UHF TV channels 52–69 will quirements. Applications for new TV not be accepted for filing on or after pickup, TV STL, TV relay and TV the end of DTV Transition. translator relay stations shall clearly (i) 6425 to 6525 MHz—Mobile Only. indicate the nature of any mutliplexing Paired and un-paired operations per- proposed. Multiplexing equipment may mitted. Use of this spectrum for direct be installed on licensed equipment delivery of video programs to the gen- without authority of the FCC, provided eral public or multi-channel cable dis- the installation of such apparatus on a tribution is not permitted. This band is TV STL station shall not result in deg- co-equally shared with mobile stations radation of the overall system perform- licensed pursuant to parts 78 and 101 of ance of the TV broadcast station below this chapter. The following channel that permitted by § 73.687 of this chap- plans apply. ter. (1) 1 MHz maximum authorized band- (b) [Reserved] width channels. (c) Aural STL or intercity relay stations licensed as of July 10, 1970, to op- Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit) (MHz) erate in the frequency band 942–947 6425.5 6475.5 MHz, may continue to so operate pend- 6450.5 6500.5 ing a decision as to their disposition through a future rule making pro- (2) 8 MHz maximum authorized band- ceeding. width channels. (d) Remote pickup broadcast stations may be used in conjunction with tele- Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit) (MHz) vision pickup stations for the trans- 6430.0 6480.0 mission of the aural portion of tele- 6438.0 6488.0 vision programs or events that occur 6446.0 6596.0 outside a television studio and for the 6455.0 6505.0 6463.0 6513.0 transmission of cues, orders, and other 6471.0 6521.0 related communications necessary thereto. The rules governing remote (3) 25 MHz maximum authorized pickup broadcast stations are con- bandwidth channels. tained in Subpart D of this part.

Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit (MHz) [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 24385, June 1, 6437.5 6487.5 1983; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] 6462.5 6512.5 § 74.604 Interference avoidance. (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, (a) [Reserved] 1068, 1082; 47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303) (b) Where two or more licensees are [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963] assigned a common channel for TV EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- pickup, TV STL, or TV relay purposes tations affecting § 74.602, see the List of CFR in the same area and simultaneous op- Sections Affected, which appears in the eration is contemplated, they shall Finding Aids section of the printed volume take such steps as may be necessary to and on GPO Access. avoid mutual interference, including consultation with the local coordina- § 74.603 Sound channels. tion committee, if one exists. If a mu- (a) The frequencies listed in § 74.602(a) tual agreement to this effect cannot be may be used for the simultaneous reached, the Commission must be noti- transmission of the picture and sound fied and it will take such action as may portions of TV broadcast programs and be necessary, including time sharing for cue and order circuits, either by arrangements, to assure an equitable means of multiplexing or by the use of distribution of available frequencies. a separate transmitter within the same (c) For those interference disputes channel. When multiplexing of a TV brought to the Commission for resolu- STL station is contemplated, consider- tion, TV broadcast auxiliary channels ation should be given to the require- will have the following priority for pur- ments of § 73.687 of this Chapter regard- poses of interference protection:

458

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00468 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.631

(1) All fixed links for full service NOTE: As used in this subpart, ‘‘associated broadcast stations and cable systems. television broadcast station’’ means a tele- (2) TV and CARS pickup stations. vision broadcast station licensed to the licensee of the television auxiliary broadcast (3) Fixed or mobile stations serving station and with which the television auxil- translator or low power TV stations. iary station is licensed as an auxiliary facil- (4) Backup facilities; TV pickup sta- ity. tions used outside a licensee’s local (b) A television broadcast STL sta- service area. tion is authorized to transmit visual (5) Any transmission, pursuant to program material between the studio § 74.631(f), that does not involve the de- and the transmitter of a television livery of program material to a licens- broadcast station for simultaneous or ee’s associated TV broadcast station. delayed broadcast. (d) Interference between two stations (c) A TV relay station is authorized having the same priority shall be re- to transmit visual program material solved in favor of the station licensed between TV broadcast stations for si- first on a particular path. multaneous or delayed broadcast, or may be used to transmit visual pro- [48 FR 17091, Apr. 21, 1983, as amended at 68 gram material from a remote pickup FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] receiver site of a single station. (d) The transmitter of an STL, TV § 74.631 Permissible service. relay station or TV translator relay (a) The licensee of a television pick- station may be multiplexed to provide up station authorizes the transmission additional communication channels. A of program material, orders concerning TV broadcast STL or TV relay station such program material, and related will be authorized only in those cases communications necessary to the ac- where the principal use is the trans- complishment of such transmissions, mission of television broadcast pro- from the scenes of events occurring in gram material for use by its associated places other than a television studio, TV broadcast station. However, STL or to its associated television broadcast TV relay stations so licensed may be station, to an associated television operated at any time for the trans- relay station, to such other stations as mission of multiplexed communica- are broadcasting the same program tions whether or not visual program material, or to the network or net- material is being transmitted, provided works with which the television broad- that such operation does not cause harmful interference to TV broadcast cast station is affiliated. Television pickup, STL or TV relay stations pickup stations may be operated in transmitting television broadcast pro- conjunction with other television gram material. broadcast stations not aformentioned (e) Except as provided in paragraphs in this paragraph: Provided, That the (a), (d), (f) and (j) of this section, all transmissions by the television pickup program material transmitted over a station are under the control of the li- TV pickup, STL, or TV relay station censee of the television pickup station shall be used by or intended for use by and that such operation shall not ex- a TV broadcast station owned by or ceed a total of 10 days in any 30-day pe- under the common control of the li- riod. Television pickup stations may be censee of the TV pickup, STL, or TV used to provide temporary studio- relay station. Program material trans- transmitter links or intercity relay mitted over a TV pickup, STL or TV circuits consistent with § 74.632 without relay station and so used by the li- further authority of the Commission: censee of such facility may, with the Provided, however, That prior Commis- permission of the licensee of the broad- sion authority shall be obtained if the cast auxiliary facility, be used by other transmitting antenna to be installed TV broadcast stations and by non- will increase the height of any natural broadcast closed circuit educational formation or man-made structure by TV systems operated by educational more than 6.1 meters (20 feet) and will institutions. be in existence for a period of more (f) A TV broadcast pickup, STL, or than 2 consecutive days. TV relay station may be used for the

459

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00469 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.632 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

transmission of material to be used by basis, prorated on an equitable basis others, including but not limited to among all parties being supplied with other broadcast stations, cable tele- program material. vision systems, and educational insti- (j) A broadcast network-entity may tutions. This use shall not interfere use television auxiliary service sta- with the use of these broadcast auxil- tions to transmit their own television iary facilities for the transmission of program materials to broadcast sta- programs and associated material in- tions, other broadcast network-enti- tended to be used by the television sta- ties, cable systems and cable network- tion or stations licensed to or under entities: Provided, however, that the common control of the licensee of the bands 1990–2110 MHz, 6425–6525 MHz and TV pickup, STL, or TV relay station. 6875–7125 MHz may be used by broad- This use of the broadcast auxiliary fa- cast network-entities only for tele- cilities must not cause harmful inter- vision pick-up stations. ference to broadcast auxiliary stations operating in accordance with the basic [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 29 frequency allocation, and the licensee FR 15524, Nov. 19, 1964; 43 FR 1950, Jan. 13, of the TV pickup, STL, or TV relay 1978; 44 FR 32381, June 6, 1979; 47 FR 55937, station must retain exclusive control Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 17092, Apr. 21, 1983; 49 FR over the operation of the facilities. 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 68 Prior to operating pursuant to the pro- FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] visions of this section, the licensee § 74.632 Licensing requirements. shall, for the intended location or area- of-operation, notify the appropriate (a) Licenses for television pickup, frequency coordinatioin committee or television STL, television microwave any licensee(s) assigned the use of the booster, or television relay stations proposed operating frequency, con- will be issued only to licensees of tele- cerning the particulars of the intended vision broadcast stations, and broad- operation and must provide the name cast network-entities and, further, on a and telephone number of a person who secondary basis, to licensees of low may be contacted in the event of inter- power television stations. A separate ference. application is required for each fixed (g) Except as provided in paragraph station and the application shall be (d) of this section, a television trans- specific with regard to the frequency lator relay station is authorized for the requested. A mobile station license purpose of relaying the programs and may be issued for any number of mo- signals of a television broadcast sta- bile transmitters to operate in a spe- tion to television broadcast translator cific area or frequency band and the ap- stations for simultaneous retrans- plicant shall be specific with regard to mission. the frequencies requested. (h) A TV microwave booster station (b) A license for a TV relay station is authorized to retransmit the signals of a TV pickup, TV STL, TV relay, or may be issued in any case where the TV translator relay station. circuit will operate between TV broad- (i) TV broadcast auxiliary stations cast stations either by means of ‘‘off- authorized pursuant to this subpart the-air’’ pickup and relay or location of may additionally be authorized to sup- the initial relay station at the studio ply programs and signals of TV broad- or transmitter of a TV broadcast sta- cast stations to cable television sys- tion. tems or CARS stations. Where the li- (c) An application for a new TV pick- censee of a TV broadcast auxiliary sta- up station shall designate the TV tion supplies programs and signals to broadcast station with which it is to be cable television systems or CARS sta- operated and specify the area in which tions, the TV auxiliary licensee must the proposed operation is intended. The have exclusive control over the oper- maximum permissible area of operation of the TV auxiliary stations li- ation will generally be that of a stand- censed to it. Contributions to capital ard metropolitan area, unless a special and operating expenses may be accept- showing is made that a larger area is ed only on a cost-sharing, non-profit necessary.

460

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00470 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.634

(d) Licensees who have two or more (b) A request for special temporary TV broadcast stations located in dif- authority for the operation of a tele- ferent cities shall, in applying for a vision broadcast auxiliary station must new TV pickup station, designate the be made in accordance with the proce- TV broadcast station in conjunction dures of § 1.931(b) of this chapter. with which it is to be operated prin- (c) All requests for special temporary cipally. Operation in a city which is authority of a television broadcast not the city of license of the associated auxiliary station must include full par- TV broadcast station is on a secondary, ticulars including: licensee’s name and non-interference basis to home-city address, facility identification number users. of the associated broadcast station(s) (e) A license for a TV translator (if any), call letters of the television relay station will be issued only to li- broadcast STL or intercity relay sta- censees of low power TV and TV trans- tion (if assigned), type and manufac- lator stations. However, a television turer of equipment, effective isotropic translator relay station license may be radiated power, emission, frequency or issued to a cooperative enterprise frequencies proposed for use, com- wholly owned by licensees of television mencement and termination date and broadcast translators or licensees of location of the proposed operation, and television broadcast translators and purpose for which request is made in- cable television owners or operators cluding any particular justification. upon a showing that the applicant is (d) A request for special temporary qualified under the Communication authority shall specify a channel or Act of 1934, as amended. channels consistent with the provisions (f) Licensees of TV pickup, TV STL, of § 74.602: Provided, That in the case of TV relay, and TV translator relay sta- events of wide-spread interest and im- tions may be authorized to operate one portance which cannot be transmitted or more TV microwave booster stations successfully on these frequencies, fre- for the purpose of relaying signals over quencies assigned to other services a path that cannot be covered with a may be requested upon a showing that single station. operation thereon will not cause inter- (g) In case of permanent discontinu- ference to established stations: And ance of operations of a station licensed provided further, That in no case will a under this subpart, the licensee shall television auxiliary broadcast oper- cancel the station license using FCC ation be authorized on frequencies em- Form 601. For purposes of this section, ployed for the safety of life and prop- a station which is not operated for a erty. period of one year is considered to have (e) When the transmitting equipment been permanently discontinued. utilized is not licensed to the user, the user shall nevertheless have full con- [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 44 trol over the use of the equipment dur- FR 32382, June 6, 1979; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, ing the period it is operated. 1982; 48 FR 9012, Mar. 3, 1983; 48 FR 17092, Apr. (f) Special temporary authority to 21, 1983; 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 10930, Mar. 23, 1984; 52 FR permit operation of a TV auxiliary 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 63 broadcast station of any class pending FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, FCC action on an application for reg- 2003] ular authority will not normally be granted. § 74.633 Temporary authorizations. (Sec. 318, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended; 47 U.S.C. (a) Special temporary authority may 318) be granted for TV broadcast auxiliary [28 FR 13720, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 station operation which cannot be con- FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, ducted in accordance with § 74.24. Such 1982; 50 FR 23710, June 5, 1985; 52 FR 10570, authority will normally be granted Apr. 2, 1987; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR only for operations of a temporary na- 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] ture. Where operation is seen as likely on a continuing annual basis, an appli- § 74.634 Remote control operation. cation for a regular authorization (a) A TV auxiliary station may be op- should be submitted. erated by remote control provided that

461

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00471 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.635 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

such operation is conducted in accord- the associated TV translator station’s ance with the conditions listed below: transmitted signal. (1) The remote control system must (b) The FCC may notify the licensee be designed, installed, and protected so to cease or modify operation in the that the transmitter can only be acti- case of frequency usage disputes, inter- vated or controlled by persons author- ference or similar situations where ized by the licensee. such action appears to be in the public (2) The remote control equipment interest, convenience and necessity. must be maintained to ensure proper [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 31 operation. FR 15314, Dec. 7, 1966; 43 FR 1950, Jan. 13, (3) The remote control system must 1978; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 49 FR 7131, be designed to prevent inadvertent Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985] transmitter operation caused by malfunctions in the circuits between the § 74.636 Power limitations. control point and transmitter. (a) On any authorized frequency, (b) The FCC may notify the licensee transmitter peak output power and the to cease or modify operation in the average power delivered to an antenna case of frequency usage disputes. inter- in this service must be the minimum ference or similar situations where amount of power necessary to carry such action appears to be in the public out the communications desired and interest, convenience and necessity. shall not exceed the values listed in the [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at, 47 following table. Application of this FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 50 FR 48600, Nov. 26, principle includes, but is not to be lim- 1985; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] ited to, requiring a licensee who re- places one or more of its antennas with § 74.635 Unattended operation. larger antennas to reduce its antenna (a) TV relay stations, TV translator input power by an amount appropriate relay stations, TV STL stations, and to compensate for the increased pri- TV microwave booster stations may be mary lobe gain of the replacement an- operated unattended under the fol- tenna(s). In no event shall the average lowing conditions: equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP), as referenced to an isotropic (1) The transmitter must be provided radiator, exceed the values specified in with adequate safeguards to prevent the following table. In cases of harmful improper operation. interference, the Commission may, (2) The transmitter shall be so in- after notice and opportunity for hear- stalled and protected that it is not ac- ing, order a change in the effective ra- cessible to other than duly authorized diated power of this station. The table persons; follows: (3) TV relay stations, TV STL stations, TV translator relay stations, and Max- Maximum al- TV microwave booster stations used imum lowable allow- EIRP 2 with these stations, shall be observed able at the receiving end of the microwave trans- Frequency band (MHz) mitter circuit as often as necessary to ensure Mo- power Fixed bile proper station operation by a person (dBW) Mobile (dBW) designated by the licensee, who must (W) institute measures sufficient to ensure prompt correction of any condition of 2,025 to 2,110 ...... 12.0 +45 +35 2,450 to 2,483.5 ...... 12.0 +45 +35 improper operation. However, an STL 6,425 to 6,525 ...... 12.0 ...... +35 station (and any TV microwave booster 6,875 to 7,125 ...... 12.0 +55 +35 station) associated with a TV broad- 12,700 to 13,250 ...... 1.5 +55 +45 cast station operated by remote con- 17,700 to 18,600 ...... +55 ...... 18,600 to 18,800 1 ...... +35 ...... trol may be observed by monitoring 18,800 to 19,700 ...... +55 ...... the TV station’s transmitted signal at 1 The power delivered to the antenna is limited to ¥3 dBW. the remote control point. Additionally, 2 Stations licensed based on an application filed before April a TV translator relay station (and any 16, 2003, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above, may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the associated TV microwave booster sta- terms of their current authorizations, subject to periodic tion) may be observed by monitoring renewal.

462

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00472 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.637

(b) The EIRP of transmitters that (ii) For operating frequencies above use Automatic Transmitter Power Con- 15 GHz, in any 1 MHz reference band- trol (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP width (BREF), the center frequency of specified on the station authorization. which is removed from the assigned The EIRP of non-ATPC transmitters frequency by more than 50 percent up shall be maintained as near as prac- to and including 250 percent of the au- ticable to the EIRP specified on the thorized bandwidth: As specified by the station authorization. following equation but in no event less [68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] than 11 decibels: A = 11 + 0.4 (G¥50) + 10 Log B. § 74.637 Emissions and emission limi- 10 tations. (Attenuation greater than 56 decibels is (a) The mean power of emissions not required.) shall be attenuated below the mean (iii) In any 4 kHz reference bandwidth transmitter power (P ) in accord- MEAN (BREF), the center frequency of which is ance with the following schedule: removed from the assigned frequency (1) When using frequency modulation: by more than 250 percent of the author- (i) On any frequency removed from ized bandwidth: At least 43 +10 Log10 the assigned (center) frequency by (PMEAN in watts) decibels, or 80 deci- more than 50% up to and including bels, whichever is the lesser attenu- 100% of the authorized bandwidth: At ation. least 25 dB in any 100 kHz reference (3) Amplitude Modulation. For ves- bandwidth (BREF); tigial sideband AM video: On any fre- (ii) On any frequency removed from quency removed from the center fre- the assigned (center) frequency by quency of the authorized band by more more than 100% up to and including than 50%: at least 50 dB below peak 250% of the authorized bandwidth: At power of the emission. least 35 dB in any 100 kHz reference (b) For all emissions not covered in bandwidth; paragraph (a) of this section, the peak (iii) On any frequency removed from power of emissions shall be attenuated the assigned (center) frequency by more than 250% of the authorized band- below the peak envelope transmitter power (PPEAK) in accordance with the width: At least 43+10 log10 (PMEAN in watts) dB, or 80 dB, whichever is the following schedule: lesser attenuation, in any 100 kHz ref- (1) On any frequency 500 Hz inside the erence bandwidth. channel edge up to and including 2500 (2) When using transmissions employ- Hz outside the same edge, the following ing digital modulation techniques: formula will apply: (i) For operating frequencies below 15 2 A = 29 Log10 [(25/11)[(D + 2.5 ¥ (W/2)] ] GHz, in any 4 kHz reference bandwidth dB (BREF), the center frequency of which is removed from the assigned frequency (Attenuation greater than 50 decibels is by more than 50 percent up to and in- not required.) cluding 250 percent of the authorized Where: bandwidth: As specified by the following equation but in no event less A = Attenuation (in dB) below the peak envelope transmitter power. than 50 decibels: D = The displacement frequency (kHz) from A = 35 + 0.8 (G ¥ 50) + 10 Log10 B. the center of the authorized bandwidth. W = the channel bandwidth (kHz). (Attenuation greater than 80 decibels is not required.) (2) On any frequency removed from the channel edge by more than 2500 Hz: Where: At least 43 + 10 Log10 (PPEAK in watts) A = Attenuation (in decibels) below the mean dB. output power level. (c) For purposes of compliance with G = Percent removed from the carrier frequency. the emission limitation requirements B = Authorized bandwidth in megahertz. of this section:

463

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00473 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.637 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(1) If the transmitter modulates a the reference bandwidth (BREF) speci- single carrier, digital modulation tech- fied in the individual emission limita- niques are considered as being em- tions, but may be reduced to not less ployed when digital modulation occu- than one percent of the authorized pies 50 percent or more of the total bandwidth (B), adjusted upward to the peak frequency deviation of a trans- nearest greater resolution bandwidth mitted radio frequency carrier. The available on the measuring equipment. total peak frequency deviation will be In all cases, if BRES and BREF are not determined by adding the deviation equal, then the attenuation require- produced by the digital modulation sig- ment must be increased (or decreased) nal and the deviation produced by any as determined by a factor of 10 log10 frequency division multiplex (FDM) [(BREF in megahertz)/(BRES in mega- modulation used. The deviation (D) hertz)] decibels, where a positive factor produced by the FDM signal must be indicates an increase in the attenu- determined in accordance with § 2.202(f) ation requirement and a negative fac- of this chapter. tor indicates a decrease in the attenu- (2) If the transmitter modulates two ation requirement. or more carriers, with at least one (4) Stations licensed pursuant to an using digital modulation and one using application filed before March 17, 2005, frequency or other analog modulation, using equipment not conforming with digital modulation techniques are con- the emission limitations specified sidered as being employed when the above, may continue to operate indefi- necessary bandwidth of the digital sig- nitely in accordance with the terms of nal(s) is 50 percent or more of the ag- their current authorizations, subject to gregate bandwidth of the system, com- periodic renewal. Existing equipment prising the digital necessary band- and equipment of product lines in pro- width(s), the analog necessary band- duction before April 16, 2003, authorized width(s), and any bandwidth(s) between via certification or verification before the digital and analog necessary March 17, 2005, for equipment not con- bandwidths. In this case, the aggregate forming to the emission limitations re- bandwidth shall be used for the author- quirements specified above, may con- ized bandwidth (B) in paragraph (a) of tinue to be manufactured and/or mar- this section, and for purposes of com- keted, but may not be authorized for pliance with the bandwidth limitations use under a station license except at in paragraph (g) of this section and in stations licensed pursuant to an appli- § 74.602 of this subpart; and the sum of cation filed before March 17, 2005. Any the powers of the analog and digital non-conforming equipment authorized signals shall be used for mean trans- under a station license, and replaced on mitter power (P ) in paragraph (a) MEAN or after March 17, 2005, must be re- or the peak envelope transmitter power placed by conforming equipment. (PPEAK) in paragraph (b) of this section, and for purposes of compliance with (d) In the event that interference to the power limitations in § 74.636 of this other stations is caused by emissions subpart. outside the authorized channel, the (3) For demonstrating compliance FCC may require greater attenuation with the attenuation requirements for than that specified in paragraph (b) of frequency modulation and digital mod- this section. ulation in paragraph (a) of this section, (e) The following limitations also the resolution bandwidth (BRES) of the apply to the operation of TV micro- measuring equipment used for meas- wave booster stations: urements removed from the center fre- (1) The booster station must receive quency by more than 250 percent of the and amplify the signals of the origi- authorized bandwidth shall be 100 kHz nating station and retransmit them on for operating frequencies below 1 GHz, the same frequency without signifi- and 1 MHz for operating frequencies cantly altering them in any way. The above 1 GHz. The resolution bandwidth characteristics of the booster trans- for frequencies removed from the cen- mitter output signal shall meet the re- ter frequency by less than 250 percent quirements applicable to the signal of of the authorized bandwidth shall be the originating station.

464

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00474 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.638

(2) The licensee is responsible for cor- § 74.638 Frequency coordination. recting any condition of interference (a) Coordination of all frequency as- that results from the radiation of radio signments for fixed stations in all frequency energy outside the assigned channel. Upon notice by the FCC to the bands above 2110 MHz, and for mobile station licensee that interference is (temporary fixed) stations in the bands being caused, operation of the appa- 6425–6525 MHz and 17.7–19.7 GHz, will be ratus must be immediately suspended in accordance with the procedure es- and may not be resumed until the in- tablished in paragraph (b) of this sec- terference has been eliminated or it tion, except that the prior coordination can be demonstrated that the inter- process for mobile (temporary fixed) ference is not due to spurious emis- assignments may be completed orally sions. However, short term test trans- and the period allowed for response to missions may be made during the pe- a coordination notification may be less riod of suspended operation to deter- than 30 days if the parties agree. Co- mine the efficacy of remedial meas- ordination of all frequency assign- ures. ments for all mobile (temporary fixed) (3) In each instance where suspension stations in all bands above 2110 MHz, of operation is required, the licensee except the bands 6425–6525 MHz and must submit a full report to the FCC 17.7–19.7 GHz, will be conducted in ac- after operation is resumed. The report cordance with the procedure estab- must contain details of the nature of lished in paragraph (b) of this section the interference, the source of inter- or with the procedure in paragraph (d) fering signals, and the remedial steps of this section. Coordination of all fre- taken to eliminate the interference. quency assignments for all fixed sta- (f) In the event a station’s emissions tions in the band 1990–2110 MHz will be outside its authorized channel cause in accordance with the procedure es- harmful interference, the Commission tablished in paragraph (c) of this sec- may require the licensee to take such tion. Coordination of all frequency as- further steps as may be necessary to signments for all mobile (temporary eliminate the interference. fixed) stations in the band 1990–2110 (g) The maximum bandwidth which MHz will be conducted in accordance will be authorized per frequency as- with the procedure in paragraph (d) of signment is set out in the table which this section. follows. Regardless of the maximum (b) Frequency coordination for all authorized bandwidth specified for fixed stations in all bands above 2110 each frequency band, the Commission MHz, and for all mobile (temporary reserves the right to issue a license for fixed) stations in the bands 6425–6525 less than the maximum bandwidth if it appears that less bandwidth would be MHz and 17.7–19.7 GHz. For each fre- sufficient to support an applicant’s in- quency authorized under this part, the tended communications. interference protection criteria in § 101.105(a), (b), and (c) of this chapter Maximum au- and the frequency usage coordination thorized Frequency Band (MHz) bandwidth procedures in § 101.103(d) of this chapter (MHz) will apply, except that only stations in the bands 6425–6525 MHz and 17.7–19.7 1,990 to 2,110 ...... 18 6,425 to 6,525 ...... 25 GHz are subject to the provision in 6,875 to 7,125 ...... 25 § 101.103(d) requiring compliance with 12,700 to 13,250 ...... 25 § 101.21(f) of this chapter in coordi- 17,700 to 19,700 ...... 80 nating frequency usage with stations in the fixed satellite service. [45 FR 78692, Nov. 26, 1980, as amended at 48 (c) Frequency coordination for all FR 50734, Nov. 3, 1983; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, fixed stations in the band 1990–2110 1984; 49 FR 37778, Sept. 26, 1984; 50 FR 7342, MHz. For each frequency authorized Feb. 22, 1985; 50 FR 34150, Aug. 23, 1985; 50 FR 48600, Nov. 26, 1985; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 58 under this part, the following fre- FR 51251, Oct. 1, 1993; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, quency usage coordination procedures 2003.] will apply:

465

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00475 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.641 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(1) General requirements. Applicants selecting frequencies, consideration are responsible for selecting the fre- should be given to the relative location quency assignments that are least like- of receive points, normal transmission ly to result in mutual interference paths, and the nature of the con- with other licensees in the same area. templated operation. Applicants may consult local frequency coordination committees, [68 FR 12770, Mar. 17, 2003] where they exist, for information on § 74.641 Antenna systems. frequencies available in the area. Pro- posed frequency usage must be coordi- (a) For fixed stations operating above nated with existing licensees and appli- 2025 MHz, the following standards cants in the area whose facilities could apply: affect or be affected by the new pro- (1) Fixed TV broadcast auxiliary sta- posal in terms of frequency inter- tions shall use directional antennas ference on active channels, applied-for that meet the performance standards channels, or channels coordinated for indicated in the following table. Upon future growth. Coordination must be adequate showing of need to serve a completed prior to filing an application larger sector, or more than a single for regular authorization, for major sector, greater beamwidth or multiple amendment to a pending application, antennas may be authorized. Appli- or for major modification to a license. cants shall request, and authorization (2) To be acceptable for filing, all ap- for stations in this service will specify, plications for regular authorization, or the polarization of each transmitted major amendment to a pending appli- signal. Booster station antennas hav- cation, or major modification to a li- ing narrower beamwidths and reduced cense, must include a certification at- sidelobe radiation may be required in testing that all co-channel and adja- congested areas, or to resolve inter- cent-channel licensees and applicants ference problems. potentially affected by the proposed (i) Stations must employ an antenna fixed use of the frequency(ies) have that meets the performance standards been notified and are in agreement for Category B. In areas subject to fre- that the proposed facilities can be in- quency congestion, where proposed fa- stalled without causing harmful inter- cilities would be precluded by contin- ference to those other licensees and ap- ued use of a Category B antenna, a Cat- plicants. egory A antenna must be employed. (d) Frequency coordination for all The Commission may require the use of mobile (temporary fixed) stations in all a high performance antenna where in- bands above 1990 MHz, except the bands terference problems can be resolved by 6425–6525 MHz and 17.7–19.7 GHz. For the use of such antennas. each frequency authorized under this (ii) Licensees shall comply with the part, applicants are responsible for se- antenna standards table shown in this lecting the frequency assignments that paragraph in the following manner: are least likely to result in mutual in- (A) With either the maximum terference with other licensees in the beamwith to 3 dB points requirement same area. Applicants may consult or with the minimum antenna gain re- local frequency coordination commit- quirement; and tees, where they exist, for information (B) With the minimum radiation sup- on frequencies available in the area. In pression to angle requirement.

ANTENNA STANDARDS

Maximum Minimum radiation suppression to angle in de- beam- grees from centerline of main beam in decibels width to 3 dB Minimum Frequency (MHz) Category 1 antenna ° ° ° ° ° ° points gain (dbi) 5° to 10 15 20 30 100 140 (included ° to to to to to to angle in 10 15° 20° 30° 100° 140° 180° degrees)

1,990 to 2,110 ...... A 5.0 n/a 12 18 22 25 29 33 39 B 8.0 n/a 5 18 20 20 25 28 36

466

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00476 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.643

ANTENNA STANDARDS—Continued

6,875 to 7,125 ...... A 1.5 n/a 26 29 32 34 38 41 49 B 2.0 n/a 21 25 29 32 35 39 45 12,700 to 13,250 ...... A 1.0 n/a 23 28 35 39 41 42 50 B 2.0 n/a 20 25 28 30 32 37 47 17,700 to 19,700 ...... A 2.2 38 25 29 33 36 42 55 55 B 2.2 38 20 24 28 32 35 36 36 1 If a licensee chooses to show compliance using maximum beamwith to 3 dB points, the beamwidth limit shall apply in both the azimuth and the elevation planes.

(2) New periscope antenna systems made that no frequency conflicts exist will be authorized upon a certification in the area of proposed use. Such ap- that the radiation, in a horizontal provals shall be conditioned to a stand- plane, from an illuminating antenna ard antenna as required in paragraph and reflector combination meets or ex- (a) of this section when an applicant of ceeds the antenna standards of this a new TV auxiliary broadcast or Cable section. This provision similarly ap- Television Relay station indicates that plies to passive repeaters employed to the use of the existing antenna system redirect or repeat the signal from a will cause interference and the use of a station’s directional antenna system. category A or B antenna will remedy (3) The choice of receiving antennas is left to the discretion of the licensee. the interference. However, licensees will not be pro- (d) As a further exception to the protected from interference which results vision of paragraph (a) of this section, from the use of antennas with poorer the Commission may approve antenna performance than identified in the systems not conforming to the tech- table of this section. nical standards where a persuasive (4) [Reserved] showing is made that: (5) Pickup stations are not subject to (1) Indicates in detail why an an- the performance standards herein stat- tenna system complying with the re- ed. quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec- (b) All fixed stations are to use an- tion cannot be installed, and tenna systems in conformance with the (2) Includes a statement indicating standards of this section. TV auxiliary that frequency coordination as rebroadcast stations are considered to be quired in § 74.604 (a) was accomplished. located in an area subject to frequency congestion and must employ a Cat- [45 FR 78693, Nov. 26, 1980, as amended at 49 egory A antenna when: FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 37778, Sept. 26, (1) A showing by an applicant of a 1984; 50 FR 7342, Feb. 22, 1985; 51 FR 19840, new TV auxiliary broadcast station or June 3, 1986; 52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987; 55 FR Cable Television Relay Service (CARS) 11587, Mar. 29, 1990; 56 FR 50663, Oct. 8, 1991; station, which shares the 12.7–13.20 GHz 62 FR 4922, Feb. 3, 1997; 68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, band with TV auxiliary broadcast, indi- 2003] cates that use of a category B antenna limits a proposed project because of in- § 74.643 Interference to geostationary- satellites. terference, and (2) That use of a category A antenna Applicants and licensees must com- will remedy the interference thus al- ply with § 101.145 of this chapter to lowing the project to be realized. minimize the potential of interference (c) As an exception to the provisions to geostationary-satellites. of this section, the FCC may approve requests for use of periscope antenna [68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003] systems where a persuasive showing is

467

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00477 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.644 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

§ 74.644 Minimum path lengths for § 74.651 Equipment changes. fixed links. (a) Modifications may be made to an (a) The distance between end points existing authorization in accordance of a fixed link must equal or exceed the with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter. value set forth in the table below or (b) Multiplexing equipment may be the EIRP must be reduced in accord- installed on any licensed TV broadcast ance with the equation set forth below. STL, TV relay or translator relay station without authority from the Com- Minimum mission. Frequency band path (MHz) length (c) Permissible changes in equipment (km) operating in the bands 18.3–18.58 GHz and 19.26–19.3 GHz. Notwithstanding Below 1,990 ...... n/a other provisions of this section, licens- 1,990–7,125 ...... 17 ees of stations that remain co-primary 12,200–13,250 ...... 5 Above 17,700 ...... n/a under the provisions of § 74.602(g) may not make modifications to their sys- (b) For paths shorter than those spec- tems that increase interference to sat- ified in the Table, the EIRP shall not ellite earth stations, or result in a fa- exceed the value derived from the fol- cility that would be more costly to re- lowing equation. locate. ¥ [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 EIRP = MAXEIRP 40 log(A/B) dBW FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 47 FR 55938, Dec. 14, Where: 1982; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996; 63 FR EIRP = The new maximum EIRP (equivalent 36605, July 7, 1998; 65 FR 54173, Sept. 7, 2000; isotropically radiated power) in dBW. 68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, Apr. 8, MAXEIRP = Maximum EIRP as set forth in 2003] the Table in § 74.636 of this part. A = Minimum path length from the Table § 74.655 Authorization of equipment. above for the frequency band in kilo- (a) Except as provided in paragraph meters. (b) of this section, all transmitting B = The actual path length in kilometers. equipment first marketed for use under NOTE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b): For transmitters this subpart or placed into service after using Automatic Transmitter Power Con- October 1, 1981, must be authorized trol, EIRP corresponds to the maximum under the certification or verification transmitter power available, not the coordi- procedure, as detailed in paragraph (f) nated transmit power or the nominal trans- of this section. Equipment which is mit power. used at a station licensed prior to Oc- NOTE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (b): Stations licensed tober 1, 1985, which has not been au- based on an application filed before April 16, thorized as detailed in paragraph (f) of 2003, in the 2450–2483.5 MHz band, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above, may this section, may continue to be used continue to operate indefinitely in accord- by the licensee or its successors or as- ance with the terms of their current author- signees, provided that if operation of izations, subject to periodic renewal. such equipment causes harmful interference due to its failure to comply (c) Upon an appropriate technical with the technical standards set forth showing, applicants and licensees un- in this subpart, the FCC may, at its able to meet the minimum path length discretion, require the licensee to take requirement may be granted an excep- such corrective action as is necessary tion to these requirements. to eliminate the interference. However, such equipment may not be further NOTE: Links authorized prior to April 1, 1987, are excluded from this requirement, ex- marketed or reused under part 74 after cept that, effective April 1, 1992, the Commis- October 1, 1985. sion will require compliance with the cri- (b) Certification or verification is not teria where an existing link would otherwise required for transmitters used in con- preclude establishment of a new link. junction with TV pickup stations operating with a peak output power not [52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987, as amended at 68 FR greater than 250 mW. Pickup stations 12771, Mar. 17, 2003] operating in excess of 250 mW licensed

468

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00478 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.664

pursuant to applications accepted for Frequency Frequency band tolerance filing prior to October 1, 1980 may con- (MHz) (%) tinue operation subject to periodic renewal. If operation of such equipment 2,025 to 2,110 ...... 1 0.005 2,450 to 2,483.5 ...... 2 0.001 causes harmful interference the FCC 6,425 to 6,525 ...... 0.005 may, at its discretion, require the li- 6,875 to 7,125 ...... 1 0.005 censee to take such corrective action 12,700 to 13,250 ...... 1 0.005 17,700 to 18,820 ...... 0.003 as is necessary to eliminate the inter- 18,920 to 19,700 ...... 0.003 ference. 1 Television translator relay stations shall maintain a fre- (c) The license of a TV auxiliary sta- quency tolerance of 0.002%. tion may replace transmitting equip- 2 Stations licensed pursuant to an application filed before March 17, 2005, for tolerance values exceeding those speci- ment with authorized equipment, as fied above, may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the terms of their current authorizations, subject to peri- detailed under paragraph (f) of this sec- odic renewal. Existing equipment and equipment of product tion, without prior FCC approval, pro- lines in production before April 16, 2003, authorized via certification or verification before March 17, 2005, for tolerance val- vided the proposed changes will not de- ues exceeding those specified above, may continue to be part from any of the terms of the sta- manufactured and/or marketed, but may not be authorized for use under station license except at stations licensed pursuant tion or system authorization or the to an application filed before March 17, 2005. Any non-con- Commission’s technical rules gov- forming equipment authorized under a station license, and replaced on or after March 17, 2005, must be replaced by con- erning this service, and also provided forming equipment. that any changes made to authorized transmitting equipment is in compli- [52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987, as amended at 68 FR ance with the provisions of part 2 of 12772, Mar. 17, 2003] the FCC rules concerning modifica- § 74.662 Frequency monitors and tions to authorized equipment. measurements. (d) Any manufacturer of a trans- The licensee of a television broadcast mitter to be used in this service may auxiliary station must provide means authorize the equipment under the cer- for measuring the operating frequency tification or verification procedure, as in order to ensure that the emissions appropriate, following the procedures are confined to the authorized channel. set forth in subpart J of part 2 of the FCC rules. [48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983] (e) An applicant for a TV broadcast § 74.663 Modulation limits. auxiliary station may also authorize If amplitude modulation is employed, an individual transmitter, as specified negative modulation peaks shall not in paragraph (f) of this section, by fol- exceed 100%. lowing the procedures set forth in subpart J of part 2 of the FCC rules and [45 FR 78694, Nov. 26, 1980] regulations. (f) Transmitters designed to be used § 74.664 Posting of station license. exclusively for a TV STL station, a TV (a) The station license and any other intercity relay station, a TV translator instrument of authorization or indi- relay station, or a TV microwave vidual order concerning the construc- booster station, shall be authorized tion of the equipment or manner of op- under verification. All other transmit- eration of the station shall be posted in ters will be authorized under the cer- the room in which the transmitter is located. tification procedure. (b) Posting of the station license and [63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998, as amended at 68 any other instruments of authorization FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003] shall be done by affixing the license to the wall at the posting location, or by § 74.661 Frequency tolerance. enclosing it in a binder or folder which Stations in this service shall main- is retained at the posting location so tain the carrier frequency of each au- that the document will be readily thorized transmitter to within the fol- available and easily accessible. lowing percentage of the assigned fre- [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 quency. FR 24385, June 1, 1983; 49 FR 29070, July 18, 1984; 50 FR 40015, Oct. 1, 1985]

469

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00479 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.682 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

§ 74.682 Station identification. formed in a manner conducive to (a) Each television broadcast auxil- prompt association of the signal source iary station operating with a trans- with the responsible licensee. In exer- mitter output power of 1 watt or more cising the discretion provided by this must, when actually transmitting pro- rule, licensees are expected to act in a grams, transmit station identification responsible manner to assure that re- at the beginning and end of each period sult. of operation, and hourly, as close to (f) TV microwave boosters stations the hour as feasible, at a natural break will be assigned individual call signs. in program offerings by one of the fol- However, station identification will be lowing means: accomplished by the retransmission of (1) Transmission of its own call sign identification as provided in paragraph by visual or aural means or by auto- (a) of this section. matic transmission in international Morse telegraphy. [31 FR 15488, Dec. 8, 1966; 32 FR 452, Jan. 17, (2) Visual or aural transmission of 1967, as amended at 42 FR 36830, July 18, 1977; the call sign of the TV broadcast sta- 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 44 FR 36041, June 20, tion with which it is licensed as an 1979; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984] auxiliary. § 74.690 Transition of the 1990–2025 (3) Visual or aural transmission of MHz band from the Broadcast Aux- the call sign of the TV broadcast sta- iliary Service to emerging tech- tion whose signals are being relayed or, nologies. where programs are obtained directly from network lines and relayed, the (a) New Entrants are collectively de- network identification. fined as those licensees proposing to (b) Identification transmissions dur- use emerging technologies to imple- ing operation need not be made when ment Mobile Satellite Services in the to make such transmission would in- 2000–2020 MHz band (MSS licensees), terrupt a single consecutive speech, those licensees authorized after July 1, play, religious service, symphony con- 2004 to implement new Fixed and Mo- cert, or any type of production. In such bile services in the 1990–1995 MHz band, cases, the identification transmission and those licensees authorized after shall be made at the first interruption September 9, 2004 in the 1995–2000 MHz of the entertainment continuity and at and 2020–2025 MHz bands. New entrants the conclusion thereof. may negotiate with Broadcast Auxil- (c) During occasions when a tele- iary Service licensees operating on a vision pickup station is being used to primary basis and fixed service licens- deliver program material for network ees operating on a primary basis in the distribution it may transmit the net- 1990–2025 MHz band (Existing Licens- work identification in lieu of its own or ees) for the purpose of agreeing to associated TV station call sign during terms under which the Existing Licens- the actual program pickup. However, if ees would relocate their operations to it is providing the network feed the 2025–2110 MHz band, to other au- through its own associated TV broad- thorized bands, or to other media; or, cast station it shall perform the sta- alternatively, would discontinue use of tion identification required by para- the 1990–2025 MHz band. New licensees graph (a) of this section at the begin- in the 1995–2000 MHz and 2020–2025 MHz ning and end of each period of operation. bands are subject to the specific reloca- (d) A period of operation is defined as tion procedures adopted in WT Docket a single uninterrupted transmission or 04–356. a series of intermittent transmissions (b) An Existing Licensee in the 1990– from a single location or continuous or 2025 MHz band allocated for licensed intermittent transmission from a tele- emerging technology services will vision pickup station covering a single maintain primary status in the band event from various locations, within a until the Existing Licensee’s oper- single broadcast day. ations are relocated by a New Entrant, (e) Regardless of the method used for are discontinued under the terms of station identification it shall be per- paragraph (a) of this section, or become

470

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00480 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.690

secondary under the terms of para- the 1990–2025 MHz band on a primary graph (e)(6) of this section or the Exist- basis, prior to beginning operations, ing Licensee indicates to a New En- except those Existing Licensees that trant that it declines to be relocated. decline relocation. Such relocation ne- (c) The Commission will amend the gotiations shall be conducted as ‘‘man- operating license of the Existing Li- datory negotiations,’’ as that term is censee to secondary status only if the used in § 101.73 of this chapter. If these following requirements are met: parties are unable to reach a nego- (1) The service applicant, provider, li- tiated agreement, MSS Licensees may censee, or representative using an involuntarily relocate such Existing emerging technology guarantees pay- Licensees and fixed stations after De- ment of all relocation costs, including cember 8, 2004. all engineering, equipment, site and (ii) [Reserve] FCC fees, as well as any reasonable ad- (iii) On the date that the first MSS ditional costs that the relocated Exist- licensee begins operations in the 2000– ing Licensee might incur as a result of 2020 MHz band, a one-year mandatory operation in another authorized band negotiation period begins between MSS or migration to another medium; licensees and Existing Licensees in (2) The New Entrant completes all Nielsen DMAs 31–210, as such DMAs ex- activities necessary for implementing isted on September 6, 2000. After the the replacement facilities, including end of the mandatory negotiation pe- engineering and cost analysis of the re- riod, MSS licensees may involuntary location procedure and, if radio facili- relocate any Existing Licensees with ties are used, identifying and obtain- which they have been unable to reach a ing, on the incumbents’ behalf, new negotiated agreement. As described microwave or Local Television Trans- elsewhere in this paragraph (e), MSS mission Service frequencies and fre- Licensees are obligated to relocate quency coordination. these Existing Licensees within the (3) The New Entrant builds the re- specified three- and five-year time peri- placement system and tests it for com- ods. parability with the existing system. (2) Before negotiating with MSS li- (d) The Existing Licensee is not re- censees, Existing Licensees in Nielsen quired to relocate until the alternative Designated Market Areas where there facilities are available to it for a rea- is a BAS frequency coordinator must sonable time to make adjustments, de- coordinate and select a band plan for termine comparability, and ensure a the market area. If an Existing Li- seamless handoff. If, within one year censee wishes to operate in the 2025– after the relocation to new facilities 2110 MHz band using the channels A03- the Existing Licensee demonstrates A07 as specified in the Table in that the new facilities are not com- § 74.602(a) of this part, then all licensees parable to the former facilities, the within that Existing Licensee’s market New Entrant must remedy the defects. must agree to such operation and all (e) Subject to the terms of this para- must operate on a secondary basis to graph (e), the relocation of Existing Li- any licensee operating on the channel censees will be carried out by MSS li- plan specified in § 74.602(a)(3) of this censees in the following manner: part. All negotiations must produce so- (1) Existing Licensees and MSS li- lutions that adhere to the market censees may negotiate individually or area’s band plan. collectively for relocation of Existing (3)–(4) [Reserved] Licensees to one of the channel plans (5) As of the date the first MSS li- specified in § 74.602(a)(3) of this chapter. censee begins operations in the 1990– Parties may not decline to negotiate, 2025 MHz band, MSS Licensees must re- though Existing Licensees may decline locate Existing Licensees in DMAs 31– to be relocated. 100, as they existed as of September 6, (i) MSS licensees must relocate all 2000, within three years, and in the re- Existing Licensees in Nielsen Des- maining DMAs, as they existed as of ignated Market Areas (DMAs) 1–30, as September 6, 2000, within five years. such DMAs existed on September 6, (6) On December 9, 2013, all Existing 2000, and all fixed stations operating in Licensees will become secondary in the

471

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00481 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.701 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

1990–2025 MHz band. Upon written de- station. Origination shall include lo- mand by any MSS licensee, Existing cally generated television program sig- Licensees must cease operations in the nals and program signals obtained via 1990–2025 MHz band within six months. video recordings (tapes and discs), [65 FR 48180, Aug. 7, 2000, as amended at 67 microwave, common carrier circuits, FR 53756, Aug. 19, 2002; 68 FR 68252, Dec. 8, or other sources. 2003; 69 FR 62621, Oct. 27, 2004; 69 FR 67836, (h) Local origination. Program origi- Nov. 22, 2004] nation if the parameters of the program source signal, as it reaches the Subpart G—Low Power TV, TV transmitter site, are under the control Translator, and TV Booster Stations of the low power TV station licensee. Transmission of TV program signals § 74.701 Definitions. generated at the transmitter site con- (a) Television broadcast translator sta- stitutes local origination. Local origi- tion. A station in the broadcast service nation also includes transmission of operated for the purpose of retransmit- programs reaching the transmitter site ting the programs and signals of a tele- via TV STL stations, but does not in- vision broadcast station, without sig- clude transmission of signals obtained nificantly altering any characteristic from either terrestrial or satellite of the original signal other than its fre- microwave feeds or low power TV sta- quency and amplitude, for the purpose tions. of providing television reception to the (i) Television broadcast booster station. general public. A station in the broadcast service oper- (b) Primary station. The analog tele- ated by the licensee or permittee of a vision broadcast station (TV broadcast) full service television broadcast sta- or digital television station (DTV) tion for the purpose of retransmitting which provides the programs and sig- the programs and signals of such pri- nals being retransmitted by a tele- mary station without significantly al- vision broadcast translator station. tering any characteristic of the origi- (c) VHF translator. A television nal signal other than its amplitude. A broacast translator station operating television broadcast booster station on a VHF television broadcast channel. may only be located such that its en- (d) UHF translator. A television tire service area is located within the broadcast translator station operating protected contour of the primary sta- on a UHF television broadcast channel. tion it retransmits. For purposes of (e) UHF translator signal booster. A this paragraph, the service area of the station in the broadcasting service op- booster and the protected contour of erated for the sole purpose of re- the primary station will be determined transmitting the signals of the UHF by the methods prescribed in § 74.705(c). translator station by amplifying and (j) Digital television broadcast trans- reradiating such signals which have lator station (‘‘digital TV translator sta- been received directly through space, tion’’). A station operated for the pur- without significantly altering any pose of retransmitting the programs characteristic of the incoming signal and signals of a digital television other than its amplitude. (DTV) broadcast station, without sig- (f) Low power TV station. A station nificantly altering any characteristic authorized under the provisions of this of the original signal other than its fre- subpart that may retransmit the pro- quency and amplitude, for the purpose grams and signals of a TV broadcast of providing DTV reception to the gen- station and that may originate pro- eral public. gramming in any amount greater than (k) Digital low power TV station (‘‘dig- 30 seconds per hour and/or operates a ital LPTV station’’). A station author- subscription service. (See § 73.641 of ized under the provisions of this subpart 73 of this chapter.) part that may retransmit the programs (g) Program origination. For purposes and signals of a DTV broadcast station, of this part, program origination shall may originate programming in any be any transmissions other than the si- amount greater than 30 seconds per multaneous retransmission of the pro- hour for the purpose of providing dig- grams and signals of a TV broadcast ital television (DTV) reception to the

472

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00482 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.702

general public and, subject to a min- § 74.702 Channel assignments. imum video program service require- (a) An applicant for a new low power ment, may offer services of an ancil- TV or TV translator station or for lary or supplementary nature, includ- changes in the facilities of an author- ing subscription-based services. (See ized station shall endeavor to select a § 74.790). channel on which its operation is not (l) Digital program origination. For likely to cause interference. The appli- purposes of this part, digital program cations must be specific with regard to origination shall be any transmissions the channel requested. Only one chan- other than the simultaneous retrans- nel will be assigned to each station. mission of the programs and signals of (1) Any one of the 12 standard VHF a TV or DTV broadcast station or transmissions related to service offer- Channels (2 to 13 inclusive) may be as- ings of an ancillary or supplementary signed to a VHF low power TV or TV nature. Origination shall include lo- translator station. Channels 5 and 6 as- cally generated television program sig- signed in Alaska shall not cause harm- nals and program signals obtained via ful interference to and must accept in- video recordings (tapes and discs), terference from non-Government fixed microwave, common carrier circuits, operation authorized prior to January or other sources. 1, 1982. (m) Existing low power television or tel- (2) Any one of the UHF Channels evision translator station. When used in from 14 to 69, inclusive, may be as- subpart G of this part, the terms exist- signed to a UHF low power TV or TV ing low power television and existing translator station. In accordance with television translator station refer to an § 73.603(c) of part 73, Channel 37 will not analog or digital low power television be assigned to such stations. station or television translator station (3) Application for new low power TV that is either licensed or has a valid or TV translator stations or for construction permit. changes in existing stations, specifying (n) Suitable in core channel. When used operation above 806 MHz will not be ac- in subpart G of this part, the term cepted for filing. License renewals for ‘‘suitable in core channel’’ refers to a existing TV translator stations oper- channel that would enable a digital low ating on channels 70 (806–812 MHz) power television or television trans- through 83 (884–890 MHz) will be grant- lator station to produce a protected ed only on a secondary basis to land service area comparable to that of its mobile radio operations. associated analog LPTV or TV trans- (b) Changes in the TV Table of Allot- lator station. ments or Digital Television Table of (o) Companion digital channel. When Allotments (§§ 73.606(b) and 73.622(a), reused in subpart G of this part, the term spectively, of part 73 of this chapter), ‘‘companion digital channel’’ refers to authorizations to construct new TV a digital channel authorized to an ex- broadcast analog or DTV stations or to isting low power television or tele- authorizations to change facilities of vision translator station to be associ- existing such stations, may be made ated with the station’s analog channel. without regard to existing or proposed (p) Digital conversion channel. When low power TV or TV translator sta- used in subpart G of this part, the term tions. Where such a change results in a ‘‘digital conversion channel’’ refers to low power TV or TV translator station a channel previously authorized to an causing actual interference to recep- existing low power television or tele- tion of the TV broadcast analog or vision translator station that has been DTV station, the licensee or permittee converted to digital operation. of the low power TV or TV translator station shall eliminate the interference [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 47 FR 21497, May 18, or file an application for a change in 1982; 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 7422, channel assignment pursuant to Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR § 73.3572 of this chapter. 26720, May 14, 1997; 69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004]

473

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00483 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.703 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(c) A television broadcast booster ated by the low power TV, TV trans- station will be authorized on the chan- lator, or TV booster station, regardless nel assigned to its primary station. of the quality of the reception or the [47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 47 strength of the signal so used. If the in- FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 47 FR 35590, Aug. 18, terference cannot be promptly elimi- 1982; 52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31403, nated by the application of suitable Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997] techniques, operation of the offending low power TV, TV translator, or TV § 74.703 Interference. booster station shall be suspended and (a) An application for a new low shall not be resumed until the inter- power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- ference has been eliminated. If the er station or for a change in the facili- complainant refuses to permit the low ties of such an authorized station will Power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- not be granted when it is apparent that er station to apply remedial techniques interference will be caused. Except that demonstrably will eliminate the where there is a written agreement be- interference without impairment of the tween the affected parties to accept in- original reception, the licensee of the terference, or where it can be shown low power TV, TV translator, or TV that interference will not occur due to booster station is absolved of further terrain shielding and/or Longley-Rice responsibility. TV booster stations will terrain dependent propagation meth- be exempt from the provisions of this ods, the licensee of a new low power paragraph to the extent that they may TV, TV translator, or TV booster shall cause limited interference to their pri- protect existing low power TV and TV mary stations’ signal subject to the translator stations from interference conditions of paragraph (g) of this sec- within the protected contour defined in tion. § 74.707 and shall protect existing Class (c) It shall be the responsibility of A TV and digital Class A TV stations the licensee of a low power TV, TV within the protected contours defined translator, or TV booster station to in § 73.6010 of this chapter. Such written correct any condition of interference agreement shall accompany the appli- which results from the radiation of cation. Guidance on using the Longley- radio frequency energy outside its as- Rice methodology is provided in OET signed channel. Upon notice by the Bulletin No. 69. Copies of OET Bulletin FCC to the station licensee or operator No. 69 may be inspected during normal that such interference is caused by spu- business hours at the: Federal Commu- rious emissions of the station, oper- nications Commission, 445 12th Street, ation of the station shall be imme- S.W., Reference Information Center diately suspended and not resumed (Room CY-A257), Washington, DC 20554. until the interference has been elimi- This document is also available nated. However, short test trans- through the Internet on the FCC Home missions may be made during the pe- Page at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/docu- riod of suspended operation to check ments/bulletins/#69. the efficacy of remedial measures. (b) It shall be the responsibility of (d) When a low-power TV or TV the licensee of a low power TV, TV translator station causes interference translator, or TV booster station to to a CATV system by radiations within correct at its expense any condition of its assigned channel at the cable interference to the direct reception of headend or on the output channel of the signal of any other TV broadcast any system converter located at a re- analog station and DTV station oper- ceiver, the earlier user, whether cable ating on the same channel as that used system or low-power TV or TV trans- by the low power TV, TV translator, or lator station, will be given priority on TV booster station or an adjacent the channel, and the later user will be channel which occurs as a result of the responsible for correction of the inter- operation of the low power TV, TV ference. When a low-power TV or TV translator, or TV booster station. In- translator station causes interference terference will be considered to occur to a BRS or EBS system by radiations whenever reception of a regularly used within its assigned channel on the out- signal is impaired by the signals radi- put channel of any system converter

474

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00484 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.705

located at a receiver, the earlier user, shall submit a full report to the FCC in whether BRS system or low-power TV Washington, DC, after operation is re- or TV translator station, will be given sumed, containing details of the nature priority on the channel, and the later of the interference, the source of the user will be responsible for correction interfering signals, and the remedial of the interference. steps taken to eliminate the inter- (e) Low power TV and TV translator ference. stations are being authorized on a sec- (i) A TV booster station may not dis- ondary basis to existing land mobile rupt the existing service of its primary uses and must correct whatever inter- station nor may it cause interference ference they cause to land mobile sta- to the signal provided by the primary tions or cease operation. station within the principal commu- (f) It shall be the responsibility of a nity to be served. digital low power TV or TV translator [47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 station operating on a channel from FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, channel 52–69 to eliminate at its ex- 1987; 53 FR 4169, Feb. 12, 1988; 60 FR 55483, pense any condition of interference Nov. 1, 1995; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997; 65 FR caused to the operation of or services 30012, May 10, 2000; 69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004; provided by existing and future com- 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004] mercial or public safety wireless licensees in the 700 MHz bands. The of- § 74.705 TV broadcast analog station fending digital LPTV or translator sta- protection. tion must cease operations imme- (a) The TV broadcast station pro- diately upon notification by any pri- tected contour will be its Grade B con- mary wireless licensee, once it has tour signal level as defined in § 73.683 been established that the digital low and calculated from the authorized power TV or translator station is caus- maximum radiated power (without de- ing the interference. pression angle correction), the hori- (g) An existing or future wireless li- zontal radiation pattern, height above censee in the 700 MHz bands may notify average terrain in the pertinent direc- (certified mail, return receipt re- tion, and the appropriate chart from quested), a digital low power TV or TV § 73.699. translator operating on the same chan- (b)(1) An application to construct a nel or first adjacent channel of its in- new low power TV or TV translator tention to initiate or change wireless station or change the facilities of an operations and the likelihood of inter- existing station will not be accepted if ference from the low power TV or it specifies a site which is within the translator station within its licensed protected contour of a co-channel or geographic service area. The notice first adjacent channel TV broadast sta- should describe the facilities, associ- tion. ated service area and operations of the (2) Due to the frequency spacing wireless licensee with sufficient detail which exists between TV Channels 4 to permit an evaluation of the likeli- and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and hood of interference. Upon receipt of between Channels 13 and 14, adjacent such notice, the digital LPTV or TV channel protection standards shall not translator licensee must cease oper- be applicable to these pairs of chan- ation within 120 days unless: nels. (See § 73.603(a) of part 73 of this (1) It obtains the agreement of the chapter.) wireless licensee to continue oper- (3) A UHF low power TV or TV trans- ations; lator construction permit application (2) The commencement or modifica- will not be accepted if it specifies a site tion of wireless service is delayed be- within the UHF TV broadcast station’s yond that period (in which case the pe- protected contour and proposes oper- riod will be extended); or ation on a channel either 14 or 15 chan- (3) The Commission stays the effect nels above the channel in use by the of the interference notification, upon TV broadcast station. request. (4) A UHF low power TV or TV trans- (h) In each instance where suspension lator construction permit application of operation is required, the licensee will not be accepted if it specifies a site

475

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00485 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.706 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

less than 100 kilometers from the of the station being protected, the ¥45 transmitter site of a UHF TV broad- dB ratio must be used. cast analog station operating on a (ii) A description of the means by channel which is the seventh channel which the low power TV, TV trans- above the requested channel, unless it lator, or TV booster station will be can demonstrate that the service area maintained within the tolerances spec- of the low power TV or TV translator ified in § 74.761 for offset operation. station as established in § 74.707(a) is (2) 6 dB when the protected TV broad- not located in an area where the TV cast station operates on a VHF channel broadcast analog station is regularly that is one channel above the requested viewed. channel. (5) An application for a new UHF low (3) 12 dB when the protected TV power TV or TV translator construc- broadcast station operates on a VHF tion permit, a change of channel, or a channel that is one channel below the major change in facilities pursuant to requested channel. § 73.3572 of this chapter proposing a (4) 15 dB when the protected TV maximum effective radiated power of broadcast station operates on a UHF more than 50 kilowatts will not be ac- channel that is one channel above or cepted if it specifies a site less than 32 below the requested channel. kilometers from the transmitter site of (5) 23 dB when the protected TV a UHF TV broadcast analog station op- broadcast station operates on a UHF erating on a channel which is the sec- channel that is fourteen channels ond, third, or fourth channel above or below the requested channel. below the requested channel. (6) 6 dB when the protected TV broad- (c) The low power TV, TV translator, cast station operates a UHF channel or TV booster station field strength is that is fifteen channels below the re- calculated from the proposed effective quested channel. radiated power (ERP) and the antenna height above average terrain (HAAT) (e) As an alternative to the preceding in pertinent directions. paragraphs of 74.705, an applicant for a (1) For co-channel protection, the low power TV, TV translator or TV field strength is calculated using Fig- booster may make full use of terrain ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10) shielding and Longley-Rice terrain de- charts) of Part 73 of this chapter. pendent propagation prediction meth- (2) For low power TV, TV translator, ods to demonstrate that the proposed and TV boosters that do not specify the facility would not be likely to cause in- same channel as the TV broadcast sta- terference to TV broadcast stations. tion to be protected, the field strength Guidance on using the Longley-Rice is calculated using Figure 9, 10, or 10b methodology is provided in OET Bul- of § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of Part 73 of letin No. 69 (but also see § 74.793(d)). Cop- this chapter. ies of OET Bulletin No. 69 may be in- (d) A low power TV, TV translator, or spected during normal business hours TV booster station application will not at the: Federal Communications Com- be accepted if the ratio in dB of its mission, CY–C203, 445 12th Street, SW., field strength to that of the TV broad- Reference Information Center, Wash- cast station at the protected contour ington, DC 20554. This document is also fails to meet the following: available through the Internet on the (1) ¥45 dB for co-channel operations FCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov. without offset carrier frequency oper- [47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 ation or ¥28 dB for offset carrier fre- FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, quency operation. An application re- 1987; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997; 65 FR 58467, questing offset carrier frequency oper- Sept. 29, 2000; 69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004] ation must include the following: (i) A requested offset designation § 74.706 Digital TV (DTV) station pro- (zero, plus, or minus) identifying the tection. proposed direction of the 10 kHz offset (a) For purposes of this section, the from the standard carrier frequencies DTV station protected service area is of the requested channel. If the offset the geographic-area in which the field designation is not different from that strength of the station’s signal exceeds

476

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00486 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.707

the noise-limited service levels speci- found from the following Table (for fied in § 73.622(e) of this chapter. The values between measured values, linear extremity of this area (noise-limited interpolation can be used): perimeter) is calculated from the au- DTV-to-low thorized maximum radiated power Signal-to-noise ratio(dB) power ratio (without depression angle correction), (dB) the horizontal radiation pattern, and 16.00 ...... 21.00 height above average terrain in the 16.35 ...... 19.94 pertinent direction, using the signal 17.35 ...... 17.69 propagation method specified in 18.35 ...... 16.44 19.35 ...... 7.19 § 73.625(b) of this chapter. 20.35 ...... 4.69 (b)(1) An application to construct a 21.35 ...... 3.69 new low power TV or TV translator 22.35 ...... 2.94 23.35 ...... 2.44 station or change the facilities of an 25.00 ...... 2.00 existing station will not be accepted if it specifies a site which is located with- (2) + 48 dB for adjacent channel oper- in the noise-limited service perimeter ations at: of a co-channel DTV station. (i) The DTV noise-limited perimeter (2) Due to the frequency spacing if a low power TV, TV translator or TV which exists between TV channels 4 booster station is located outside that and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and perimeter. between Channels 13 and 14, adjacent (ii) At all points within the DTV channel protection standards shall not noise-limited area if a low power TV or be applicable to these pairs of chan- TV translator is located within the nels. DTV noise-limited perimeter, as dem- (c) The low power TV, TV translator onstrated by the applicant. or TV booster station field strength is [62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997, as amended at 63 calculated from the proposed effective FR 13563, Mar. 20, 1998; 64 FR 4327, Jan. 28, radiated power (ERP) and the antenna 1999] height above average terrain (HAAT) in pertinent directions. § 74.707 Low power TV and TV trans- (1) For co-channel protection, the lator station protection. field strength is calculated using Fig- (a)(1) A low power TV or TV trans- ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10) lator will be protected from inter- charts) of part 73 of this chapter. ference from other low power TV or TV (2) For adjacent channel protection, translator stations, or TV booster sta- the field strength is calculated using tions within the following predicted Figure 9, 10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) contours: charts) of part 73 of this chapter. (i) 62 dBu for stations on Channels 2 (d) A low power TV, TV translator or through 6; TV booster station application will not (ii) 68 dBu for stations on Channels 7 be accepted if the ratio in dB of its through 13; and field strength to that of the DTV sta- (iii) 74 dBu for stations on Channels tion (L/D ratio) fails to meet the fol- 14 through 69. lowing: (1) ¥2 dB or less for co-channel oper- Existing licensees and permittees that ations. This maximum L/D ratio for co- did not furnish sufficient data required channel interference to DTV service is to calculate the above contours by only valid at locations where the sig- April 15, 1983 are assigned protected nal-to-noise (S/N) ratio is 25 dB or contours having the following radii: greater. At the edge of the noise-lim- Up to 0.001 kW VHF/UHF—1 mile (1.6 km) ited service area, where the S/N ratio is from transmitter site 16 dB, the maximum L/D ratio for co- Up to 0.01 kW VHF; up to 0.1 k/W UHF—2 channel interference from analog low miles (3.2 km) from transmitter site Up to 0.1 kW VHF; up to 1 kW UHF—4 miles power TV, TV translator or TV booster (6.4 km) from transmitter site service into DTV service is ¥21 dB. At locations where the S/N ratio is greater New applicants must submit the re- than 16 dB but less than 25 dB, the quired information; they cannot rely maximum L/D field strength ratios are on this table.

477

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00487 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.707 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(2) The low power TV or TV trans- field strength to that of the authorized lator station protected contour is cal- low power TV, TV translator, or TV culated from the authorized effective booster station at its protected con- radiated power and antenna height tour fails to meet the following: above average terrain, using Figure 9, (1) ¥45 dB for co-channel operations 10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of without offset carrier frequency oper- Part 73 of this chapter. ation or ¥28 dB for offset carrier fre- (b)(1) An application to construct a quency operation. An application renew low power TV, TV translator, or questing offset carrier frequency oper- TV booster station or change the facili- ation must include the following: ties of an existing station will not be (i) A requested offset designation accepted if it specifies a site which is (zero, plus, or minus) identifying the within the protected contour of a co- proposed direction of the 10 kHz offset channel or first adjacent channel low from the standard carrier frequencies power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- of the requested channel. If the offset er station, except that a TV booster designation is not different from that station may be located within the proof the station being protected, or if the tected contour of its co-channel pri- station being protected is not main- mary station. taining its frequencies within the tol- (2) Due to the frequency spacing erance specified in § 74.761 for offset op- which exists between TV Channels 4 eration, the ¥45 dB ratio must be used. and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and (ii) A description of the means by between Channels 13 and 14, adjacent which the low power TV, TV trans- channel protection standards shall not lator, or TV booster station’s fre- be applicable to these pairs of chan- quencies will be maintained within the nels. (See § 73.603(a) of Part 73 of this tolerances specified in § 74.761 for offset chapter.) operation. (3) A UHF low power TV, TV trans- (2) 6 dB when the protected low power lator, or TV booster construction per- TV or TV translator station operates mit application will not be accepted if on a VHF channel that is one channel it specifies a site within the UHF low above the requested channel. power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- (3) 12 dB when the protected low er station’s protected contour and pro- power TV or TV translator station op- poses operation on a channel that is 15 erates on a VHF channel that is one channels above the channel in use by channel below the requested channel. the low power TV, TV translator, or (4) 15 dB when the protected low TV booster station. power TV or TV translator station op- (c) The low power TV, TV translator, erates on a UHF channel that is one or TV booster construction permit ap- channel above or below the requested plication field strength is calculated channel. from the proposed effective radiated (5) 6 dB when the protected low power power (ERP) and the antenna above av- TV or TV translator station operates erage terrain (HAAT) in pertinent di- on a UHF channel that is fifteen chan- rections. nels below the requested channel. (1) For co-channel protection, the (e) As an alternative to the preceding field strength is calculated using Fig- paragraphs of § 74.707, an applicant for ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10) a low power TV or TV translator sta- charts) of Part 73 of this chapter. tion may make full use of terrain (2) For low power TV, TV translator, shielding and Longley-Rice terrain de- or TV booster applications that do not pendent propagation prediction meth- specify the same channel as the low ods to demonstrate that the proposed power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- facility would not be likely to cause in- er station to be protected, the field terference to low power TV, TV trans- strength is calculated using Figure 9, lator and TV booster stations. Guid- 10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of ance on using the Longley-Rice meth- Part 73 of this chapter. odology is provided in OET Bulletin No. (d) A low power TV, TV translator, or 69 (but also see § 74.793(d)). Copies of TV booster station application will not OET Bulletin No. 69 may be inspected be accepted if the ratio in dB of its during normal business hours at the:

478

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00488 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.709

Federal Communications Commission, lator stations must accept any inter- Room CY–C203, 445 12th Street, SW., ference from stations in the land mo- Reference Information Center, Wash- bile service operating on the following ington, DC 20554. This document is also channels: available through the Internet on the Coordinates FCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov. City Chan- nels Latitude Longitude [47 FR 21498, May 18, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 48 FR 21487, May 12, Boston, MA ...... 14, 16 42°21′24″ 071°03′24″ 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR 26722, Chicago, IL ...... 14, 15 41°52′28″ 087°38′22″ May 14, 1997; 65 FR 58467, Sept. 29, 2000; 69 FR Cleveland, OH ...... 14, 15 41°29′51″ 081°41′50″ 69332, Nov. 29, 2004] Dallas, TX ...... 16 32°47′09″ 096°47′37″ Detroit, MI ...... 15, 16 42°19′48″ 083°02′57″ Houston, TX ...... 17 29°45′26″ 095°21′37″ § 74.708 Class A TV and digital Class A Los Angeles, CA ...... 14, 34°03′15″ 118°18′28″ TV station protection. 16, 20 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (a) The Class A TV and digital Class Miami, FL ...... 14 25 46 37 080 11 32 New York, NY ...... 14, 40°45′06″ 073°59′39″ A TV station protected contours are 15, 16 specified in § 73.6010 of this chapter. Philadelphia, PA ...... 19, 20 39°56′58″ 075°09′21″ (b) An application to construct a new Pittsburgh, PA ...... 14, 18 40°26′19″ 080°00′00″ San Francisco, CA ...... 16, 17 37°46′39″ 122°24′40″ low power TV, TV translator, or TV Washington, DC ...... 17, 18 38°53′51″ 077°00′33″ booster station or change the facilities of an existing station will not be ac- (b) The protected contours for the cepted if it fails to protect an author- land mobile radio service are 130 kilo- ized Class A TV or digital Class A TV meters from the above coordinates, ex- station or an application for such a cept where limited by the following: station filed prior to the date the low (1) If the land mobile channel is the power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- same as the channel in the following er application is filed. list, the land mobile protected contour (c) Applications for low power TV, excludes the area within 145 kilometers TV translator and TV booster stations of the corresponding coordinates from shall protect Class A TV stations pur- list below. Except if the land mobile suant to the requirements specified in channel is 15 in New York or Cleveland paragraphs (b) through (e) of § 74.707. or 16 in Detroit, the land mobile pro- (d) Applications for low power TV, tected contour excludes the area with- TV translator and TV booster stations in 95 kilometers of the corresponding shall protect digital Class A TV sta- coordinates from the list below. tions pursuant to the following re- (2) If the land mobile channel is one quirements: channel above or below the channel in (i) An application must not specify the following list, the land mobile pro- an antenna site within the protected tected contour excludes the area with- contour of a co-channel digital Class A in 95 kilometers of the corresponding TV station. coordinates from the list below. (ii) The ratio in dB of the field strength of the low power TV, TV Coordinates City Chan- translator or TV booster station to nel Latitude Longitude that of the digital Class A TV station San Diego, CA ...... 15 32°41′48″ 116°56′10″ must meet the requirements specified Waterbury, CT ...... 20 41°31′02″ 073°01′00″ in paragraph (d) of § 74.706, calculated Washington, DC ...... 14 38°57′17″ 077°00′17″ using the propagation methods speci- Washington, DC ...... 20 38°57′49″ 077°06′18″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ fied in paragraph (c) of that section. Champaign, IL ...... 15 40 04 11 087 54 45 Jacksonville, IL ...... 14 39°45′52″ 090°30′29″ [65 FR 30012, May 10, 2000] Ft. Wayne, IN ...... 15 41°05′35″ 085°10′42″ South Bend, IN ...... 16 41°36′20″ 086°12′44″ Salisbury, MD ...... 16 38°24′15″ 075°34′45″ § 74.709 Land mobile station protec- Mt. Pleasant, MI ...... 14 43°34′24″ 084°46′21″ tion. Hanover, NH ...... 15 43°42′30″ 072°09′16″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (a) Stations in the Land Mobile Canton, OH ...... 17 40 51 04 081 16 37 Cleveland, OH ...... 19 41°21′19″ 081°44′24″ Radio Service, using the following Oxford, OH ...... 14 39°30′26″ 084°44′09″ channels in the indicated cities will be Zanesville, OH ...... 18 39°55′42″ 081°59′06″ protected from interference caused by Elmira-Corning, NY ..... 18 42°06′20″ 076°52′17″ Harrisburg, PA ...... 21 40°20′44″ 076°52′09″ low power TV or TV translator sta- Johnstown, PA ...... 19 40°19′47″ 078°53′45″ tions, and low power TV and TV trans- Lancaster, PA ...... 15 40°15′45″ 076°27′49″

479

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00489 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.710 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

extending due west from 31°00′ N.L., Chan- Coordinates City 86°30′ W.L. to 31°30′ N.L., 94°00′ W.L. and nel Latitude Longitude then due southwest to 29°30′ N.L., 96°00′ Philadelphia, PA ...... 17 40°02′30″ 075°14′24″ W.L. Pittsburgh, PA ...... 16 40°26′46″ 079°57′51″ ° ′ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (4) On Channel 18: west of 87 00 W.L.; Scranton, PA ...... 16 41 10 58 075 52 21 ° ′ ° ′ Parkersburg, WV ...... 15 39°20′50″ 081°33′56″ east of 95 00 W.L.; and south of 31 00 Madison, WI ...... 15 43°03′01″ 089°29′15″ N.L. [47 FR 21499, May 18, 1982, as amended at 50 (c) A low power TV or TV translator FR 12027, Mar. 27, 1985; 50 FR 33942, Aug. 22, station application will not be accept- 1985; 69 FR 31906, June 8, 2004] ed if it specifies a site that is within the protected contour of a co-channel § 74.710 Digital low power TV and TV or first adjacent channel land mobile translator station protection. assignment. (a) An application to construct a new (d) The low power TV or TV trans- low power TV, TV translator, or TV lator station field strength is cal- booster station or change the facilities culated from the proposed effective ra- of an existing station will not be ac- diated power (ERP) and the antenna cepted if it fails to protect an author- height above average terrain (HAAT) ized digital low power TV or TV trans- in pertinent directions. lator station or an application for such (1) The field strength is calculated station filed prior to the date the low using Figure 10c of § 73.699 (F(50, 10) power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- charts) of Part 73 of this chapter. er application is filed. (2) A low power TV or TV translator (b) Applications for low power TV, station application will not be accept- TV translator and TV booster stations ed if it specifies the same channel as shall protect digital low power TV and one of the land mobile assignments and TV translator stations pursuant to the its field strength at the land mobile following requirements: protected contour exceeds 52 dBu. (1) An application must not specify (3) A low power TV or TV translator an antenna site within the protected station application will not be accept- contour of a co-channel or adjacent ed if it specifies a channel that is one channel digital low power TV or TV channel above or below one of the land translator station, as defined in § 74.792. mobile assignments and its field (2) The ratio in dB of the field strength at the land mobile protected strength of the low power TV, TV contour exceeds 76 dBu. translator or TV booster station at the (e) To protect stations in the Off- protected contour of a co-channel dig- shore Radio Service, a low power TV or ital TV or TV translator station must TV translator station construction per- meet the requirements specified in mit application will not be accepted if § 74.706(d)(1). it specifies operation on channels 15, (3) The ratio in dB of the field 16, 17 or 18 in the following areas. West strength of the low power TV, TV Longitude and North Latitude are ab- translator or TV booster station at the breviated as W.L. and N.L. respec- protected contour of a digital low tively. power TV or TV translator station on (1) On Channel 15: west of 92°00′ W.L.; the lower and upper adjacent channels east of 98°30′ W.L.; and south of a line must not exceed 49 dB and 48 dB, re- extending due west from 30°30′ N.L., spectively. 92°00′ W.L. to 30°30′ N.L., 96°00′ W.L.; (4) The analysis used in 74.710 should and then due southwest to 28°00′ N.L., use the propagation methods specified 98°30′ W.L. in § 74.706(c). (2) On Channel 16: west of 86°40′ W.L.; (c) As an alternative to the require- east of 96°30′ W.L.; and south of a line ments of paragraph (b) of this section, extending due west from 31°00′ N.L., an applicant for a low power TV, TV 86°40′ W.L. to 31°00′ N.L., 95°00′ W.L. and translator or TV booster may make then due southwest to 29°30′ N.L., 96°30′ full use of terrain shielding and W.L. Longley-Rice terrain dependent propa- (3) On Channel 17: west of 86°30′ W.L.; gation prediction methods to dem- east of 96°00′ W.L.; and south of a line onstrate that the proposed facility

480

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00490 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.731

would not be likely to cause inter- (d) The technical characteristics of ference to digital low power TV or TV the retransmitted signals shall not be translator stations, as described in deliberately altered so as to hinder re- § 74.707(e) (i.e., reduce the service popu- ception on conventional television lation by no more than 0.5% within the broadcast receivers. station’s protected contour based on (e) A television broadcast translator the interference thresholds of § 73.623(c) station shall not deliberately re- of this chapter). transmit the signals of any station [69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004] other than the station it is authorized by license to retransmit. Precautions § 74.731 Purpose and permissible serv- shall be taken to avoid unintentional ice. retransmission of such other signals. (a) Television broadcast translator (f) A locally generated radio fre- stations and television broadcast quency signal similar to that of a TV booster stations provide a means broadcast station and modulated with whereby the signals of television visual and aural information may be broadcast stations may be retrans- connected to the input terminals of a mitted to areas in which direct recep- television broadcast translator or low tion of such television broadcast sta- power station for the purposes of trans- tions is unsatisfactory due to distance mitting still photographs, slides and or intervening terrain barriers. voice announcements. The radio fre- (b) Except as provided in paragraph quency signals shall be on the same (f) of this section, a television broad- channel as the normally used off-the- cast translator station or television air signal being rebroadcast. When broadcast booster station may be used transmitting originations concerning only to receive the signals of a tele- financial support or public service an- vision broadcast station, another tele- nouncements, connection of the locally vision broadcast translator station, a generated signals shall be made auto- television translator relay station, a television intercity relay station, a tel- matically either by means of a time evision STL station, or other suitable switch or upon receipt of a control sig- source such as a CARS or common car- nal from the TV station being rebroad- rier microwave station, for the simul- cast designed to actuate the switching taneous retransmission of the pro- circuit. The switching circuit will be so grams and signals of a television broad- designed that the input circuit will be cast station. Such retransmissions may returned to the off-the-air signal with- be accomplished by either: in 30 seconds. The connection for emer- (1) Reception of the television pro- gency transmissions may be made grams and signals of a television broad- manually. The apparatus used to gen- cast station directly through space, erate the local signal which is used to conversion to a different channel by modulate the translator or low power simple heterodyne frequency conver- station must be capable of producing a sion and suitable amplification; or, visual or aural signal or both which (2) Modulation and amplification of a will provide acceptable reception on video and audio feed, in which case television receivers designed for the modulating equipment meeting the retransmission standards employed by quirements of § 74.750(d) shall be used. TV broadcast stations. The visual and (c) The transmissions of each tele- aural materials so transmitted shall be vision broadcast translator station limited to emergency warnings of im- shall be intended for direct reception minent danger, to local public service by the general public and any other use announcements and to seeking or ac- shall be incidental thereto. A tele- knowledging financial support deemed vision broadcast translator station necessary to the continued operation of shall not be operated solely for the pur- the station. Accordingly, the origina- pose of relaying signals to one or more tions concerning financial support and fixed receiving points for retrans- PSAs are limited to 30 seconds each, no mission, distribution, or further relaying.

481

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00491 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.732 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

more than once per hour. Acknowl- tended for direct reception by the gen- edgements of financial support may in- eral public. Such stations will not be clude identification of the contribu- permitted to establish a point-to-point tors, the size and nature of the con- television relay system. tribution and advertising messages of contributors. Emergency transmissions [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 47 FR 21499, May 18, shall be no longer or more frequent 1982; 47 FR 40172, Sept. 13, 1982; 48 FR 21487, than necessary to protect life and prop- May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987] erty. (g) Low power TV stations may oper- § 74.732 Eligibility and licensing re- ate under the following modes of serv- quirements. ice: (a) A license for a low power TV or (1) As a TV translator station, sub- TV translator station may be issued to ject to the requirements of this part; any qualified individual, organized (2) For origination of programming group of individuals, broadcast station and commercial matter as defined in licensee, or local civil governmental § 74.701(f); body. (3) For the transmission of subscription television broadcast (STV) pro- (b) More than one low power TV or grams, intended to be received in intel- TV translator station may be licensed ligible form by members of the public to the same applicant whether or not for a fee or charge subject to the provi- such stations serve substantially the sions of §§ 73.642(e) and 73.644. same area. Low power TV and TV (h) A low power TV station may not translator stations are not counted for be operated solely for the purpose of re- purposes of § 73.3555, concerning mul- laying signals to one or more fixed re- tiple ownership. ceiving points for retransmission, dis- (c) Only one channel will be assigned tribution or relaying. to each low power TV or TV translator (i) Low power TV stations are subject station. Additional low power or trans- to no minimum required hours of oper- lator stations may be authorized to ation and may operate in any of the 3 provide additional reception. A sepa- modes described in paragraph (g) of rate application is required for each this section for any number of hours. station and each application must be (j) Television broadcast booster sta- complete in all respects. tions provide a means whereby the li- (d) The FCC will not act on applica- censee of a television broadcast station tions for new low power TV or TV may provide service to areas of low sig- translator stations, for changes in fa- nal strength in any region within the cilities of existing stations, or for primary station’s Grade B contour. The changes in output channel tendered by booster station may not be located out- displaced stations pursuant to side the predicted Grade B of its pri- § 73.3572(a)(1), when such changes will mary station nor may the predicted result in a major change until the ap- Grade B signal of the television booster plicable time for filing a petition to station extend beyond the predicted deny has passed pursuant to § 73.3584(c). Grade B contour of the primary sta- (e) A proposal to change the primary tion. A television broadcast booster TV station being retransmitted or an station is authorized to retransmit application of a licensed translator sta- only the signals of its primary station; tion to include low power TV station it shall not retransmit the signals of operation, i.e., program origination or any other stations nor make inde- subscription service will be subject pendent transmissions. However, lo- only to a notification requirement. cally generated signals may be used to (f) Applications for transfer of owner- excite the booster apparatus for the ship or control of a low power TV or purpose of conducting tests and meas- TV translator station will be subject to urements essential to the proper in- petitions to deny. stallation and maintenance of the ap- (g) A television broadcast booster paratus. station will be authorized only to the (k) The transmissions of a television licensee or permittee of the television broadcast booster station shall be in- station whose signals the booster will

482

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00492 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.733

rebroadcast, to areas within the Grade (e) The operation of a UHF translator B contour of the primary station. signal booster is subject to the condi- (h) No numerical limit is placed on tion that no harmful interference is the number of booster stations that caused to the reception of any station, may be licensed to a single licensee. A broadcast or non-broadcast, other than separate license is required for each the parent translator. The licensee of television broadcast booster station. the UHF translator signal booster is [47 FR 21499, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 expected to use reasonable diligence to FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 49 FR 20504, May 15, minimize interference to the direct re- 1984; 52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 10571, ception of the parent translator sta- Apr. 2, 1987; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987] tion. § 74.733 UHF translator signal boost- (f) UHF translator signal boosters ers. may be operated unattended. Repairs (a) The licensee of a UHF television and adjustments shall be made by a broadcast translator station may be qualified person. The required quali- authorized to operate one or more sig- fications are set forth in § 74.750 (g) and nal boosters for the purpose of pro- (h). viding reception to small shadowed (g) An individual call sign will not be areas within the area intended to be assigned to a UHF translator booster served by the translator. station. The retransmission of the call (b) The transmitting apparatus shall sign of the parent translator will serve consist of a simple linear radio fre- as station identification. quency amplifier, with one or more (h) Applications for authority to con- amplifying stages, which is capable of struct and operate a UHF translator receiving, amplifying, and retransmit- signal booster shall be submitted on ting the signals of the parent trans- FCC Form 346A. No construction of fa- lator without significantly altering cilities or installation of apparatus at any electrical characteristic of the re- the proposed transmitter site shall be ceived signal other than its amplitude. made until a construction permit The maximum power input to the plate therefor has been issued by the Com- of the final radio frequency amplifier mission. shall not exceed 5 watts. (i) The provisions of § 74.765 con- (c) The amplifier shall be equipped with suitable circuits which will auto- cerning posting of station license shall matically cause it to cease radiating if apply to a UHF translator signal boost- no signal is being received from the er except that the parent UHF trans- parent translator station. Care shall be lator call sign, followed by the word taken in the design of the apparatus to ‘‘Booster’’, shall be displayed at the insure that out-of-band radiation is not signal booster site. excessive and that adequate isolation (j) The provisions of §§ 74.767 and is maintained between the input and 74.781 concerning marking and lighting output circuits to prevent unstable op- of antenna structures and station eration. records, respectively, apply to UHF (d) The installation of the apparatus translator signal boosters. and its associated receiving and transmitting antennas shall be in accord- NOTE: Effective July 11, 1975, no new UHF ance with accepted principles of good signal boosters will be authorized. Licensees of such existing boosters may make applica- engineering practice. Either hori- tion for renewal of license or change in fa- zontal, vertical, or circular polariza- cilities on the applicable FCC forms for Tele- tion of the electric field of the radiated vision Broadcast Translator Stations (Form signal may be employed. If the isola- 346, for construction permits; 347, for license tion between the input and output cir- to cover construction permit; and 303-S, for cuits depends in part upon the polariza- renewal of license). Report and Order, Dock- tion or directive properties of the et No. 20372. May 28, 1975. transmitting and receiving antennas, [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 40 the installation shall be sufficiently FR 25022, June 12, 1975; 59 FR 63052, Dec. 7, rugged to withstand the normal haz- 1994] ards of the environment.

483

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00493 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.734 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

§ 74.734 Attended and unattended op- § 74.735 Power limitations. eration. (a) The maximum peak effective radi- (a) Low power TV, TV translator, and ated power (ERP) of an analog low TV booster stations may be operated power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- without a designated person in attend- er station shall not exceed: ance if the following requirements are (1) 3 kW for VHF channels 2–13; and met: (2) 150 kW for UHF channels 14–69. (1) If the transmitter site cannot be (b) The maximum ERP of a digital promptly reached at all hours and in low power TV, TV translator, or TV all seasons, means shall be provided so booster station (average power) shall that the transmitting apparatus can be not exceed: turned on and off at will from a point (1) 300 watts for VHF channels 2–13; that readily is accessible at all hours and and in all seasons. (2) 15 kW for UHF channels 14–69. (2) The transmitter also shall be (c) The limits in paragraphs (a) and equipped with suitable automatic cir- (b) apply separately to the effective ra- cuits that will place it in a nonradi- diated powers that may be obtained by ating condition in the absence of a sig- the use of horizontally or vertically po- nal on the input channel or circuit. larized transmitting antennas, providing the applicable provisions of (3) The transmitting and the ON/OFF §§ 74.705, 74.706, 74.707 and 74.709 are control, if at a location other than the met. For either omnidirectional or di- transmitter site, shall be adequately rectional antennas, where the ERP val- protected against tampering by unau- ues of the vertically and horizontally thorized persons. polarized components are not of equal (4) A letter notification must be filed strength, the ERP limits shall apply to with the FCC in Washington, DC, At- the polarization with the larger ERP. tention: Video Division, Media Bureau, Applications proposing the use of direc- providing the name, address, and tele- tional antenna systems must be accom- phone number of a person or persons panied by the following: who may be called to secure suspension (1) Complete description of the proof operation of the transmitter prompt- posed antenna system, including the ly should such action be deemed nec- manufacturer and model number of the essary by the FCC. Such information proposed directional antenna. It is not shall be kept current by the licensee. acceptable to label the antenna with (5) In cases where the antenna and only a generic term such as ‘‘Yagi’’ or supporting structure are considered to ‘‘Dipole’’. A specific model number be a hazard to air navigation and are must be provided. In the case of indi- required to be painted and lighted vidually designed antennas with no under the provisions of part 17 of the model number, or in the case of a com- Rules, the licensee shall make suitable posite antenna composed of two or arrangements for the daily observa- more individual antennas, the antenna tions, when required, and lighting should be described as a ‘‘custom’’ or equipment inspections required by ‘‘composite’’ antenna, as appropriate. §§ 17.37 and 17.38 of the FCC rules. A full description of the design of the (b) An application for authority to antenna should also be submitted. construct a new low power TV station (2) Relative field horizontal plane (when rebroadcasting the programs of pattern (horizontal polarization only) another station) or TV translator sta- of the proposed directional antenna. A tion or to make changes in the facili- value of 1.0 should be used for the max- ties of an authorized station, and that imum radiation. The plot of the pat- proposes unattended operation, shall tern should be oriented so that 0° cor- include an adequate showing as to the responds to the maximum radiation of manner of compliance with this sec- the directional antenna or, alter- tion. natively in the case of a symmetrical [47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 pattern, to the line of symmetry. The FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 0° on the plot should be referenced to 1995; 63 FR 33878, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13233, the actual azimuth with respect to true Mar. 21, 2002] North.

484

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00494 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.737

(3) A tabulation of the relative field spectively, of the assigned channel pattern required in paragraph (c)(2), of shall be attenuated no less than: this section. The tabulation should use (1) 30 dB for transmitters rated at no the same zero degree reference as the more than 1 watt power output. plotted pattern, and be tabulated at (2) 50 dB for transmitters rated at least every 10°. In addition, tabulated more than 1 watt power output. values of all maximas and minimas, (3) 60 dB for transmitters rated at with their corresponding azimuths, more than 100 watts power output. should be submitted. (d) Greater attenuation than that (4) All horizontal plane patterns specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- must be plotted to the largest scale tion may be required if interference re- possible on unglazed letter-size polar sults from emissions outside the as- coordinate paper (main engraving ap- signed channel. proximately 18 cm × 25 cm (7 inches × 10 inches)) using only scale divisions and [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33 subdivisions of 1, 2, 2.5 or 5 times 10- FR 8677, June 13, 1968; 36 FR 19592, Oct. 8, nth. Values of field strength on any 1971; 47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 31404, pattern less than 10% of the maximum Aug. 20, 1987] field strength plotted on that pattern § 74.737 Antenna location. must be shown on an enlarged scale. (5) The horizontal plane patterns (a) An applicant for a new low power that are required are the patterns for TV, TV translator, or TV booster sta- the complete directional antenna sys- tion or for a change in the facilities of tem. In the case of a composite an- an authorized station shall endeavor to tenna composed of two or more indi- select a site that will provide a line-of- vidual antennas, this means that the sight transmission path to the entire patterns for the composite antenna area intended to be served and at which composed of two or more individual an- there is available a suitable signal tennas, not the patterns for each of the from the primary station, if any, that individual antennas, must be sub- will be retransmitted. mitted. (b) The transmitting antenna should be placed above growing vegetation and [30 FR 8847, July 14, 1965, as amended at 41 trees lying in the direction of the area FR 28267, July 9, 1976; 47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982; 48 FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 7423, intended to be served, to minimize the Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987; 58 FR possibility of signal absorption by foli- 44951, Aug. 25, 1993; 62 FR 26722, May 14, 1997] age. (c) A site within 8 kilometers of the § 74.736 Emissions and bandwidth. area intended to be served is to be pre- (a) The license of a low power TV, TV ferred if the conditions in paragraph (a) translator, or TV booster station au- of this section can be met. thorizes the transmission of the visual (d) Consideration should be given to signal by amplitude modulation (A5) the accessibility of the site at all sea- and the accompanying aural signal by sons of the year and to the availability frequency modulation (F3). of facilities for the maintenance and (b) Standard width television chan- operation of the transmitting equip- nels will be assigned and the transmit- ment. ting apparatus shall be operated so as (e) The transmitting antenna should to limit spurious emissions to the low- be located as near as is practical to the est practicable value. Any emissions transmitter to avoid the use of long including intermodulation products transmission lines and the associated and radio frequency harmonics which power losses. are not essential for the transmission (f) Consideration should be given to of the desired picture and sound infor- the existence of strong radio frequency mation shall be considered to be spu- fields from other transmitters at the rious emissions. site of the transmitting equipment and (c) Any emissions appearing on fre- the possibility that such fields may re- quencies more than 3 MHz above or sult in the retransmissions of signals below the upper and lower edges, re- originating on frequencies other than

485

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00495 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.750 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

that of the primary station being re- (iii) 60 dB for transmitters rated at broadcast. more than 100 watts power output. (3) When subjected to variations in [47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982, as amended at 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987] ambient temperature between minus 30 degrees and plus 50 degrees Centigrade § 74.750 Transmission system facilities. and variations in power main voltage (a) A low power TV, TV translator, or between 85 percent and 115 percent of TV booster station shall operate with a rated power supply voltage, the local transmitter that is either certificated oscillator frequency stability shall for licensing under the provisions of maintain the operating frequency with- this subpart or type notified for use in: under part 73 of this chapter. (i) 0.02 percent of its rated frequency (b) Transmitting antennas, antennas for transmitters rated at no more than used to receive the signals to be re- 100 watts peak visual power. broadcast, and transmission lines are (ii) 0.002 percent of the rated fre- not certificated by the FCC. External quency for transmitters rated at more preamplifiers also may be used pro- than 100 watts peak visual power. vided that they do not cause improper (iii) Plus or minus 1 kHz of its rated operation of the transmitting equip- frequency for transmitters to be used ment, and use of such preamplifiers is at stations employing offset carrier not necessary to meet the provisions of frequency operation. paragraph (c) of this section. (4) The apparatus shall contain auto- (c) The following requirements must matic circuits which will maintain the be met before low power TV and TV peak visual power output constant translator transmitters will be certifi- within 2 dB when the strength of the cated by the FCC: input signal is varied over a range of 30 (1) The equipment shall be so de- dB and which will not permit the peak signed that the electrical characteris- visual power output to exceed the max- tics of a standard television signal in- imum rated power output under any troduced into the input terminals will condition. If a manual adjustment is be maintained at the output. The over- provided to compensate for different all response of the apparatus within its average signal strengths, provision assigned channel, when operating at its shall be made for determining the rated power output and measured at proper setting for the control, and if the output terminals, shall provide a improper adjustment of the control smooth curve, varying within limits could result in improper operation, a separated by no more than 4 dB: Pro- label shall be affixed at the adjustment vided, however, That means may be pro- control bearing a suitable warning. vided to reduce the amplitude of the (5) The apparatus must be equipped aural carrier below those limits, if nec- with automatic controls that will place essary to prevent intermodulation it in a non-radiating condition when no which would mar the quality of the re- signal is being received on the input transmitted picture or result in emis- channel, either due to absence of a sions outside of the assigned channel. transmitted signal or failure of the re- (2) Radio frequency harmonics of the ceiving portion of the facilities used visual and aural carriers, measured at for rebroadcasting the signal of an- the output terminals of the trans- other station. The automatic control mitter, shall be attenuated no less may include a time delay feature to than 60 dB below the peak visual out- prevent interruptions caused by fading put power within the assigned channel. or other momentary failures of the in- All other emissions appearing on fre- coming signal. quencies more than 3 megacycles above (6) The tube or tubes employed in the or below the upper and lower edges, re- final radio frequency amplifier shall be spectively, of the assigned channel of the appropriate power rating to pro- shall be attenuated no less than: vide the rated power output of the (i) 30 dB for transmitters rated at no translator. The normal operating con- more than 1 watt power output. stants for operation at the rated power (ii) 50 dB for transmitters rated at output shall be specified. The appa- more than 1 watt power output. ratus shall be equipped with suitable

486

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00496 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.750

meters or meter jacks so that appro- quirements of paragraphs (c) and (d) of priate voltage and current measure- this section. The following procedures ments may be made while the appa- shall apply: ratus is in operation. (1) Any manufacturer of apparatus (7) The transmitters of over 0.001 kW intended for use at low power TV, TV peak visual power (0.002 kW when cir- translator, or TV booster stations may cularly polarized antennas are used) request certification by following the shall be equipped with an automatic procedures set forth in part 2, subpart keying device that will transmit the J, of this chapter. call sign of the station, in Inter- (2) Low power TV, TV translator, and national Morse Code, at least once each TV booster transmitting apparatus hour during the time the station is in operation when operating in the trans- that has been certificated by the FCC lator mode retransmitting the pro- will normally be authorized without gramming of a TV broadcast station. additional measurements from the ap- However, the identification by Morse plicant or licensee. Code is not required if the licensee of (3) Applications for certification of the low power TV or TV translator sta- modulators to be used with existing tion has an agreement with the TV certificated TV translator apparatus broadcast station being rebroadcast to must include the specifications elec- transmit aurally or visually the low trical and mechanical interconnecting power TV or TV translator station call requirements for the apparatus with as provided for in § 74.783. Transmission which it is designed to be used. of the call sign can be accomplished by: (4) Other rules concerning certifi- (i) Frequency shift keying; the aural cation, including information regard- and visual carrier shift shall not be less ing withdrawal of type acceptance, than 5 kHz or greater than 25 kHz. modification of certificated equipment (ii) Amplitude modulation of the and limitations on the findings upon aural carrier of at least 30% modula- which certification is based, are set tion. The audio frequency tone used forth in part 2, subpart J, of this chap- shall not be within 200 hertz of the ter. Emergency Broadcast System Atten- (f) The transmitting antenna system tion Signal alerting frequencies. (8) Wiring, shielding, and construc- may be designed to produce horizontal, tion shall be in accordance with ac- vertical, or circular polarization. cepted principles of good engineering (g) Low power TV, TV translator, or practice. TV booster stations installing new cer- (d) Low power TV, TV translator and tificated transmitting apparatus incor- transmitting equipment using a modu- porating modulating equipment need lation process for either program origi- not make equipment performance nation or rebroadcasting TV booster measurements and shall so indicate on transmitting equipment using a modu- the station license application. Sta- lation process must meet the following tions adding new or replacing modu- requirements: lating equipment in existing low power (1) The equipment shall meet the re- TV, TV translator, or TV booster sta- quirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and tion transmitting apparatus must have (b)(3) of § 73.687. a qualified person examine the trans- (2) The stability of the equipment mitting system after installation. This shall be sufficient to maintain the op- person must certify in the application erating frequency of the aural carrier for the station license that the trans- ± to 4.5 MHz 1kHz above the visual car- mitting equipment meets the require- rier when subjected to variations in ments of paragraph (d)(1) of this sec- ambient temperature between 30° and tion. A report of the methods, measure- +50° centigrade and variations in power ments, and results must be kept in the main voltage between 85 and 115 percent of rated power supply voltage. station records. However, stations in- (e) Certification will be granted only stalling modulating equipment solely upon a satisfactory showing that the apparatus is capable of meeting the re-

487

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00497 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.751 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

for the limited local origination of sig- (6) Any changes in the location of the nals permitted by § 74.731 need not com- transmitter except within the same ply with the requirements of this para- building or upon the same pole or graph. tower. [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33 (7) A change of authorized operating FR 8677, June 13, 1968; 36 FR 19592, Oct. 8, power. 1971; 37 FR 25844, Dec. 5, 1972; 41 FR 17552, (c) Other equipment changes not spe- Apr. 27, 1976; 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 46 FR cifically referred to in paragraphs (a) 35465, July 8, 1981; 47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982; and (b) of this section may be made at 47 FR 30496, July 14, 1982; 52 FR 31404, Aug. the discretion of the licensee, provided 20, 1987; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995; 62 FR 26722, that the FCC in Washington, DC, At- May 14, 1997; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998] tention: Video Division, Media Bureau, § 74.751 Modification of transmission is notified in writing upon the comple- systems. tion of such changes. (a) No change, either mechanical or (d) Upon installation of new or re- electrical, may be made in apparatus placement transmitting equipment for which has been certificated by the which prior FCC authority is not re- Commission without prior authority of quired under the provisions of this sec- the Commission. If such prior author- tion, the licensee must place in the sta- ity has been given to the manufacturer tion records a certification that the of certificated equipment, the manu- new installation complies in all re- facturer may issue instructions for spects with the technical requirements such changes citing its authority. In of this part and the station authoriza- such cases, individual licensees are not tion. required to secure prior Commission [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 approval but shall notify the Commis- FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 39 FR 38652, Nov. 1, sion when such changes are completed. 1974; 45 FR 26067, Apr. 17, 1980; 47 FR 21501, (b) Formal application (FCC Form May 18, 1982; 48 FR 41423, Sept. 15, 1983; 50 FR 346) is required for any of the following 23710, June 5, 1985; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; changes: 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 36605, July 7, (1) Replacement of the transmitter as 1998; 67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002] a whole, except replacement with a § 74.761 Frequency tolerance. transmitter of identical power rating which has been certificated by the FCC The licensee of a low power TV, TV for use by low power TV, TV trans- translator, or TV booster station shall lator, and TV booster stations, or any maintain the transmitter output fre- change which could result in a change quencies as set forth below. The fre- in the electrical characteristics or per- quency tolerance of stations using di- formance of the station. rect frequency conversion of a received (2) Any change in the transmitting signal and not engaging in offset car- antenna system, including the direc- rier operation as set forth in paragraph tion of radiation, directive antenna (d) of this section will be referenced to pattern, antenna gain, transmission the authorized plus or minus 10 kHz line loss characteristics, or height of offset, if any, of the primary station. antenna center of radiation. (a) The visual carrier shall be main- (3) Any change in the overall height tained to within 0.02 percent of the as- of the antenna structure, except where signed visual carrier frequency for notice to the Federal Aviation Admin- transmitters rated at not more than istration is specifically not required 100 watts peak visual power. under § 17.14(b) of this chapter. (b) The visual carrier shall be main- (4) Any horizontal change of the loca- tained to within 0.002 percent of the as- tion of the antenna structure which signed visual carrier frequency for would (i) be in excess of 152.4 meters transmitters rated at more than 100 (500 feet), or (ii) require notice to the watts peak visual power. Federal Aviation Administration pur- (c) The aural carrier of stations em- suant to § 17.7 of the FCC’s Rules. ploying modulating equipment shall be (5) A change in frequency assign- maintained at 4.5 MHz ±1 kHz above ment. the visual carrier frequency.

488

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00498 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.765

(d) The visual carrier shall be main- lighting of antenna structures. In the tained to within 1 kHz of the assigned event normal operation is restored channel carrier frequency if the low prior to the expiration of the 30 day pe- power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- riod, the FCC in Washington, DC, At- er station is authorized with a specified tention: Video Division, Media Bureau, offset designation in order to provide shall be notified in writing of the date protection under the provisions of normal operations resumed. If causes § 74.705 or § 74.707. beyond the control of the licensee make it impossible to comply within [43 FR 1952, Jan. 13, 1978, as amended at 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987] the allowed period, a request for Spe- cial Temporary Authority (see § 73.1635 § 74.762 Frequency measurements. of this chapter) shall be made to the (a) The licensee of a low power TV FCC no later than the 30th day for such station, a TV translator, or a TV boost- additional time as may be deemed nec- er station must measure the carrier essary. (c) Failure of a low power TV, TV frequencies of its output channel as translator, or TV booster station to op- often as necessary to ensure operation erate for a period of 30 days or more, within the specified tolerances, and at except for causes beyond the control of least once each calendar year at inter- the licensee, shall be deemed evidence vals not exceeding 14 months. of discontinuation of operation and the (b) In the event that a low power TV, license of the station may be cancelled TV translator, or TV booster station is at the discretion of the FCC. Further- found to be operating beyond the fre- more, the station’s license will expire quency tolerance prescribed in § 74.761, as a matter of law, without regard to the licensee promptly shall suspend op- any causes beyond control of the li- eration of the transmitter and shall censee, if the station fails to transmit not resume operation until transmitter broadcast signals for any consecutive has been restored to its assigned fre- 12-month period, notwithstanding any quencies. Adjustment of the frequency provision, term, or condition of the li- determining circuits of the transmitter cense to the contrary. shall be made only by a qualified per- (d) A television broadcast translator son in accordance with § 74.750(g). station shall not be permitted to radi- [52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987] ate during extended periods when signals of the primary station are not § 74.763 Time of operation. being retransmitted. (a) A low power TV, TV translator, or [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 52 TV booster station is not required to FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, adhere to any regular schedule of oper- 1987; 61 FR 28768, June 6, 1996; 63 FR 33879, ation. However, the licensee of a TV June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002] translator or TV booster station is expected to provide service to the extent § 74.765 Posting of station and oper- that such is within its control and to ator licenses. avoid unwarranted interruptions in the (a) The station license and any other service provided. instrument of authorization or indi- (b) In the event that causes beyond vidual order concerning the construc- the control of the low power TV or TV tion of the station or manner of oper- translator station licensee make it im- ation shall be kept in the station possible to continue operating, the li- record file so as to be available for in- censee may discontinue operation for a spection upon request of authorized period of not more than 30 days with- representatives of the FCC. out further authority from the FCC. (b) The call sign of the station, to- Notification must be sent to the FCC gether with the name, address, and in Washington, DC, Attention: Video telephone number of the licensee or Division, Media Bureau, not later than local representative of the licensee, if the 10th day of discontinued operation. the licensee does not reside in the com- During such period, the licensee shall munity served by the station, and the continue to adhere to the requirements name and address of the person and in the station license pertaining to the place where the station records are

489

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00499 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.769 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

maintained, shall be displayed at the Section 73.1635—Special temporary author- transmitter site on the structure sup- izations (STA). porting the transmitting antenna, so Section 73.1650—International broadcasting agreements. as to be visible to a person standing on Section 73.1680—Emergency antennas. the ground. The display shall be main- Section 73.1692—Construction near or instal- tained in legible condition by the li- lations on an AM broadcast tower. censee. Section 73.1940—Broadcasts by candidates for public office. [47 FR 21502, May 18, 1982, as amended at 52 Section 73.2080—Equal employment opportu- FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, nities (for low power TV stations only). 1995] Section 73.3500—Application and report forms. § 74.769 Copies of rules. Section 73.3511—Applications required. The licensee or permittee of a station Section 73.3512—Where to file; number of authorized under this subpart shall copies. have a current copy of Volume I and Section 73.3513—Signing of applications. Section 73.3514—Content of applications. Volume III of the Commission’s Rules. Section 73.3516—Specification of facilities. Each such licensee or permittee shall Section 73.3517—Contingent applications. be familiar with those rules relating to Section 73.3518—Inconsistent or conflicting stations authorized under this subpart. applications. Copies of the Commission’s rules may Section 73.3519—Repetitious applications. be obtained from the Superintendent of Section 73.3521—Mutually exclusive applica- Documents, Government Printing Of- tions for low power TV and TV translator stations. fice, Washington, DC 20402. Section 73.3522—Amendment of applications. [60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] Section 73.3525—Agreements for removing application conflicts. § 74.780 Broadcast regulations applica- Section 73.3533—Application for construction ble to translators, low power, and permit or modification of construction per- booster stations. mit. Section 73.3534—Application for extension of The following rules are applicable to construction permit or for construction TV translator, low power TV, and TV permit to replace expired construction per- booster stations: mit. Section 73.3536—Application for license to Section 73.653—Operation of TV aural and cover construction permit. visual transmitters. Section 73.3538 (a)(1)(3)(4), (b)(2)—Application Section 73.658—Affiliation agreements and to make changes in existing station. network program practices; territorial ex- Section 73.3539—Application for renewal of clusivity in non-network program arrange- license. ments. Section 73.3540—Application for voluntary Part 73, Subpart G—Emergency Broadcast assignment of transfer of control. System (for low power TV stations locally Section 73.3541—Application for involuntary originating programming as defined by assignment or transfer of control. § 74.701(h)). Section 73.3542—Application for emergency Section 73.1201—Station identification (for authorization. low power TV stations locally originating Section 73.3544—Application to obtain a programming as defined by § 74.701(h)). modified station license. Section 73.1206—Broadcast of telephone con- Section 73.3545—Application for permit to de- versations. liver programs to foreign stations. Section 73.1207—Rebroadcasts. Section 73.3550—Requests for new or modi- Section 73.1208—Broadcast of taped, filmed fied call sign assignments. or recorded material. Section 73.3561—Staff consideration of appli- Section 73.1211—Broadcast of lottery infor- cations requiring Commission action. mation. Section 73.3562—Staff consideration of appli- Section 73.1212—Sponsorship identifications; cations not requiring action by the Com- list retention, related requirements. mission. Section 73.1216—Licensee conducted con- Section 73.3564—Acceptance of applications. tests. Section 73.3566—Defective applications. Section 73.1510—Experimental authoriza- Section 73.3568—Dismissal of applications. tions. Section 73.3572—Processing of TV broadcast, Section 73.1515—Special field test authoriza- low power TV, and TV translator station tions. applications. Section 73.1615—Operation during modifica- Section 73.3580—Local public notice of filing tions of facilities. of broadcast applications.

490

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00500 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.783

Section 73.3584—Petitions to deny. The station records shall be made Section 73.3587—Informal objections. available upon request to any author- Section 73.3591—Grants without hearing. ized representative of the Commission. Section 73.3593—Designation for hearing. (d) Station logs and records shall be Section 73.3594—Local public notice of designation for hearing. retained for a period of two years. Section 73.3597—Procedures on transfer and [48 FR 44806, Sept. 30, 1983, as amended at 52 assignment applications. FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987] Section 73.3598—Period of construction. Section 73.3599—Forfeiture of construction § 74.783 Station identification. permit. Section 73.3601—Simultaneous modification (a) Each low power TV and TV trans- and renewal of license. lator station not originating local pro- Section 73.3603—Special waiver procedure gramming as defined by § 74.701(h) oper- relative to applications. ating over 0.001 kw peak visual power Section 73.3612—Annual employment report (0.002 kw when using circularly polar- (for low power TV stations only). Section 73.3613—Filing of contracts (network ized antennas) must transmit its sta- affiliation contracts for low power TV station identification as follows: tions only). (1) By transmitting the call sign in International Morse Code at least once [52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 25867, July 9, 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, each hour. This transmission may be 1987; 56 FR 28099, June 19, 1991; 59 FR 31557, accomplished by means of an auto- June 20, 1994; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997] matic device as required by § 74.750(c)(7). Call sign transmission § 74.781 Station records. shall be made at a code speed not in ex- (a) The licensee of a low power TV, cess of 20 words per minute; or TV translator, or TV booster station (2) By arranging for the primary sta- shall maintain adequate station tion, whose signal is being rebroadcast, records, including the current instru- to identify the translator station by ment of authorization, official cor- transmitting an easily readable visual respondence with the FCC, contracts, presentation or a clearly understand- permission for rebroadcasts, and other able aural presentation of the trans- pertinent documents. lator station’s call letters and location. (b) Entries required by § 17.49 of this Two such identifications shall be made Chapter concerning any observed or between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. and 3 p.m. otherwise known extinguishment or and 5 p.m. each broadcast day at ap- improper functioning of a tower light: proximately one hour intervals during (1) The nature of such extinguish- each time period. Television stations ment or improper functioning. which do not begin their broadcast day (2) The date and time the extinguish- before 9 a.m. shall make these identi- ment or improper operation was ob- fications in the hours closest to these served or otherwise noted. time periods at the specified intervals. (3) The date, time and nature of ad- (b) Licensees of television translators justments, repairs or replacements whose station identification is made by made. the television station whose signals are (c) The station records shall be main- being rebroadcast by the translator, tained for inspection at a residence, of- must secure agreement with this tele- fice, or public building, place of busi- vision station licensee to keep in its ness, or other suitable place, in one of file, and available to FCC personnel, the communities of license of the the translator’s call letters and loca- translator or booster, except that the tion, giving the name, address and tele- station records of a booster or trans- phone number of the licensee or his lator licensed to the licensee of the pri- service representative to be contacted mary station may be kept at the same in the event of malfunction of the place where the primary station translator. It shall be the responsi- records are kept. The name of the per- bility of the translator licensee to fur- son keeping station records, together nish current information to the tele- with the address of the place where the vision station licensee for this purpose. records are kept, shall be posted in ac- (c) A low power TV station shall cordance with § 74.765(c) of the rules. comply with the station identification

491

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00501 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.784 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

procedures given in § 73.1201 when lo- or signals for direct reception by the cally originating programming, as de- general public. fined by § 74.701(h). The identification (b) The licensee of a low power TV or procedures given in paragraphs (a) and TV translator station shall not re- (b) are to be used at all other times. broadcast the programs of any other (d) Call signs for low power TV and TV broadcast station or other station TV translator stations will be made up authorized under the provisions of this of the initial letter K or W followed by Subpart without obtaining prior con- the channel number assigned to the sent of the station whose signals or station and two additional letters. The use of the initial letter generally will programs are proposed to be retrans- follow the pattern used in the broad- mitted. The FCC, Attention: Video Di- cast service, i.e., stations west of the vision, Media Bureau, shall be notified Mississippi River will be assigned an of the call letters of each station re- initial letter K and those east, the let- broadcast, and the licensee of the low ter W. The two letter combinations fol- power TV or TV broadcast translator lowing the channel number will be as- station shall certify it has obtained signed in order and requests for the as- written consent from the licensee of signment of the particular combina- the station whose programs are being tions of letters will not be considered. retransmitted. The channel number designator for (c) A TV translator station may re- Channels 2 through 9 will be incor- broadcast only programs and signals porated in the call sign as a 2-digit that are simultaneously transmitted number, i.e., 02, 03, . . . ., so as to avoid by a TV broadcast station. similarities with call signs assigned to (d) A TV booster station may re- amateur radio stations. broadcast only programs and signals (e) Low power TV permittees or li- that are simultaneously transmitted censees may request that they be as- by the primary station to which it is signed four-letter call signs in lieu of authorized. the five-character alpha-numeric call (e) The provisions of § 73.1207 of part signs described in paragraph (d) of this section. Parties requesting four-letter 73 of this chapter apply to low power call signs are to follow the procedures TV stations in transmitting any mate- delineated in § 73.3550 of this chapter. rial during periods of program origina- Such four-letter call signs shall begin tion obtained from the transmissions with K or W; stations west of the Mis- of any other type of station. sissippi River will be assigned an ini- (Sec. 325, 48 Stat. 1091; 47 U.S.C. 325) tial letter K and stations east of the Mississippi River will be assigned an [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 initial letter W. The four-letter call FR 21502, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, sign will be followed by the suffix ‘‘- 1987; 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13234, LP.’’ Mar. 21, 2002] (f) TV broadcast booster station shall § 74.785 Low power TV digital data be identified by their primary stations service pilot project. by broadcasting of the primary station’s call letters and location in ac- Low power TV stations authorized cordance with the provisions of § 73.1201 pursuant to the LPTV Digital Data of this chapter. Services Act (Public Law 106–554, 114 Stat. 4577, December 1, 2000) to partici- [41 FR 17552, Apr. 27, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 21502, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 7424, Mar. 11, pate in a digital data service pilot 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; 59 FR 31557, project shall be subject to the provi- June 20, 1994; 63 FR 71604, Dec. 29, 1998] sions of the Commission Order implementing that Act. FCC 01–137, adopted § 74.784 Rebroadcasts. April 19, 2001, as modified by the Com- (a) The term rebroadcast means the mission Order on Reconsideration, FCC reception by radio of the programs or 02–40, adopted February 12, 2002. other signals of a radio or television station and the simultaneous or subse- [67 FR 9621, Mar. 4, 2002] quent retransmission of such programs

492

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00502 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.787

§ 74.786 Digital channel assignments. nels shall notify all potentially affect (a) An applicant for a new low power 700 MHz commercial licensees not later television or television translator dig- than 30 days prior to the submission of ital station or for changes in the facili- their application (FCC Form 346) in the ties of an authorized digital station manner provided in paragraph of this shall endeavor to select a channel on section. Stations proposing use of which its operation is not likely to channels 63, 64, 68 and 69 must secure a cause interference. The applications coordinated spectrum use agreement must be specific with regard to the with the pertinent 700 MHz public safe- channel requested. Only one channel ty regional planning committee and will be assigned each station. state administrator prior to the sub- (b) Any one of the 12 standard VHF mission of their application (FCC Form Channels (2 to 13 inclusive) may be as- 346). Coordination shall be undertaken signed to a VHF digital low power tele- with regional planning committee and vision or television translator station. state administrator of the region and Channels 5 and 6 assigned in Alaska state within which the digital LPTV or shall not cause harmful interference to translator station is proposed to be lo- and must accept interference from non- cated, and those of adjoining regions Government fixed operation authorized and states with boundaries within 75 prior to January 1, 1982. miles of the proposed station location. (c) UHF channels 14 to 36 and 38 to 51 Stations proposing use of channels 62, may be assigned to a UHF digital low 65, and 67 must notify the pertinent re- power television or television trans- gional planning committee and state lator station. In accordance with administrator not later than 30 days § 73.603(c) of this chapter, Channel 37 prior to the submission of their appli- will not be assigned to such stations. cation (FCC Form 346). Notification (d) UHF Channels 52–59 may be as- shall be made to the regional and state signed to a digital low power television administrators of region and state or television translator station for use within which the digital LPTV or as a digital conversion channel. These translator station is proposed to be lo- channels may also be assigned as a cated, and those of adjoining regions companion digital channel if the appli- and states with boundaries within 50 cant is able to demonstrate that a suit- miles of the proposed station location. able in core channel is not available. Information for this purpose is avail- Stations proposing use of such chan- able at the above web site and also at nels shall notify all potentially af- the following internet sites: http://wire- fected 700 MHz wireless licensees not less.fcc.gov/ later than 30 days prior to the submis- publicsafety700MHzregional.html, http:// sion of their application (FCC Form wireless.fcc.gov/publicsafety/700MHz/ state.html, and http://wireless.fcc.gov/ 346). Applicants shall notify wireless li- publicsafety/700MHz/interop-con- censees of the 700 MHz spectrum com- tacts.html. prising the same TV channel and the (f) Application for new analog low adjacent channel within whose licensed power television or television trans- geographic boundaries the digital lator stations specifying operation LPTV or translator station is proposed above Channel 51 will not be accepted to be located, and also notify licensees for filing. Applications for displace- of co-channel and adjacent channel ment relief on channels above 51 will spectrum whose service boundaries lie continue to be accepted. within 75 miles and 50 miles, respectively, of their proposed station loca- [69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004] tion. Specific information for this purpose can be obtained from the Commis- § 74.787 Digital licensing. sion’s auction Web site at http:// (a) Applications for digital low power www.fcc.gov/auctions. television and television translator sta- (e) UHF Channels 60–69 may be as- tions—(1) Applications for digital conver- signed to a digital low power television sion. Applications for digital conversion or television translator station for use channels may be filed at any time. as a digital conversion channel only. Such applications shall be filed on FCC Stations proposing use of such chan- Form 346 and will be treated as a minor

493

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00503 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.787 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

change application. There will be no be non-mutually exclusive. All non- application fee. mutually exclusive applicants will be (2) Applications for companion digital required to submit an FCC Form 346 channel. (i) A public notice will specify pursuant to § 73.5005 of this chapter. a time period or ‘‘window’’ for filing Such applications shall be processed applications for companion digital pursuant to § 73.5006 of this chapter; channels. During this window, only ex- and isting low power television or tele- (v) With regard to fees, an applica- vision translator stations or licensees tion (FCC Form 346) for companion dig- and permittees of Class A TV stations ital channels shall be treated as a may submit applications for com- minor change application and there panion digital channels. Applications will be no application fee. submitted prior to the initial window (3) Construction permit applications for identified in the public notice will be new stations, major changes to existing returned as premature. At a subse- stations in the low power television serv- quent time, a public notice will an- ice. A public notice will specify the nouncement the commencement of a date upon which interested parties may filing procedure in which applications begin to file applications for new sta- will accepted on a first-come, first- tions and major facilities changes to served basis not restricted to existing existing stations in the low power tele- station licensees and permittees; vision service. It will specify param- (ii) Applications for companion dig- eters for any applications that may be ital channels filed during the initial filed. Applications submitted prior to window shall be filed in accordance date announced by the public notice with the provisions of §§ 1.2105 and will be returned as premature. Such ap- 73.5002 of this chapter regarding the plications shall be accepted on a first- submission of the short-form applica- come, first-served basis, and shall be tion, FCC Form 175, and all appropriate filed on FCC Form 346. Applications for certifications, information and exhib- new or major change shall be subject to its contained therein. To determine the appropriate application fee. Mutu- which applicants are mutually exclu- ally exclusive applications shall be re- sive, applicants must submit the engi- solved via the Commission’s part 1 and neering data contained in FCC Form broadcast competitive bidding rules, 346 as a supplement to its short-form § 1.2100 et seq., and § 73.5000 et seq. of this application. Such engineering data will chapter. Such applicants shall be af- not be studied for technical accept- forded an opportunity to submit settle- ability, but will be protected from sub- ments and engineering solutions to re- sequently filed applications as of the solve mutual exclusivity pursuant to close of the initial window period. De- § 73.5002(d) of this chapter. terminations as to the acceptability or (4) Displacement applications. A digital grantability of an applicant’s proposal low power television or television will not be made prior to an auction; translator station which is causing or (iii) After the close of the initial win- receiving interference or is predicted dow, a public notice will identify the to cause or receive interference to or short-form applications received dur- from an authorized TV broadcast sta- ing the window filing period which are tion, DTV station or allotment or found to be mutually exclusive. Such other protected station or service, may short-form applications will be re- at any time file a displacement relief solved via the Commission’s Part 1 and application for change in channel, to- broadcast competitive bidding rules, gether with technical modifications §§ 1.2100 et seq., and §§ 73.5000 et seq. of that are necessary to avoid inter- this chapter. Such applicants shall be ference or continue serving the sta- afforded an opportunity to submit set- tion’s protected service area, provided tlements and engineering solutions to the proposed transmitter site is not lo- resolve mutual exclusivity pursuant to cated more than 30 miles from the ref- § 73.5002(d) of this chapter; erence coordinates of the existing sta- (iv) After the close of the window, a tion’s community of license. See § 76.53 public notice will identify short-form of this chapter. A displacement relief applications received that are found to application shall be filed on FCC Form

494

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00504 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.789

346 and will be considered a minor permit within which construction shall change and will be placed on public no- be completed and application for li- tice for a period of not less than 30 cense filed. days to permit the filing of petitions to (b) Any construction permit for deny. These applications will not be which construction has not been com- subject to the filing of competing ap- pleted and for which an application for plications. Where a displacement relief license or extension of time has not application for a digital low power tel- been filed, shall be automatically for- evision or television translator station feited upon expiration without any fur- becomes mutually exclusive the appli- ther affirmative cancellation by the cation(s) for new analog or digital low Commission. power television or television trans- (c) Authority delegated. (1) Authority lator stations, with a displacement re- is delegated to the Chief, Media Bureau lief application for an analog low to grant an extension of time of up to power television or television trans- six months beyond the relevant con- lator station, or with other non-dis- struction period for each original con- placement relief applications for facili- struction permit upon demonstration ties modifications of analog or digital by the digital licensee or permittee low power television or television that failure to meet the construction translator stations, priority will be af- deadline is due to circumstances that forded to the displacement application are either unforeseeable or beyond the for the digital low power television or licensee’s control where the licensee television translator station to the ex- has take all reasonable steps to resolve clusion of other applications. Mutually the problem expeditiously. exclusive displacement relief applica- (2) Such circumstances shall include, tions for digital low power television but shall not be limited to: and television translator stations shall be resolved via the Commission’s part 1 (i) Inability to construct and place in and broadcast competitive bidding operation a facility necessary for rules, § 1.2100 et seq., and § 73.5000 et seq. transmitting digital television, such as of this chapter. Such applicants shall a tower, because of delays in obtaining be afforded an opportunity to submit zoning or FAA approvals, or similar settlements and engineering solutions constraints; to resolve mutual exclusivity pursuant (ii) The lack of equipment necessary to § 73.5002(d) of this chapter. to obtain a digital television signal; or (b) Definitions of ‘‘major’’ and ‘‘minor’’ (iii) Where the cost of construction changes to digital low power television exceeds the station’s financial re- and television translator stations. (1) Ap- sources. plications for major changes in digital (3) The Bureau may grant no more low power television and television than two extension requests upon dele- translator stations include any change gated authority. Subsequent extension in the frequency (output channel) not requests shall be referred to the Com- related to displacement relief or transmission. The Bureau may deny exten- mitting antenna location where the sion requests upon delegated authority. protected contour resulting from the (4) Applications for extension of time change does not overlap some portion shall be filed no earlier than 90 and no of the protected contour of the author- later than 60 days prior to the relevant ized facilities of the existing station. construction deadline, absent a show- (2) Other facilities changes will be ing of sufficient reasons for filing with- considered minor. in less than 60 days of the relevant construction deadline. [69 FR 69333, Nov. 29, 2004] [69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004] § 74.788 Digital construction period. (a) Each original construction permit § 74.789 Broadcast regulations applica- for the construction of a new digital ble to digital low power television low power television or television and television translator stations. translator station shall specify a pe- The following sections are applicable riod of three years from the date of to digital low power television and tel- issuance of the original construction evision translator stations:

495

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00505 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.790 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

§ 73.1030 Notifications concerning in- digital output power limit of 30 watts terference to radio astronomy, re- for transmitters operating on channels search and receiving installations. 14–69 and 3 watts for transmitters oper- § 74.600 Eligibility for license. ating on channels 2–13; or § 74.703 Interference. (ii) Digital signal regeneration (i.e., § 74.709 Land mobile station protec- DTV signal demodulation, decoding, tion. error processing, encoding, remodula- § 74.732 Eligibility and licensing re- tion, and frequency upconversion) and quirements. suitable amplification; or, § 74.734 Attended and unattended oper- (2) Demodulation, remodulation and ation. amplification of TV broadcast or DTV § 74.735 Power limitations. broadcast station programs and signals § 74.751 Modification of transmission received through a microwave trans- systems. port. § 74.763 Time of operation. (c) The transmissions of each digital § 74.765 Posting of station and oper- TV translator station shall be intended ator licenses. for direct reception by the general pub- § 74.769 Copies of rules. lic, and any other use shall be inci- § 74.780 Broadcast regulations applica- dental thereto. A digital TV translator ble to translators, low power, and station shall not be operated solely for booster stations (except § 73.653— the purpose of relaying signals to one Operation of TV aural and visual or more fixed receiving points for re- transmitters and § 73.1201—Station transmission, distribution, or further identification). relaying. § 74.781 Station records. (d) Except as provided in (e) and (f) of § 74.784 Rebroadcasts. this section, the technical characteris- [69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004] tics of the retransmitted signals shall not be deliberately altered so as to § 74.790 Permissible service of digital hinder reception on consumer DTV TV translator and LPTV stations. broadcast receiving equipment. (a) Digital TV translator stations (e) A digital TV translator station provide a means whereby the signals of shall not retransmit the programs and DTV broadcast stations may be re- signals of any TV broadcast or DTV transmitted to areas in which direct broadcast station(s) without the prior reception of such DTV stations is un- written consent of such station(s). A satisfactory due to distance or inter- digital TV translator may multiplex on vening terrain barriers. its output channel the video program (b) Except as provided in paragraph services of two or more TV broadcast (f) of this section, a digital TV trans- and/or DTV broadcast stations, pursu- lator station may be used only to re- ant to arrangements with all affected ceive the signals of a TV broadcast or stations, and for this limited purpose, DTV broadcast station, another digital is permitted to alter a TV broadcast TV translator station, a TV translator and/or DTV broadcast signal. relay station, a television intercity (f) A digital TV translator station relay station, a television STL station, may transmit locally originated visual or other suitable sources such as a and/or aural messages limited to emer- CARS or common carrier microwave gency warnings of imminent danger, to station, for the simultaneous retrans- local public service announcements mission of the programs and signals of (PSAs) and to seeking or acknowl- a TV or DTV broadcast station. Such edging financial support deemed nec- retransmissions may be accomplished essary to the continued operation of by any of the following means: the station. Acknowledgments of finan- (1) Reception of TV broadcast or DTV cial support may include identification broadcast station programs and signals of the contributors, the size and nature directly through space and conversion of the contribution and the advertising to a different channel by one of the fol- messages of the contributors. The lowing transmission modes: originations concerning financial sup- (i) Heterodyne frequency conversion port and PSAs are limited to 30 seconds and suitable amplification, subject to a each, no more than once per hour.

496

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00506 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.792

Emergency transmissions shall be no ceiving points for retransmission, dis- longer or more frequent than necessary tribution or relaying. to protect life and property. Such (k) A digital LPTV station may re- originations may be accomplished by ceive input signals for transmission or any technical means agreed upon be- retransmission by any technical tween the TV translator and DTV sta- means, including those specified in tion whose signal is being retrans- paragraph (b) of this section. mitted, but must be capable of being [69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004] received on consumer DTV broadcast reception equipment. A digital TV § 74.791 Digital call signs. translator shall modify, as necessary to avoid DTV reception tuning con- (a) Digital low power stations. Call flicts, the Program System and Infor- signs for digital low power stations will mation Protocol (PSIP) information in be made up of a prefix consisting of the the DTV broadcast signal being re- initial letter K or W followed by the transmitted. channel number assigned to the station (g) A digital LPTV station may oper- and two additional letters and a suffix ¥ ate under the following modes of serv- consisting of the letters D. ice: (b) Digital television translator stations. (1) For the retransmission of pro- Call signs for digital television trans- gramming of a TV broadcast or DTV lator stations will be made up of a pre- broadcast station, subject to the prior fix consisting of the initial letter K or written consent of the station whose W followed by the channel number as- signal is being retransmitted; signed to the station and two addi- (2) For the origination of program- tional letters and a suffix consisting of ¥ ming and commercial matter as de- the letter D. fined in § 74.701(l). (c) Digital low power television stations (3) Whenever operating, a digital and Class A television stations. Digital LPTV station must transmit an over- low power television and Class A tele- the-air video program signal at no division stations may be assigned a call rect charge to viewers at least com- sign with a four-letter prefix pursuant parable in resolution to that of its as- to § 73.3550 of the Commission’s rules. sociated analog (NTSC) LPTV station Digital low power stations with four- or, in the case of an on-channel digital letter prefixes will be assigned the suf- ¥ conversion, that of its former analog fix LD and digital Class A stations LPTV station. with four-letter prefixes will be as- ¥ (4) A digital LPTV station may dy- signed the suffix CD. namically alter the bit stream of its [69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004] signal to transmit one or more video program services in any established § 74.792 Digital low power TV and TV DTV video format. translator station protected con- (h) A digital LPTV station is not sub- tour. ject to minimum required hours of op- (a) A digital low power TV or TV eration and may operate in either of translator will be protected from inter- the two modes described in paragraph ference from other low power TV, TV (g) of this section for any number of translator, Class A TV or TV booster hours. stations or digital low power TV, TV (i) Upon transmitting a signal that translator or Class A TV stations with- meets the requirements of paragraph in the following predicted contours: (g)(3) of this section, a digital LPTV (1) 43 dBu for stations on Channels 2 station may offer services of any na- through 6; ture, consistent with the public inter- (2) 48 dBu for stations on Channels 7 est, convenience, and necessity, on an through 13; and ancillary or supplementary basis in ac- (3) 51 dBu for stations on Channels 14 cordance with the provisions of through 69. § 73.624(c) and (g) of this chapter. (b) The digital low power TV or TV (j) A digital LPTV station may not translator protected contour is cal- be operated solely for the purpose of re- culated from the authorized effective laying signals to one or more fixed re- radiated power and antenna height

497

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00507 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.793 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

above average terrain, using the Simple Stringent F(50,90) signal propagation method mask mask specified in § 73.625(b)(1) of this chapter. Digital TV-into-digital TV ...... ¥7 ¥12 [69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004] (d) For analysis of predicted inter- § 74.793 Digital low power TV and TV ference from digital low power TV and translator station protection of TV translator stations, the relative broadcast stations. field strength values of the assumed (a) An application to construct a new antenna vertical radiation pattern in digital low power TV or TV translator Table 8 in OET Bulletin 69 shall be dou- station or change the facilities of an bled up to a value of 1.0. existing station will not be accepted if (e) Protection to the authorized fa- it fails to meet the interference protec- cilities of DTV broadcast stations shall tion requirements in this section. be based on not causing predicted in- (b) Except as provided in this section, terference to the population within the interference prediction analysis is service area defined and described in based on the interference thresholds § 73.622(e) of this chapter, except that a (D/U signal strength ratios) and other digital low power TV or TV translator criteria and methods specified in station must not cause a loss of service § 73.623(c)(2) through (c)(4) of this chap- to 0.5 percent or more of the population ter. Predictions of interference to co- predicted to receive service from the channel DTV broadcast, digital Class A authorized DTV facilities. TV, digital LPTV and digital TV trans- (f) Protection to the authorized fa- lator stations will be based on the in- cilities of TV broadcast stations shall terference thresholds specified therein be based on not causing predicted infor ‘‘DTV-into-DTV.’’ Predictions of interference to the population within the terference to co-channel TV broadcast, Grade B field strength contours defined Class A TV, LPTV and TV translator and described in § 73.683 of this chapter, stations will be based on the inter- except that a digital low power TV or ference threshold specified for ‘‘DTV- TV translator station must not cause a into-analog TV.’’ Predictions of inter- loss of service to 0.5 percent or more of ference to TV broadcast, Class A TV, the population predicted to receive LPTV and TV translator stations with service from the authorized TV broad- the following channel relationships to cast facilities. a digital channel will be based on the (g) Protection to the authorized fa- threshold values specified for ‘‘Other cilities of Class A and digital Class A Adjacent Channels (Channels 14–69 TV stations shall be based on not caus- only),’’ where N is the analog channel: ing predicted interference to the popu- N–2, N+2, N–3, N+3, N–4, N+4, N–7 , N+7, lation within the service area defined N–8, N+8, N+14, and N+15. and described in § 73.6010 (a) through (d) (c) The following D/U signal strength of this chapter, respectively, except ratios (dB) shall apply to the protec- that a digital low power TV or TV tion of stations on the first adjacent translator station must not cause a channel. The D/U ratios for ‘‘Digital loss of service to 0.5 percent or more of TV-into-analog TV’’ shall apply to the the population predicted to receive protection of TV broadcast, Class A service from the authorized Class A TV TV, LPTV and TV translator stations. or digital Class A TV facilities. The D/U ratios for ‘‘Digital TV-into- (h) Protection to the authorized fa- digital TV’’ shall apply to the protec- cilities of low power TV and TV trans- tion of DTV, digital Class A TV, digital lator stations and digital low power TV LPTV and digital TV translator sta- and TV translator stations shall be tions. The D/U ratios correspond to the based on not causing predicted inter- digital LPTV or TV translator sta- ference to the population within the tion’s specified out-of-channel emission service area defined and described in mask. §§ 74.707(a) and 74.792, respectively, except that a digital low power TV or TV Simple Stringent translator station must not cause a mask mask loss of service to 2.0 percent or more of Digital TV-into-analog TV ...... 10 0 the population predicted to receive

498

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00508 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.794

service from the authorized low power ation for a bandwidth BWalternate. Emis- TV, TV translator, digital low power sions include sidebands, spurious emis- TV or digital TV translator station. sions and radio harmonics. Attenu- [69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004] ation is to be measured at the output terminals of the transmitter (including § 74.794 Digital emissions. any filters that may be employed). In (a)(1) An applicant for a digital LPTV the event of interference caused to any or TV translator station construction service by out-of-channel emissions, permit shall specify that the station greater attenuation may be required. will be constructed to confine out-of- (b) In addition to meeting the emis- channel emissions within one of the sion attenuation requirements of the following emission masks: simple or simple or stringent mask (including at- stringent. tenuation of radio frequency (2) The power level of emissions on harmonics), digital low power TV and frequencies outside the authorized TV translator stations authorized to channel of operation must be attenu- operate on TV channels 22–24, (518–536 ated no less than following amounts MHz), 32–36 (578–608 MHz), 38 (614–620 below the average transmitted power MHz), and 65–69 (776–806 MHz) must pro- within the authorized 6 MHz channel. vide specific ‘‘out of band’’ protection In the mask specifications listed in § 74.794(a)(2) and (a)(3), A is the attenu- to Radio Navigation Satellite Services ation in dB and Df is the frequency dif- in the bands: L5 (1164–1215 MHz); L2 ference in MHz from the edge of the (1215–1240 MHz) and L1 (1559–1610 MHz). channel. (1) An FCC-certificated transmitter (i) Simple mask. At the channel edges, specifically certified for use on one or emissions must be attenuated no less more of the above channels must in- than 46 dB. More than 6 MHz from the clude filtering with an attenuation of channel edges, emissions must be at- not less than 85 dB in the GPS bands, tenuated no less than 71 dB. At any fre- which will have the effect of reducing quency between 0 and 6 MHz from the harmonics in the GPS bands from what channel edges, emissions must be at- is produced by the digital transmitter, tenuated no less than the value deter- and this attenuation must be dem- mined by the following formula: onstrated as part of the certification A (dB) = 46 + (Df2 /1.44) application to the Commission. (ii) Stringent mask. In the first 500 (2) For an installation on one of the kHz from the channel edges, emissions above channels with a digital trans- must be attenuated no less than 47 dB. mitter not specifically FCC-certifi- More than 3 MHz from the channel cated for the channel, a low pass filter edges, emissions must be attenuated no or equivalent device rated by its manu- less than 76 dB. At any frequency be- facturer to have an attenuation of at tween 0.5 and 3 MHz from the channel least 85 dB in the GPS bands, which edges, emissions must be attenuated no will have the effect of reducing less than the value determined by the harmonics in the GPS bands from what following formula: is produced by the digital transmitter, A(dB) = 47 + 11.5 (Df–0.5) and must be installed in a manner that (3) The attenuation values for the will prevent the harmonic emission simple and stringent emission masks content from reaching the antenna. A are based on a measurement bandwidth description of the low pass filter or of 500 kHz. Other measurement equivalent device with the manufactur- bandwidths may be used and converted er’s rating or a report of measurements to the reference 500 kHz value by the by a qualified individual shall be re- following formula: tained with the station license. Field A(dB) = Aalternate + 10 log (BWalternate / 500) measurements of the second or third harmonic output of a transmitter so where A(dB) is the measured or cal- equipped are not required. culated attenuation value for the reference 500 kHz bandwidth, and Aalternate [69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004] is the measured or calculated attenu-

499

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00509 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.795 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

§ 74.795 Digital low power TV and TV 1 dB when the strength of the input sig- translator transmission system fa- nal is varied over a range of 30 dB. cilities. (d) Certification will be granted only (a) A digital low power TV or TV upon a satisfactory showing that the translator station shall operate with a transmitter is capable of meeting the transmitter that is either certificated requirements of paragraph (b) of this for licensing based on the following section, pursuant to the procedures de- provisions or has been modified for dig- scribed in § 74.750(e). ital operation pursuant to § 74.796. [69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004] (b) The following requirements must be met before digital low power TV and § 74.796 Modification of digital trans- TV translator transmitter will be cer- mission systems and analog trans- tificated by the FCC: mission systems for digital oper- (1) The transmitter shall be designed ation. to produce digital television signals (a) The provisions of § 74.751 shall that can be satisfactorily viewed on apply to the modification of digital low consumer receiving equipment based power TV and TV translator trans- on the digital broadcast television mission systems and the modification transmission standard in § 73.682(d) of of existing analog transmission sys- this chapter; tems for digital operation. (2) Emissions on frequencies outside (b) The following additional provi- the authorized channel, measured at sions shall apply to the modification of the output terminals of the trans- existing analog transmissions systems mitter (including any filters that may for digital operation, including instal- be employed), shall meet the require- lation of manufacturers’ certificated ments of § 74.794, as applicable; equipment (‘‘field modification kits’’) (3) The transmitter shall be equipped and custom modifications. to display the digital power output (1) The modifications and related per- (i.e., average power over a 6 MHz chan- formance-testing shall be undertaken nel) and shall be designed to prevent by a person or persons qualified to per- the power output from exceeding the form such work. maximum rated power output under (2) The final amplifier stage of an any condition; analog transmitter modified for digital (4) When subjected to variations in operation shall not have an ‘‘average ambient temperature between 0 and 40 digital power’’ output greater than 25 degrees Centigrade and variations in percent of its previous NTSC peak sync power main voltage between 85% and power output, unless the amplifier has 115% of the rated power supply voltage, been specifically refitted or replaced to the frequency stability of the local os- operate at a higher power. cillator in the RF channel upconverter (3) Analog heterodyne translators, shall be maintained within 10 kHz of when modified for digital operation, the nominal value; and will produce a power output (digital av- (5) The transmitter shall be equipped erage power over the 6 MHz channel) with suitable meters and jacks so that not exceeding 30 watts for transmitters appropriate voltage and current meas- operating on channels 14–69 and 3 watts urements may be made while the trans- for transmitters operating on channels mitter is in operation. 2–13. (c) The following additional require- (4) After completion of the modifica- ments apply to digital heterodyne tion, suitable tests and measurements translators: shall be made to demonstrate compli- (1) The maximum rated power output ance with the applicable requirements (digital average power over a 6 MHz in this section including those in channel) shall not exceed 30 watts for § 74.795. Upon installation of a field transmitters operating on channels 14– modification kit, the transmitter shall 69 and 3 watts for transmitters oper- be performance-tested in accordance ating on channels 2–13; and with the manufacturer’s instructions. (2) The transmitter shall contain cir- (5) The station licensee shall notify cuits which will maintain the digital the Commission upon completion of average power output constant within the transmitter modifications. In the

500

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00510 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.802

case of custom modifications (those (5) The ERP value determined not related to installation of manufac- through the above procedure will turer-supplied and FCC-certificated produce equivalent compliance with equipment), the licensee shall certify the attenuation requirement of the compliance with all applicable trans- simple emission mask at the channel mission system requirements. edges and should be specified as the (6) The licensee shall maintain with digital ERP in the minor change appli- the station’s records for a period of not cation for an on-channel digital con- less than two years the following infor- version. The transmitter may not be mation and make this information to operated to produce a higher digital the Commission upon request: ERP than this value. (i) A description of the modifications [69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004] performed and performance tests or, in the case of installation of a manufacturer-supplied modification kit, a de- Subpart H—Low Power Auxiliary scription of the nature of the modifica- Stations tions, installation and test instructions and other material provided by § 74.801 Definitions. the manufacturer; Cable television system operator. A (ii) Results of performance-tests and cable television operator is defined in measurements on the modified trans- § 76.5(cc) of the rules. mitter; and Low power auxiliary station. An auxil- (iii) Copies of related correspondence iary station authorized and operated with the Commission. pursuant to the provisions set forth in (c) In connection with the on-channel this subpart. Devices authorized as low conversion of existing analog transmit- power auxiliary stations are intended ters for digital operation, a limited al- to transmit over distances of approxi- lowance is made for transmitters with mately 100 meters for uses such as final amplifiers that do not meet the wireless microphones, cue and control attenuation of the Simple emission communications, and synchronization mask at the channel edges. Station li- of TV camera signals. censees may obtain equivalent compli- Motion picture producer. Motion pic- ance with this attenuation require- ture producer refers to a person or or- ment in the following manner: ganization engaged in the production (1) Measure the level of attenuation or filming of motion pictures. of emissions below the average digital Television program producer. Tele- power output at the channel edges in a vision program producer refers to a 500 kHz bandwidth; measurements person or organization engaged in the made over a different measurement production of television programs. bandwidth should be corrected to the Wireless assist video device. An auxil- equivalent attenuation level for a 500 iary station authorized and operated kHz bandwidth using the formula given by motion picture and television pro- in § 74.794; gram producers pursuant to the provi- (2) Calculate the difference in dB be- sions of this subpart. These stations tween the 46 dB channel-edge attenu- are intended to transmit over distances ation requirement of the Simple mask; of approximately 300 meters for use as (3) Subtract the value determined in an aid in composing camera shots on the previous step from the authorized motion picture and television sets. effective radiated power (‘‘ERP’’) of the analog station being converted to (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) digital operation. Then subtract an ad- [42 FR 14729, March 16, 1977, as amended at 43 ditional 6 dB to account for the approx- FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978; 51 FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986; imate difference between analog peak 51 FR 9966, Mar. 24, 1986; 54 FR 41842, Oct. 12, and digital average power. For this 1989; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003] purpose, the ERP must be expressed in decibels above one kilowatt: ERP(dBk) § 74.802 Frequency assignment. = 10 log ERP(kW); (a) Frequencies within the following (4) Convert the ERP calculated in the bands may be assigned for use by low previous step to units of kilowatts; and power auxiliary stations:

501

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00511 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.803 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

26.100–26.480 MHz be reached, the Commission shall be 54.000–72.000 MHz notified and it will specify the fre- 76.000–88.000 MHz quency or frequencies to be employed 161.625–161.775 MHz (except in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands) by each licensee. 174.000–216.000 MHz (b) The selection of frequencies in the 450.000–451.000 MHz bands allocated for TV broadcasting for 455.000–456.000 MHz use in any area shall be guided by the 470.000–488.000 MHz need to avoid interference to TV broad- 488.000–494.000 MHz (except Hawaii) cast reception. In these bands, low 494.000–608.000 MHz power auxiliary station usage is sec- 614.000–806.000 MHz ondary to TV broadcasting and land 944.000–952.000 MHz mobile stations operating in the UHF- (b) Operations in the bands allocated TV spectrum and must not cause harm- for TV broadcasting, listed below, are ful interference. If such interference limited to locations removed from ex- occurs, low power auxiliary station op- isting co-channel TV broadcast sta- eration must immediately cease and tions by not less than the following may not be resumed until the inter- distances unless otherwise authorized ference problem has been resolved. by the FCC. (See § 73.609 for zone definitions.) [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987] (1) 54.000–72.000 MHz and 76.000–88.000 MHz: § 74.831 Scope of service and permis- Zone I 105 km (65 miles) sible transmissions. Zones II and III 129 km (80 miles) The license for a low power auxiliary (2) 174.000–216.000 MHz station authorizes the transmission of cues and orders to production per- Zone I 97 km (60 miles) sonnel and participants in broadcast Zones II and III 129 km (80 miles) programs and motion pictures and in (3) 470.000–608.000 MHz and 614.000– the preparation therefor, the trans- 806.000 MHz. mission of program material by means of a wireless microphone worn by a per- All zones 113 km (70 miles) former and other participants in a pro- (c) Specific frequency operation is re- gram or motion picture during required when operating within the hearsal and during the actual broad- bands allocated for TV broadcasting. cast, filming, or recording, or the (1) The frequency selection shall be transmission of comments, interviews, offset from the upper or lower band and reports from the scene of a remote limits by 25 kHz or an integral mul- broadcast. Low power auxiliary sta- tiple thereof. tions operating in the 944–952 MHz band (2) One or more adjacent 25 kHz seg- may, in addition, transmit synchro- ments within the assignable fre- nizing signals and various control sig- quencies may be combined to form a nals to portable or hand-carried TV channel whose maximum bandwidth cameras which employ low power radio shall not exceed 200 kHz. signals in lieu of cable to deliver pic- (d) Low power auxiliary licensees ture signals to the control point at the will not be granted exclusive frequency scene of a remote broadcast. assignments. [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 51 [52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987, as amended at 68 FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986] FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003] § 74.832 Licensing requirements and § 74.803 Frequency selection to avoid procedures. interference. (a) A license authorizing operation of (a) Where two or more low power one or more low power auxiliary sta- auxiliary licensees need to operate in tions will be issued only to the fol- the same area, the licensees shall en- lowing: deavor to select frequencies or sched- (1) A licensee of an AM, FM, TV, or ule operation in such manner as to International broadcast station or low avoid mutual interference. If a mutu- power TV station. Low power auxiliary ally satisfactory arrangement cannot stations will be licensed for used with a

502

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00512 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.832

specific broadcast or low power TV sta- which will be used. Motion picture pro- tion or combination of stations li- ducers, television program producers, censed to the same licensee within the and cable television operators are re- same community. quired to attach a single sheet to their (2) A broadcast network entity. application form explaining in detail (3) A cable television system operator the manner in which the eligibility re- who operates a cable system that pro- quirements given in paragraph (a) of duces program material for origination this section are met. or access cablecasting, as defined in (f) Applications for the use of the § 76.5(r). bands allocated for TV broadcasting (4) Motion picture producers as de- must specify the usual area of oper- fined in § 74.801. ation within which the low power aux- (5) Television program producers as iliary station will be used. This area of defined in § 74.801. operation may, for example, be speci- (6) Licensees and conditional licens- fied as the metropolitan area in which ees of stations in the Service and Mul- the broadcast licensee serves, or the tichannel Multipoint Distribution usual area within which motion picture Service as defined in § 21.2 of this chap- and television producers are operating. ter, or entities that hold an executed Because low power auxiliary stations lease agreement with an MDS or operating in these bands will only be MMDS licensee or conditional licensee permitted in areas removed from exist- or with an Instructional Television ing co-channel TV broadcast stations, Fixed Service licensee or permittee. licensees have full responsibility to en- (b) An application for a new or re- sure that operation of their stations newal of low power auxiliary license does not occur at distances less than shall specify the frequency band or those specified in § 74.802(b). bands desired. Only those frequency (g) Low power auxiliary licensees bands necessary for satisfactory oper- shall specify the maximum number of ation shall be requested. units that will be operated. (c) Licensees of AM, FM, TV, and (h) For broadcast licensees, low International broadcast stations; low power auxiliary stations will be li- power TV stations; and broadcast net- censed for use with a specific broadcast work entities may be authorized to op- station or combination of broadcast erate low power auxiliary stations in stations licensed to the same licensee the frequency bands set forth in and to the same community. Licensing § 74.802(a). of low power auxiliary stations for use (d) Cable television operations, mo- with a specific broadcast station or tion picture and television program combination of such stations does not producers may be authorized to operate preclude their use with other broadcast low power auxiliary stations only in stations of the same or a different li- the bands allocated for TV broad- censee at any location. Operation of casting. low power auxiliary stations outside (e) An application for low power aux- the area of operation specified in the iliary stations or for a change in an ex- authorization, or in other bands is per- isting authorization shall specify the mitted without further authority of broadcast station, or the network with the Commission. However, operation of which the low power broadcast auxil- low power auxiliary stations shall, at iary facilities are to be principally all times, be in accordance with the reused as given in paragraph (h) of this quirements of § 74.882 of this subpart. section; or it shall specify the motion Also, a low power auxiliary station picture or television production com- that is being used with a broadcast sta- pany or the cable television operator tion or network other than one with with which the low power broadcast which it is licensed, must, in addition auxiliary facilities are to be solely to meeting the requirements of § 74.861 used. A single application, filed on FCC of this subpart, not cause harmful in- Form 601 may be used in applying for terference to another low power auxil- the authority to operate one or more iary station which is being used with low power auxiliary units. The applica- the broadcast station(s) or network tion must specify the frequency bands with which it is licensed.

503

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00513 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.833 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(i) In case of permanent discontinu- may be requested upon a showing that ance of operations of a station licensed operation thereon will not cause inter- under this subpart, the licensee shall ference to established stations: And cancel the station license using FCC provided further, In no case will oper- Form 601. For purposes of this section, ation of a low power auxiliary broad- a station which is not operated for a cast station be authorized on fre- period of one year is considered to have quencies employed for the safety of life been permanently discontinued. and property. (j) The license shall be retained in (e) The user shall have full control the licensee’s files at the address over the transmitting equipment dur- shown on the authorization, posted at ing the period it is operated. the transmitter, or posted at the con- (f) Special temporary authority to trol point of the station. permit operation of low power auxil- [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 47 iary stations pending Commission ac- FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 21503, May 18, tion on an application for regular au- 1982; 47 FR 55938, Dec. 14, 1982; 51 FR 4603, thority will not normally be granted. Feb. 6, 1986; 51 FR 9966, Mar. 24, 1986; 52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 55 FR 46012, Oct. 31, 1990; [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 47 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55939, Dec. 14, 2003; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004] 1982; 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003] § 74.833 Temporary authorizations. § 74.851 Certification of equipment. (a) Special temporary authority may be granted for low power auxiliary sta- (a) Applications for new low power tion operation which cannot be con- auxiliary stations will not be accepted ducted in accordance with § 74.24. Such unless the transmitting equipment authority will normally be granted specified therein has been certificated only for operations of a temporary na- for use pursuant to provisions of this ture. Where operation is seen as likely subpart. on a continuing annual basis, an appli- (b) Any manufacturer of a trans- cation for a regular authorization mitter to be used in this service may should be submitted. apply for certification for such trans- (b) A request for special temporary mitter following the certification pro- authority for the operation of a remote cedure set forth in part 2 of the Com- pickup broadcast station must be made mission’s Rules and Regulations. At- in accordance with the procedures of tention is also directed to part 1 of the § 1.931(b) of this chapter. Commission’s Rules and Regulations (c) All requests for special temporary which specifies the fees required when authority of a low power auxiliary sta- filing an application for certification. tion must include full particulars in- (c) An applicant for a low power aux- cluding: licensees name and address, iliary station may also apply for cer- statement of eligibility, facility identi- tification for an individual transmitter fication number of the associated by following the certification proce- broadcast station (if any), type and dure set forth in part 2 of the Commis- manufacturer of equipment, power out- sion’s Rules and Regulations. The ap- put, emission, frequency or frequencies plication for certification must be ac- proposed to be used, commencement companied by the proper fees as pre- and termination date, location of pro- scribed in part 1 of the Commission’s posed operation, and purpose for which Rules and Regulations. request is made including any par- (d) Low power auxiliary station ticular justification. equipment authorized to be used pursu- (d) A request for special temporary ant to an application accepted for fil- authority shall specify a frequency ing prior to December 1, 1977 may con- band consistent with the provisions of tinue to be used by the licensee or its § 74.802: Provided, That, in the case of successors or assignees: Provided, how- events of wide-spread interest and im- ever, If operation of such equipment portance which cannot be transmitted causes harmful interference due to its successfully on these frequencies, fre- failure to comply with the technical quencies assigned to other services standards set forth in this subpart, the

504

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00514 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.861

Commission may, at its discretion, re- (b) Each authorization for a new low quire the licensee to take such correc- power auxiliary station shall require tive action as is necessary to eliminate the use of certificated equipment. Such the interference. equipment shall be operated in accord- (e) Each instrument of authority ance with the emission specifications which permits operation of a low power included in the certification grant and auxiliary station using equipment as prescribed in paragraphs (c) through which has not been certificated will (e) of this section. specify the particular transmitting (c) Low power auxiliary transmitters equipment which the licensee is au- not required to operate on specific car- thorized to use. rier frequencies shall operate suffi- (f) All transmitters marketed for use ciently within the authorized fre- under this subpart shall be certificated quency band edges to insure the emis- by the Federal Communications Com- sion bandwidth falls entirely within mission for this purpose. (Refer to sub- the authorized band. part I of part 2 of the Commission’s (d) For low power auxiliary stations rules and regulations.) operating in the bands other than those allocated for TV broadcasting, (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) the following technical requirements [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 42 are imposed. FR 43637, Aug. 22, 1977; 43 FR 13576, Mar. 31, (1) The maximum transmitter power 1978; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998] which will be authorized is 1 watt. Li- censees may accept the manufacturer’s § 74.852 Equipment changes. power rating; however, it is the licens- (a) The licensee of a low power auxil- ee’s responsibility to observe specified iary station may make any changes in power limits. the equipment that are deemed desir- (2) If a low power auxiliary station able or necessary, including replace- employs amplitude modulation, modu- ment with certificated equipment, lation shall not exceed 100 percent on without prior Commission approval: positive or negative peaks. Provided, The proposed changes will not (3) The occupied bandwidth shall not depart from any of the terms of the be greater than that necessary for sat- station authorization or the Commis- isfactory transmission and, in any sion’s technical rules governing this event, an emission appearing on any service: And provided further, That any discrete frequency outside the author- changes made to certificated trans- ized band shall be attenuated, at least, mitted equipment shall be in compli- 43+10 log10 (mean output power, in ance with the provisions of part 2 of watts) dB below the mean output the Commission’s rules and regulations power of the transmitting unit. concerning modification of certificated (e) For low power auxiliary stations equipment. operating in the bands allocated for TV (b) Any equipment changes made pur- broadcasting, the following technical suant to paragraph (a) of this section requirements apply: shall be set forth in the next applica- (1) The power of the measured tion for renewal of license. unmodulated carrier power at the output of the transmitter power amplifier (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) (antenna input power) may not exceed [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 43 the following: FR 13576, Mar. 31, 1978; 63 FR 36605, July 7, (i) 54–72, 76–88, and 174–216 MHz 1998] bands—50 mW (ii) 470–608 and 614–806 MHz bands—250 § 74.861 Technical requirements. mW (a) Transmitter power is the power at (2) Transmitters may be either crys- the transmitter output terminals and tal controlled or frequency syn- delivered to the antenna, antenna thesized. transmission line, or any other imped- (3) Any form of modulation may be ance-matched, radio frequency load. used. A maximum deviation of ±75 kHz For the purpose of this subpart, the is permitted when frequency modula- transmitter power is the carrier power. tion is employed.

505

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00515 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.870 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(4) The frequency tolerance of the § 74.870 Wireless video assist devices. transmitter shall be 0.005 percent. (5) The operating bandwidth shall not Television broadcast auxiliary licens- exceed 200 kHz. ees and motion picture and television (6) The mean power of emissions shall producers, as defined in § 74.801 may op- be attenuated below the mean output erate wireless video assist devices on a power of the transmitter in accordance non-interference basis on VHF and with the following schedule: UHF television channels to assist with (i) On any frequency removed from production activities. the operating frequency by more than (a) The use of wireless video assist 50 percent up to and including 100 per- devices must comply with all provi- cent of the authorized bandwidth: at sions of this subpart, except as indi- least 25 dB; cated in paragraphs (b) through (i) of (ii) On any frequency removed from this section. the operating frequency by more than (b) Wireless video assist devices may 100 percent up to and including 250 per- only be used for scheduled productions. cent of the authorized bandwidth: at They may not be used to produce live least 35 dB; events and may not be used for elec- (iii) On any frequency removed from the operating frequency by more than tronic news gathering purposes. 250 percent of the authorized band- (c) Wireless video assist devices may operate with a bandwidth not to exceed width: at least 43+10log10 (mean output power in watts) dB. 6 MHz on frequencies in the bands 180– (f) Unusual transmitting antennas or 210 MHz (TV channels 8–12) and 470–698 antenna elevations shall not be used to MHz (TV channels 14–51) subject to the deliberately extend the range of low following restrictions: power auxiliary stations beyond the (1) The bandwidth may only occupy a limited areas defined in § 74.831. single TV channel. (g) Low power auxiliary stations (2) Operation is prohibited within the shall be operated so that no harmful 608–614 MHz (TV channel 37) band. interference is caused to any other (3) Operation is prohibited within 129 class of station operating in accord- km of a television broadcasting sta- ance with Commission’s rules and regu- tion, including Class A television sta- lations and with the Table of Fre- quency Allocations in part 2 thereof. tions, low power television stations (h) In the event a station’s emissions and translator stations. outside its authorized frequency band (4) For the area and frequency com- causes harmful interference, the Com- binations listed in the table below, op- mission may, at its discretion, require eration is prohibited within the dis- the licensee to take such further steps tances indicated from the listed geo- as may be necessary to eliminate the graphic coordinates. interference. NOTE TO THE FOLLOWING TABLE: All coordinates are referenced to the North American (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) Datum of 1983. [43 FR 13576, Mar. 31, 1978, as amended at 52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998]

Excluded Excluded channels Area North latitude West longitude frequencies (MHz) 200 km 128 km 52 km

Boston, MA ...... 42°21′24.4″ 71°03′23.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... Chicago, IL ...... 41°52′28.1″ 87°38′ 22.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 15 ...... 482–488 ...... 16 ...... Cleveland, OH1 ...... 41°29′51.2″ 81°41′49.5″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... Dallas/Fort Worth, TX ...... 32°47′09.5″ 96°47′38.0″ 476–482 ...... 15 ......

506

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00516 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.870

Excluded Excluded channels Area North latitude West longitude frequencies (MHz) 200 km 128 km 52 km

482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... Detroit, MI 1 ...... 42°19′48.1″ 83°02′56.7″ 470–476 ...... 14 ...... 476–482 15 ...... 482–488 ...... 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... Gulf of Mexico ...... 476–494 ...... 15, 16, 17 Hawaii ...... 488–494 ...... 17 Houston, TX ...... 29°45′26.8″ 95°21′37.8″ 482–488 ...... 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... 494–500 ...... 18 ...... Los Angeles, CA ...... 34°03′15.0″ 118°14′31.3″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... 500–506 ...... 19 ...... 506–512 20 ...... 512–518 ...... 21 ...... Miami, Fl ...... 25°46′38.4″ 80°11′31.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... New York/NE New Jersey ...... 40°45′ 73°59′37.5″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... 494–500 ...... 18 ...... 500–506 19 ...... 506–512 ...... 20 ...... Philadelphia, PA ...... 39°56′58.4″ 75°09′19.6″ 494–500 ...... 18 ...... 500–506 19 ...... 506–512 20 ...... 512–518 ...... 21 ...... Pittsburgh, PA ...... 40°26′19.2″ 79°59′59.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... 494–500 18 ...... 500–506 ...... 19 ...... San Francisco/Oakland, CA ...... 37°46′38.7″ 122°24′43.9″ 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... 494–500 ...... 18 ...... Washington D.C./MD/VA ...... 38°53′51.4″ 77°00′31.9″ 482–488 ...... 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... 494–500 18 ...... 500–506 ...... 19 ...... 1 The distance separation requirements are not applicable in these cities until further order from the Commission.

(d) Wireless video assist devices are holder to use all frequencies available limited to a maximum of 250 milliwatts for wireless video assist devices, sub- ERP and must limit power to that nec- ject to the limitations specified in this essary to reliably receive a signal at a section. distance of 300 meters. Wireless video (2) Licensees may operate as many assist devices must comply with the wireless video assist devices as nec- emission limitations of § 74.637. essary, subject to the notification pro- (e) The antenna of a wireless video cedures of this section. assist device must be attached to the (g) Prior to the transmitter either permanently, or by Notification procedure. means of a unique connector designed commencement of transmitting, licens- to allow replacement of authorized an- ees must notify the local broadcasting tennas but prevent the use of unau- coordinator of their intent to transmit. thorized antennas. When transmitting, If there is no local coordinator in the the antenna must not be more that 10 intended area of operation, licensees meters above ground level. must notify all adjacent channel TV (f)(1) A license for a wireless video as- stations within 161 km (100 mi) of the sist device will authorize the license proposed operating area.

507

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00517 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.882 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

(1) Notification must be made at may operate these devices, the author- least 10 working days prior to the date ized uses, the need for users to obtain of intended transmission. a license, and the requirement that a (2) Notifications must include: local coordinator (or adjacent channel (i) Frequency or frequencies. TV stations, if there is no local coordi- (ii) Location. nator) must be notified prior to oper- (iii) Antenna height. ation. (iv) Emission type(s). [68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 68 (v) Effective radiated power. FR 69331, Dec. 12, 2003] (vi) Intended dates of operation. (vii) Licensee contact information. § 74.882 Station identification. (3)(i) Failure of a local coordinator to (a) For transmitters used for voice respond to a notification request prior transmissions and having a trans- to the intended dates of operation indi- mitter output power exceeding 50 mW, cated on the request will be considered an announcement shall be made at the as having the approval of the coordi- beginning and end of each period of op- nator. In this case, licensees must in eration at a single location, over the addition notify all co-channel and adja- transmitting unit being operated, iden- cent channel TV stations within 161 tifying the transmitting unit’s call km (100 mi) of the proposed operating sign or designator, its location, and the area. This notification is for informa- call sign of the broadcasting station or tion purposes only and will not enable name of the licensee with which it is TV stations to prevent a WAVD from being used. A period of operation may operating, but is intended to help iden- consist of a continuous transmission or tify the source of interference if any is intermittent transmissions pertaining experienced after a WAVD begins oper- to a single event. ation. (ii) If there is no local coordinator in (b) Each wireless video assist device, the intended area of operation, failure when transmitting, must transmit sta- of any adjacent channel TV station to tion identification at the beginning respond to a notification request prior and end of each period of operation. to the intended dates of operation indi- Identification may be made by trans- cated on the request will be considered mitting the station call sign by visual as having the approval of the TV sta- or aural means or by automatic trans- tion. mission in international Morse teleg- (4) Licensees must operate in a man- raphy. ner consistent with the response of the (1) A period of operation is defined as local coordinator, or, if there is no a single uninterrupted transmission or local coordinator in the intended area a series of intermittent transmissions of operation, the responses of the adja- from a single location. cent channel TV stations. Disagree- (2) Station identification shall be ments may be appealed to the Commis- performed in a manner conducive to sion. However, in those instances, the prompt association of the signal source licensee will bear the burden of proof with the responsible licensee. In exer- and proceeding to overturn the rec- cising the discretion provide by this ommendation of the local coordinator rule, licensees are expected too act in a or the co-channel or adjacent channel responsible manner to assure that re- TV station. sult. (h) Licenses for wireless video assist [68 FR 12774, Mar. 17, 2003] devices may not be transferred or assigned. Subparts I–K [Reserved] (i) The product literature that manufacturers include with a wireless assist video device must contain information Subpart L—FM Broadcast Trans- regarding the requirement for users to lator Stations and FM Broad- obtain an FCC license, the requirement cast Booster Stations that stations must locate at least 129 kilometers away from a co-channel TV SOURCE: 35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, unless station, the limited class of users that otherwise noted.

508

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00518 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1202

§ 74.1201 Definitions. tour. The protected contour for an FM (a) FM translator. A station in the translator station is its predicted 1 broadcasting service operated for the mV/m contour. purpose of retransmitting the signals (h) Fill-in area. The area where the of an FM radio broadcast station or an- coverage contour of an FM translator other FM broadcast translator station or booster station is within the pro- without significantly altering any tected contour of the associated pri- characteristics of the incoming signal mary station (i.e., predicted 0.5 mV/m other than its frequency and ampli- contour for commercial Class B sta- tude, in order to provide FM broadcast tions, predicted 0.7 mV/m contour for service to the general public. commercial Class B1 stations, and pre- (b) Commercial FM translator. An FM dicted 1 mV/m contour for all other broadcast translator station which re- classes of stations). broadcasts the signals of a commercial (i) Other area. The area where the FM radio broadcast station. coverage contour of an FM translator (c) Noncommercial FM translator. An station extends beyond the protected FM broadcast translator station which contour of the primary station (i.e., rebroadcasts the signals of a non- predicted 0.5 mV/m contour for com- commercial educational FM radio mercial Class B stations, predicted 0.7 broadcast station. mV/m contour for commercial Class B1 (d) Primary station. The FM radio stations, and predicted 1 mV/m contour broadcast station radiating the signals for all other classes of stations). which are retransmitted by an FM broadcast translator station or an FM [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR broadcast booster station. 37842, June 5, 1980; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; (e) FM radio broadcast station. When 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990] used in this Subpart L, the term FM broadcast station or FM radio broad- § 74.1202 Frequency assignment. cast station refers to commercial and (a) An applicant for a new FM broad- noncommercial educational FM radio cast translator station or for changes broadcast stations as defined in § 2.1 of in the facilities of an authorized trans- this chapter, unless the context indi- lator station shall endeavor to select a cates otherwise. channel on which its operation is not (f) FM broadcast booster station. A sta- likely to cause interference to the re- tion in the broadcasting service oper- ception of other stations. The applica- ated for the sole purpose of retransmit- tion must be specific with regard to the ting the signals of an FM radio broad- frequency requested. Only one output cast station, by amplifying and reradi- channel will be assigned to each trans- ating such signals, without signifi- lator station. cantly altering any characteristic of (b) Subject to compliance with all the incoming signal other than its am- the requirements of this subpart, FM plitude. (g) Translator coverage contour. The broadcast translators may be author- coverage contour for an FM translator ized to operate on the following FM providing ‘‘fill-in’’ service is congruent channels, regardless of whether they with its parent station: For a fill-in are assigned for local use in the FM translator for a commercial Class B Table of Allotments (§ 73.202(b) of this station it is the predicted 0.5 mV/m chapter): field strength contour; for a fill-in (1) Commercial FM translators: Chan- translator for a commercial Cass B1 nels 221–300 as identified in § 73.201 of station it is the predicted 0.7 mV/m this chapter. field strength contour; and for a fill-in (2) Noncommercial FM translators: translator for all other classes of com- Channels 201–300 as identified in § 73.201 mercial stations as well as all non- of this chapter. Use of reserved chan- commercial educational stations it is nels 201–220 is subject to the restric- the predicted 1 mV/m field strength tions specified in § 73.501 of this chap- contour. A fill-in FM translator’s cov- ter. erage contour must be contained with- (3) In Alaska, FM translators oper- in the primary station’s coverage con- ating on Channels 201–260 (88.1–99.9

509

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00519 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.1203 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

MHz) shall not cause harmful inter- (c) An FM booster station will be ex- ference to and must accept inter- empted from the provisions of para- ference from non-Government fixed op- graphs (a) and (b) of this section to the erations authorized prior to January 1, extent that it may cause limited inter- 1982. ference to its primary station’s signal, (c) An FM broadcast booster station provided it does not disrupt the existing will be assigned the channel assigned service of its primary station or cause to its primary station. such interference within the boundaries of the principal community of its [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 39 FR primary station. 12990, Apr. 10, 1974; 47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982; (d) A fill-in FM translator operating 52 FR 8260, Mar. 17, 1987; 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, on the first, second or third adjacent 1990] channel to its primary station’s chan- § 74.1203 Interference. nel will be exempt from the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section (a) An authorized FM translator or to the extent that it may cause limited booster station will not be permitted interference to its primary station’s to continue to operate if it causes any signal, provided it does not disrupt the actual interference to: existing service of its primary station (1) The transmission of any author- or cause such interference within the ized broadcast station; or boundaries of the principal community (2) The reception of the input signal of its primary station. of any TV translator, TV booster, FM (e) It shall be the responsibility of translator or FM booster station; or the licensee of an FM translator or FM (3) The direct reception by the public booster station to correct any condi- of the off-the-air signals of any author- tion of interference which results from ized broadcast station including TV the radiation of radio frequency energy Channel 6 stations, Class D (secondary) by its equipment on any frequency out- noncommercial educational FM sta- side the assigned channel. Upon notice tions, and previously authorized and by the Commission to the station li- operating FM translators and FM censee that such interference is being booster stations. Interference will be caused, the operation of the FM trans- considered to occur whenever reception lator or FM booster station shall be of a regularly used signal is impaired suspended within three minutes and by the signals radiated by the FM shall not be resumed until the inter- translator or booster station, regard- ference has been eliminated or it can less of the quality of such reception, be demonstrated that the interference the strength of the signal so used, or is not due to spurious emissions by the the channel on which the protected sig- FM translator or FM booster station; nal is transmitted. provided, however, that short test trans- (b) If interference cannot be properly missions may be made during the pe- eliminated by the application of suit- riod of suspended operation to check able techniques, operation of the of- the efficacy of remedial measures. fending FM translator or booster sta- [55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 60 tion shall be suspended and shall not be FR 55484, Nov. 1, 1995] resumed until the interference has been eliminated. Short test trans- § 74.1204 Protection of FM broadcast, missions may be made during the pe- FM Translator and LP100 stations. riod of suspended operation to check (a) An application for an FM trans- the efficacy of remedial measures. If a lator station will not be accepted for complainant refuses to permit the FM filing if the proposed operation would translator or booster licensee to apply involve overlap of predicted field con- remedial techniques which demon- tours with any other authorized com- strably will eliminate the interference mercial or noncommercial educational without impairment to the original re- FM broadcast stations, FM translators, ception, the licensee of the FM trans- and Class D (secondary) noncommer- lator or booster station is absolved of cial educational FM stations; or if it further responsibility for that com- would result in new or increased over- plaint. lap with an LP100 station, as set forth:

510

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00520 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1204

(1) Commercial Class B FM Stations (1) The distances to the protected (Protected Contour: 0.5 mV/m) contours are computed using Figure 1 of § 73.333 [F(50,50) curves] of this chap- Fre- Interference contour of Protected contour of ter. quency proposed translator sta- commercial Class B separation station (2) The distances to the interference tion contours are computed using Figure 1a Co- 0.05 mV/m (34 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) of § 73.333 [F(50,10) curves] of this chap- chan- ter. In the event that the distance to nel. the contour is below 16 kilometers (ap- 200 kHz 0.25 mV/m (48 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) 400 kHz/ 50.0 mV/m (94 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) proximately 10 miles), and therefore 600 not covered by Figure 1a, curves in kHz. Figure 1 must be used. (3) The effective radiated power (2) Commercial Class B1 FM Stations (ERP) to be used is the maximum ERP (Protected Contour: 0.7 mV/m) of the main radiated lobe in the perti- Fre- nent azimuthal direction. If the trans- quency Interference contour of Protected contour of mitting antenna is not horizontally po- separa- proposed translator sta- commercial Class B1 tion tion station larized only, either the vertical component or the horizontal component of Co- 0.07 mV/m (37 dBu) 0.7 mV/m (57 dBu) the ERP should be used, whichever is channel. greater in the pertinent azimuthal di- 200 kHz 0.35 mV/m (51 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (57 dBu) rection. 400 kHz/ 70.0 mV/m (97 dBu) 0.7 mV/m (57 dBu) (4) The antenna height to be used is 600 the height of the radiation center kHz. above the average terrain along each (3) All Other Classes of FM Stations pertinent radial, determined in accord- (Protected Contour: 1 mV/m) ance with § 73.313(d) of this chapter. (c) An application for a change (other Fre- than a change in channel) in the au- quency Interference contour of Protected contour of separa- proposed translator any other station thorized facilities of an FM translator tion station will be accepted even though overlap of field strength contours Co- 0.1 mV/m (40 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) chan- would occur with another station in an nel. area where such overlap does not al- 200 kHz 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) ready exist, if: 400 kHz/ 100 mV/m (100 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) 600 (1) The total area of overlap with kHz. that station would not be increased: (2) The area of overlap with any (4) LP100 stations (Protected Con- other station would not increase; tour: 1 mV/m) (3) The area of overlap does not move significantly closer to the station re- Fre- Interference contour of ceiving the overlap; and, quency proposed translator Protected contour of separa- station LP100 LPFM station (4) No area of overlap would be cretion ated with any station with which the Co- 0.1 mV/m (40 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) overlap does not now exist. chan- (d) The provisions of this section con- nel. cerning prohibited overlap will not 200 kHz 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) apply where the area of such overlap NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(4): LP100 stations, lies entirely over water. In addition, an to the purposes of determining overlap pur- application otherwise precluded by this suant to this paragraph, LPFM applications section will be accepted if it can be and permits that have not yet been licensed demonstrated that no actual inter- must be considered as operating with the ference will occur due to intervening maximum permitted facilities. All LPFM terrain, lack of population or such TIS stations must be protected on the basis other factors as may be applicable. of a nondirectional antenna. (e) The provisions of this section will (b) The following standards must be not apply to overlap between a pro- used to compute the distances to the posed fill-in FM translator station and pertinent contours: its primary station operating on a

511

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00521 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.1205 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

first, second or third adjacent channel, of FM stations on adjacent channels at provided That such operation may not spacings that do not meet the min- result in interference to the primary imum distance separations specified in station within its principal commu- § 73.207 of this chapter, the signal of nity. any first adjacent channel station (f) An application for an FM trans- must exceed the signal of the booster lator station will not be accepted for by 6 dB at any point within the pre- filing even though the proposed oper- dicted interference free contour of the ation would not involve overlap of field adjacent channel station. strength contours with any other sta- (j) FM translator stations authorized tion, as set forth in paragraph (a) of prior to June 1, 1991 with facilities that this section, if the predicted 1 mV/m do not comply with the predicted inter- field strength contour of the FM trans- ference protection provisions of this lator station will overlap a populated section, may continue to operate, pro- area already receiving a regularly used, vided that operation is in conformance off-the-air signal of any authorized co- with § 74.1203 regarding actual inter- channel, first, second or third adjacent ference. Applications for major channel broadcast station, including changes in FM translator stations Class D (secondary) noncommercial must specify facilities that comply educational FM stations and grant of with provisions of this section. the authorization will result in inter- [55 FR 50694, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 56 ference to the reception of such signal. FR 56170, Nov. 1, 1991; 58 FR 42025, Aug. 6, (g) An application for an FM trans- 1993; 65 FR 7649, Feb. 15, 2000; 65 FR 67304, lator or an FM booster station that is Nov. 9, 2000; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000] 53 or 54 channels removed from an FM radio broadcast station will not be ac- § 74.1205 Protection of channel 6 TV cepted for filing if it fails to meet the broadcast stations. required separation distances set out in The provisions of this section apply § 73.207 of this chapter. For purposes of to all applications for construction per- determining compliance with § 73.207 of mits for new or modified facilities for a this chapter, translator stations will be noncommercial educational FM trans- treated as Class A stations and booster lator station on Channels 201–220, un- stations will be treated the same as less the application is accompanied by their FM radio broadcast station a written agreement between the NCE- equivalents. FM radio broadcast sta- FM translator applicant and each af- tion equivalents will be determined in fected TV Channel 6 broadcast station accordance with §§ 73.210 and 73.211 of licensee or permittee concurring with this chapter, based on the booster sta- the proposed NCE-FM translator facil- tion’s ERP and HAAT. Provided, how- ity. ever, that FM translator stations and (a) An application for a construction booster stations operating with less permit for new or modified facilities than 100 watts ERP will be treated as for a noncommercial educational FM class D stations and will not be subject translator station operating on Chan- to intermediate frequency separation nels 201–220 must include a showing requirements. that demonstrates compliance with (h) An application for an FM trans- paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of this section lator station will not be accepted for if it is within the following distances of filing if it specifies a location within a TV broadcast station which is au- 320 kilometers (approximately 199 thorized to operate on Channel 6. miles) of either the Canadian or Mexi- Distance can borders and it does not comply FM Channel (kilometers) with § 74.1235(d) of this part. (i) FM booster stations shall be sub- 201 ...... 148 202 ...... 146 ject to the requirement that the signal 203 ...... 143 of any first adjacent channel station 204 ...... 141 must exceed the signal of the booster 205 ...... 140 station by 6 dB at all points within the 206 ...... 137 207 ...... 135 protected contour of any first adjacent 208 ...... 135 channel station, except that in the case 209 ...... 135

512

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00522 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1231

Distance Interference FM Channel (kilometers) Contour FM channel F(50,10) 210 ...... 135 curves 211 ...... 135 (dBu) 212 ...... 135 213 ...... 135 213 ...... 75 214 ...... 134 214 ...... 77 215 ...... 134 215 ...... 78 216 ...... 133 216 ...... 80 217 ...... 133 217 ...... 81 218 ...... 132 218 ...... 85 219 ...... 132 219 ...... 88 220 ...... 131 220 ...... 90

(b) Collocated stations. An application (d) FM translator stations authorized for a noncommercial educational FM prior to June 1, 1991 with facilities that translator station operating on Chan- do not comply with the predicted inter- nels 201–220 and located at 0.4 kilo- ference protection provisions of this meter (approximately 0.25 mile) or less section, may continue to operate, pro- from a TV Channel 6 station will be ac- vided that operation is in conformance cepted if it includes a certification with § 74.1203 regarding actual inter- that the applicant has coordinated its ference. Applications for major antenna with the affected TV station. changes in FM translator stations (c) Contour overlap. Except as pro- must specify facilities that comply vided in paragraph (b) of this section, with the provisions of this section. an application for a noncommercial [55 FR 50695, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 58 educational FM translator station op- FR 42025, Aug. 6, 1993] erating on Channels 201–220 will not be accepted if the proposed operation § 74.1231 Purpose and permissible would involve overlap of its inter- service. ference field strength contour with any (a) FM translators provide a means TV Channel 6 station’s Grade B con- whereby the signals of FM broadcast tour, as set forth below. stations may be retransmitted to areas (1) The distances to the TV Channel 6 in which direct reception of such FM station Grade B (47 dBu) field strength broadcast stations is unsatisfactory contour will be predicted according to due to distance or intervening terrain the procedures specified in § 73.684 of barriers. this chapter, using the F(50,50) curves (b) An FM translator may be used for in § 73.699, Figure 9 of this chapter. the purpose of retransmitting the sig- (2) The distances to the applicable nals of a primary FM radio broadcast noncommercial educational FM trans- station or another translator station lator interference contour will be pre- the signal of which is received directly dicted according to the procedures through space, converted, and suitably specified in § 74.1204(b) of this part. amplified. However, an FM translator (3) The applicable noncommercial providing fill-in service may use any educational FM translator interference terrestrial facilities to receive the sig- contours are as follows: nal that is being rebroadcast. An FM Interference booster station or a noncommercial Contour educational FM translator station that FM channel F(50,10) curves is operating on a reserved channel (dBu) (Channels 201–220) and is owned and operated by the licensee of the primary 201 ...... 54 202 ...... 56 noncommercial educational station it 203 ...... 59 rebroadcasts may use alternative sig- 204 ...... 62 nal delivery means, including, but not 205 ...... 64 206 ...... 69 limited to, satellite and terrestrial 207 ...... 73 microwave facilities. Provided, how- 208 ...... 73 ever, that an applicant for a non- 209 ...... 73 commercial educational translator op- 210 ...... 73 211 ...... 73 erating on a reserved channel (Channel 212 ...... 74 201–220) and owned and operated by the

513

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00523 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.1231 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

licensee of the primary noncommercial the proposed operating frequency in the in- educational FM station it rebroadcasts tended location or area of operation. complies with either paragraph (b)(1) (c) The transmissions of each FM or (b)(2) of this section: translator or booster station shall be (1) The applicant demonstrates that: intended only for direct reception by (i) The transmitter site of the pro- the general public. An FM translator posed FM translator station is within or booster shall not be operated solely 80 kilometers of the predicted 1 mV/m for the purpose of relaying signals to contour of the primary station to be one or more fixed received points for rebroadcast; or, retransmission, distribution, or further (ii) The transmitter site of the pro- relaying in order to establish a point- posed FM translator station is more to-point FM radio relay system. than 160 kilometers from the trans- (d) The technical characteristics of mitter site of any authorized full serv- the retransmitted signals shall not be ice noncommercial educational FM deliberately altered so as to hinder re- station; or, ception on conventional FM broadcast (iii) The application is mutually ex- receivers. clusive with an application containing (e) An FM translator shall not delib- the showing as required by erately retransmit the signals of any § 74.1231(b)(2) (i) or (ii) of this section; station other than the station it is au- or, thorized to retransmit. Precautions (iv) The application is filed after Oc- shall be taken to avoid unintentional tober 1, 1992. retransmission of such other signals. (2) If the transmitter site of the proposed FM translator station is more (f) A locally generated radio fre- than 80 kilometers from the predicted 1 quency signal similar to that of an FM mV/m contour of the primary station broadcast station and modulated with to be rebroadcast or is within 160 kilo- aural information may be connected to meters of the transmitter site of any the input terminals of an FM trans- authorized full service noncommercial lator for the purpose of transmitting educational FM station, the applicant voice announcements. The radio fre- must show that: quency signals shall be on the same (i) An alternative frequency can be channel as the normally used off-the- used at the same site as the proposed air signal being rebroadcast. Connec- FM translator’s transmitter location tion of the locally generated signals and can provide signal coverage to the shall be made by any automatic means same area encompassed by the appli- when transmitting originations con- cant’s proposed 1 mV/m contour; or, cerning financial support. The connec- (ii) An alternative frequency can be tions for emergency transmissions may used at a different site and can provide be made manually. The apparatus used signal coverage to the same area en- to generate the local signal that is compassed by the applicant’s proposed used to modulate the FM translator 1 mV/m contour. must be capable of producing an aural signal which will provide acceptable re- NOTE: For paragraphs 74.1231(b) and ception on FM receivers designed for 74.1231(h) of this section, auxiliary intercity the transmission standards employed relay station frequencies may be used to de- by FM broadcast stations. liver signals to FM translator and booster stations on a secondary basis only. Such use (g) The aural material transmitted as shall not interfere with or otherwise pre- permitted in paragraph (f) of this sec- clude use of these frequencies for transmit- tion shall be limited to emergency ting aural programming between the studio warnings of imminent danger and to and transmitter location of a broadcast sta- seeking or acknowledging financial tion, or between broadcast stations, as pro- support deemed necessary to the con- vided in paragraphs 74.531 (a) and (b) of this tinued operation of the translator. part. Prior to filing an application for an Originations concerning financial sup- auxiliary intercity relay microwave frequency, the applicant shall notify the local port are limited to a total of 30 seconds frequency coordination committee, or, in the an hour. Within this limitation the absence of a local frequency coordination length of any particular announcement committee, any licensees assigned the use of will be left to the discretion of the

514

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00524 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1232

translator station licensee. Solicita- local civil governmental body, upon an tions of contributions shall be limited appropriate showing that plans for fi- to the defrayal of the costs of installa- nancing the installation and operation tion, operation and maintenance of the of the translator are sufficiently sound translator or acknowledgements of fi- to assure prompt construction of the nancial support for those purposes. translator and dependable service. Such acknowledgements may include (b) More than one FM translator may identification of the contributors, the be licensed to the same applicant, size or nature of the contributions and whether or not such translators serve advertising messages of contributors. substantially the same area, upon an Emergency transmissions shall be no appropriate showing of technical need longer or more frequent than necessary for such additional stations. FM trans- to protect life and property. lators are not counted as FM stations (h) FM broadcast booster stations for the purpose of § 73.3555 of this chap- provide a means whereby the licensee ter concerning multiple ownership. of an FM broadcast station may pro- NOTE: As used in this section need refers to vide service to areas in any region the quality of the signal received and not to within the primary station’s predicted, the programming content, format, or trans- authorized service contours. An FM mission needs of an area. broadcast booster station is authorized (c) Only one input and one output to retransmit only the signals of its channel will be assigned to each FM primary station which have been re- translator. Additional FM translators ceived directly through space and suit- may be authorized to provide addi- ably amplified, or received by alter- tional reception. A separate applica- native signal delivery means including, tion is required for each FM translator but not limited to, satellite and terres- and each application shall be complete trial microwave facilities. The FM in all respects. booster station shall not retransmit (d) An authorization for an FM trans- the signals of any other station nor lator whose coverage contour extends make independent transmissions, ex- beyond the protected contour of the cept that locally generated signals may commercial primary station will not be be used to excite the booster apparatus granted to the licensee or permittee of for the purpose of conducting tests and a commercial FM radio broadcast sta- measurements essential to the proper tion. Similarly, such authorization will installation and maintenance of the ap- not be granted to any person or entity paratus. having any interest whatsoever, or any NOTE: In the case of an FM broadcast sta- connection with a primary FM station. tion authorized with facilities in excess of Interested and connected parties ex- those specified by § 73.211 of this chapter, an tend to group owners, corporate par- FM booster station will only be authorized ents, shareholders, officers, directors, within the protected contour of the class of employees, general and limited part- station being rebroadcast as predicted on the ners, family members and business as- basis of the maximum powers and heights set forth in that section for the applicable class sociates. For the purposes of this para- of FM broadcast station concerned. graph, the protected contour of the primary station shall be defined as fol- [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR lows: the predicted 0.5mV/m contour 37842, June 5, 1980; 52 FR 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 53 FR 14803, Apr. 26, 1988; 54 FR 35342, Aug. 25, for commercial Class B stations, the 1989; 55 FR 50695, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, predicted 0.7 mV/m contour for com- Sept. 9, 1992; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 63 FR mercial Class B1 stations and the pre- 33879, June 22, 1998] dicted 1 mV/m field strength contour for all other FM radio broadcast sta- § 74.1232 Eligibility and licensing re- tions. The contours shall be as pre- quirements. dicted in accordance with § 73.313(a) (a) Subject to the restrictions set through (d) of this chapter. In the case forth in paragraph (d) of this section, a of an FM radio broadcast station au- license for an FM broadcast translator thorized with facilities in excess of station may be issued to any qualified those specified by § 73.211 of this chap- individual, organized group of individ- ter, a co-owned commercial FM trans- uals, broadcast station licensee, or lator will only be authorized within the

515

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00525 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.1232 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

protected contour of the class of station. Such an FM translator station tion being rebroadcast, as predicted on may, however, receive technical assist- the basis of the maximum powers and ance from the primary station to the heights set forth in that section for the extent of installing or repairing equip- applicable class of FM broadcast sta- ment or making adjustments to equip- tion concerned. An FM translator sta- ment to assure compliance with the tion in operation prior to March 1, 1991, terms of the translator station’s con- which is owned by a commercial FM struction permit and license. FM trans- (primary) station and whose coverage lator stations in operation prior to contour extends beyond the protected June 1, 1991 may continue to receive contour of the primary station, may contributions or support from a com- continue to be owned by such primary mercial FM radio broadcast station for station until March 1, 1994. Thereafter, the operation and maintenance of the any such FM translator station must translator station until June 1, 1994. be owned by independent parties. An Thereafter, any such FM translator FM translator station in operation station shall be subject to the prohibi- prior to June 1, 1991, which is owned by tions on support contained in this sec- a commercial FM radio broadcast station. tion and whose coverage contour extends beyond the protected contour of NOTE: ‘‘Technical assistance’’ refers to ac- the primary station, may continue to tual services provided by the primary sta- be owned by a commercial FM radio tion’s technical staff or compensation for the broadcast station until June 1, 1994. time and services provided by independent Thereafter, any such FM translator engineering personnel. Conversely, such support must not include the supply of equip- station must be owned by independent ment or direct funding for the translator’s parties. discretionary use. ‘‘Technical assistance’’ (e) An FM translator station whose must occur after the issuance of the trans- coverage contour goes beyond the pro- lator’s construction permit or license in tected contour of the commercial pri- order to meet expenses incurred by install- mary station shall not receive any sup- ing, repairing, or making adjustments to port, before or after construction, ei- equipment. ther directly or indirectly, from the (f) An FM broadcast booster station commercial primary FM radio broad- will be authorized only to the licensee cast station. Such support also may or permittee of the FM radio broadcast not be received from any person or en- station whose signals the booster sta- tity having any interest whatsoever, or tion will retransmit, to serve areas any connection with the primary FM within the protected contour of the pri- station. Interested and connected par- mary station, subject to Note, ties extend to group owners, corporate § 74.1231(h) of this part. parents, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, general and limited (g) No numerical limit is placed upon partners, family members and business the number of FM booster stations associates. Such an FM translator sta- which may be licensed to a single li- tion may, however, receive technical censee. A separate application is re- assistance from the primary station to quired for each FM booster station. FM the extent of installing or repairing broadcast booster stations are not equipment or making adjustments to counted as FM broadcast stations for equipment to assure compliance with the purposes of § 73.5555 of this chapter the terms of the translator station’s concerning multiple ownership. construction permit and license. FM (h) Any authorization for an FM translator stations in operation prior translator station issued to an appli- to March 1, 1991 may continue to re- cant described in paragraphs (d) and (e) ceive contributions or support from the of this section will be issued subject to commercial primary station for the op- the condition that it may be termi- eration and maintenance of the trans- nated at any time, upon not less than lator station until March, 1, 1994. sixty (60) days written notice, where Thereafter, any such FM translator the circumstances in the community or station shall be subject to the prohibi- area served are so altered as to have tions on support contained in this sec- prohibited grant of the application had

516

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00526 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1233

such circumstances existed at the time place in the queue. The rights of an ap- of its filing. plicant in a queue ripen only upon a final determination that the lead appli- [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 43 FR 14660, Apr. 7, 1978; 52 FR 10571, Apr. 2, 1987; 52 cant is unacceptable and if the queue FR 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50696, Dec. 10, member is reached and found accept- 1990; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993] able. The queue will remain behind the lead applicant until a construction per- § 74.1233 Processing FM translator and mit is finally granted, at which time booster station applications. the queue dissolves. (a) Applications for FM translator (2) All other applications for booster and booster stations are divided into stations and reserved band FM trans- two groups: lator stations will be processed as near- (1) In the first group are applications ly as possible in the order in which for new stations or for major changes they are filed. Such applications will in the facilities of authorized stations. be placed in the processing line in nu- For FM translator stations, a major merical sequence, and will be drawn by change is any change in frequency the staff for study, the lowest file num- (output channel) except changes to ber first. In order that those applica- first, second or third adjacent chan- tions which are entitled to be grouped nels, or intermediate frequency chan- for processing may be fixed prior to the nels, and any change in antenna loca- time processing of the earliest filed ap- tion where the station would not con- plication is begun, the FCC will peri- tinue to provide 1 mV/m service to odically release a Public Notice listing some portion of its previously author- reserved band applications that have ized 1 mV/m service area. All other been accepted for filing and announc- changes will be considered minor. All ing a date (not less than 30 days after major changes are subject to the provi- publication) on which the listed appli- sions of §§ 73.3580 and 1.1104 of this cations will be considered available chapter pertaining to major changes. and ready for processing and by which (2) In the second group are applica- all mutually exclusive applications tions for licenses and all other changes and/or petitions to deny the listed ap- in the facilities of the authorized sta- plications must be filed. tion. (3) Applications for reserved band FM (b) Processing booster and reserved translator stations will be processed band FM translator applications. using filing window procedures. The (1) Applications for minor modifica- FCC will specify by Public Notice, a pe- tions for reserved band FM translator riod for filing reserved band FM trans- stations, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) lator applications for a new station or of this section, may be filed at any for major modifications in the facili- time, unless restricted by the FCC, and ties of an authorized station. FM trans- will be processed on a ‘‘first come/first lator applications for new facilities or served’’ basis, with the first acceptable for major modifications will be accept- application cutting off the filing rights ed only during these specified periods. of subsequent, conflicting applicants. Applications submitted prior to the The FCC will periodically release a window opening date identified in the Public Notice listing those applica- Public Notice will be returned as pre- tions accepted for filing. Conflicting mature. Applications submitted after applications received on the same day the specified deadline will be dismissed will be treated as simultaneously filed with prejudice as untimely. and mutually exclusive. Conflicting ap- (4) Timely filed applications for new plications received after the filing of a facilities or for major modifications for first acceptable application will be reserved band FM Translators will be grouped, according to filing date, be- processed pursuant to the procedures hind the lead application in a queue. set forth in subpart K of Part 73 The priority rights of the lead appli- (§ 73.7000 et seq.) Subsequently, the FCC cant, against all other applicants, are will release Public Notices identifying: determined by the date of filing, but mutually exclusive groups of applica- the filing date for subsequent, con- tions; applications received during the flicting applicants only reserves a window filing period which are found to

517

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00527 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.1233 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

be non-mutually exclusive; tentative flicting applications received after the selectees determined pursuant to the filing of a first acceptable application point system procedures set forth in will be grouped, according to filing § 73.7003 of this chapter; and acceptable date, behind the lead application in a applications. The Public Notices will queue. The priority rights of the lead also announce: additional procedures applicant, against all other applicants, to be followed for certain groups of ap- are determined by the date of filing, plications; deadlines for filing addi- but the filing date for subsequent, con- tional information; and dates by which flicting applicants only reserves a petitions to deny must be filed in ac- place in the queue. The rights of an ap- cordance with the provisions of § 73.7004 plicant in a queue ripen only upon a of this chapter. If the applicant is duly final determination that the lead appli- qualified, and upon examination, the cant is unacceptable and if the queue FCC finds that the public interest, con- member is reached and found accept- venience and necessity will be served able. The queue will remain behind the by the granting of the application, it lead applicant until a construction per- will be granted. If an application is found not to be acceptable for filing, mit is finally granted, at which time the application will be returned, and the queue dissolves. subject to the amendment require- (2)(i) The FCC will specify by Public ments of § 73.3522 of this chapter. Notice, pursuant to § 73.5002(a) of this (c) In the case of an application for chapter, a period for filing non-re- an instrument of authorization, other served band FM translator applications than a license pursuant to a construc- for a new station or for major modi- tion permit, grant will be based on the fications in the facilities of an author- application, the pleadings filed, and ized station. FM translator applica- such other matters that may be offi- tions for new facilities or for major cially noticed. Before a grant can be modifications, whether for commercial made it must be determined that: broadcast stations or noncommercial (1) There is not pending a mutually educational broadcast stations, as de- exclusive application. scribed in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), will be ac- (2) The applicant is legally, tech- cepted only during these specified peri- nically, financially and otherwise ods. Applications submitted prior to qualified; the window opening date identified in (3) The applicant is not in violation the Public Notice will be returned as of any provisions of law, the FCC rules, premature. Applications submitted or established policies of the FCC; and after the specified deadline will be dis- (4) A grant of the application would missed with prejudice as untimely. otherwise serve the public interest, (ii) Such FM translator applicants convenience and necessity. will be subject to the provisions of (d) Processing non-reserved band FM §§ 1.2105 and 73.5002(a) regarding the translator applications. submission of the short-form applica- (1) Applications for minor modification, FCC Form 175, and all appropriate tions for non-reserved band FM trans- certifications, information and exhib- lator stations, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, may be filed at its contained therein. To determine any time, unless restricted by the FCC, which FM translator applications are and will be processed on a ‘‘first come/ mutually exclusive, FM translator ap- first served’’ basis, with the first ac- plicants must submit the engineering ceptable application cutting off the fil- data contained in FCC Form 349 as a ing rights of subsequent, conflicting supplement to the short-form applica- applicants. The FCC will periodically tion. Such engineering data will not be release a Public Notice listing those studied for technical acceptability, but applications accepted for filing. Appli- will be protected from subsequently cations received on the same day will filed applications as of the close of the be treated as simultaneously filed and, window filing period. Determinations if they are found to be mutually exclu- as to the acceptability or grantability sive, must be resolved through settle- of an applicant’s proposal will not be ment or technical amendment. Con- made prior to an auction.

518

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00528 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1233

(iii) FM translator applicants will be cations for noncommercial educational subject to the provisions of § 1.2105 rebroadcast stations, as described by 47 garding the modification and dismissal U.S.C. 397(6), will be processed and the of their short-form applications. FCC will periodically release a Public (iv) Consistent with § 1.2105(a), begin- Notice listing such non-mutually ex- ning January 1, 1999, all short-form ap- clusive applications determined to be plications must be filed electronically. acceptable for filing and announcing a (3) Subsequently, the FCC will re- date by which petitions to deny must lease Public Notices: be filed in accordance with the provi- (i) Identifying the short-form appli- sions of §§ 73.7004 and 73.3584 of this cations received during the appropriate chapter. If the applicants are duly filing period or ‘‘window’’ which are qualified, and upon examination, the found to be mutually exclusive, includ- FCC finds that the public interest, con- ing any applications for noncommer- venience and necessity will be served cial educational broadcast stations, as by the granting of the non-mutually defined in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), as well as exclusive long-form application, the the procedures the FCC will use to re- same will be granted. solve the mutually exclusive applica- (5)(i) Pursuant to § 1.2107 of this chap- tions; ter, a winning bidder that meets its (ii) Establishing a date, time and down payment obligations in a timely place for an auction; manner must, within 30 days of the re- (iii)Providing information regarding lease of the public notice announcing the methodology of competitive bid- the close of the auction, submit the ap- ding to be used in the upcoming auc- propriate long-form application for tion, bid submission and payment pro- each construction permit for which it cedures, upfront payment procedures, was the winning bidder. Long-form ap- upfront payment deadlines, minimum plications filed by winning bidders opening bid requirements and applica- shall include the exhibits identified in ble reserve prices in accordance with § 73.5005 of this chapter. the provisions of § 73.5002; (ii) Winning bidders are required to (iv) Identifying applicants who have pay the balance of their winning bids submitted timely upfront payments in a lump sum prior to the deadline es- and, thus, are qualified to bid in the tablished by the Commission pursuant auction. to § 1.2109(a) of this chapter. Long-form (4) After the close of the filing win- construction permit applications will dow, the FCC will also release a Public be processed and the FCC will periodi- Notice identifying any short-form ap- cally release a Public Notice listing plications which are found to be non- such applications that have been ac- mutually exclusive, including any ap- cepted for filing and announcing a date plications for noncommercial edu- by which petitions to deny must be cational broadcast stations, as de- filed in accordance with the provisions scribed in 47 U.S.C. 397(6). These non- of §§ 73.5006 and 73.3584. Construction mutually exclusive applicants will be permits will be granted by the Commis- required to submit the appropriate sion only after full and timely payment long form application within 30 days of of winning bids and any applicable late the Public Notice and, for applicants fees, and if the applicant is duly quali- for commercial broadcast stations, pur- fied, and upon examination, the FCC suant to the provisions of § 73.5005 of finds that the public interest, conven- this chapter. Non-mutually exclusive ience and necessity will be served. If a applications for commercial broadcast winning bidder fails to pay the balance stations will be processed and the FCC of its winning bid in a lump sum by the will periodically release a Public No- applicable deadline as specified by the tice listing such non-mutually exclu- Commission, it will be allowed to make sive applications determined to be ac- payment within ten (10) business days ceptable for filing and announcing a after the payment deadline, provided date by which petitions to deny must that it also pays a late fee equal to five be filed in accordance with the provi- (5) percent of the amount due in ac- sions of §§ 73.5006 and 73.3584 of this cordance with § 1.2109(a) of this chap- chapter. Non-mutually exclusive appli- ter. Construction of the FM translator

519

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00529 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.1234 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

station shall not commence until the stations is not dispositive, its number grant of such permit to the winning of existing fill-in translator authoriza- bidder and only after full and timely tions will also be considered, and the payment of winning bids and any appli- fill-in applicant with the fewest fill-in cable late fees. authorizations will be chosen as ten- (iii) All long-form applications will tative selectee. be cut-off as of the date of filing with (ii) Existing applications. If a tie re- the FCC and will be protected from mains, after the tie breaker in para- subsequently filed long-form translator graph (e)(3)(i) of this section, the re- applications. Applications will be re- maining applicant with the fewest quired to protect all previously filed pending radio new and major change applications. Winning bidders filing applications (AM, FM, and non fill-in long-form applications may change the FM translators) will be chosen as ten- technical proposals specified in their tative selectee. If each applicant is ap- previously submitted short-form appli- plying for a fill-in translator only, and cations, but such change may not con- consideration of its other radio sta- stitute a major change. If the sub- tions is not dispositive, its number of mitted long-form application would existing fill-in translator applications constitute a major change from the will also be considered, and the fill-in proposal submitted in the short-form applicant with the fewest fill-in au- application or the allotment, the long- thorizations will be chosen as tentative form application will be returned pur- selectee. suant to paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this sec- (iii) Where the procedures in para- tion. graphs (e)(1), (e)(2) and (e)(3)(i) and (e) Selection of mutually exclusive (e)(3)(ii) of this section fail to resolve reserved band FM translator applica- the mutual exclusivity, the applications. tions will be processed on a first-come- (1) Applications for FM translator first-served basis. stations proposing to provide fill-in [63 FR 48632, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 64 service (within the primary station’s FR 19502, Apr. 21, 1999; 65 FR 36382, June 8, protected contour) of the commonly 2000; 66 FR 15357, Mar. 19, 2001; 67 FR 45375, owned primary station will be given July 9, 2002; 68 FR 26229, May 15, 2003; 71 FR priority over all other applications. 6229, Feb. 7, 2006] (2) Where applications for FM translator stations are mutually exclusive § 74.1234 Unattended operation. and do not involve a proposal to pro- (a) A station authorized under this vide fill-in service of commonly owned subpart may be operated without a des- primary stations, the FCC may stipu- ignated person in attendance if the fol- late different frequencies as necessary lowing requirements are met: for the applicants. (1) If the transmitter site cannot be (3) Where there are no available fre- reached promptly at all hours and in quencies to substitute for a mutually all seasons, means shall be provided so exclusive application, the FCC will that the transmitting apparatus can be apply the same point system identified turned on and off at will from a point for full service reserved band FM sta- which is readily accessible at all hours tions in § 73.7003(b) of this chapter. In and in all seasons. the event of a tie, the FCC will con- (2) The transmitter shall also be sider: equipped with suitable automatic cir- (i) Existing authorizations. Each appli- cuits which will place it in a nonradi- cant’s number of existing radio author- ating condition in the absence of a sig- izations (licenses and construction per- nal on the input channel. mits for AM, FM, and FM-translators (3) The on-and-off control (if at a lo- but excluding fill-in translators) as of cation other than the transmitter site) the time of application shall be com- and the transmitting apparatus, shall pared, and the applicant with the few- be adequately protected against tam- est authorizations will be chosen as pering by unauthorized persons. tentative selectee. If each applicant is (4) The FCC in Washington, DC, At- applying for a fill-in translator only, tention: Audio Division, Media Bureau, and consideration of its other radio shall be supplied by letter with the

520

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00530 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1235

name, address, and telephone number for the location of the translator. For of a person or persons who may be con- an application specifying a nondirec- tacted to secure suspension of oper- tional transmitting antenna, the speci- ation of the translator promptly should fied ERP must not exceed the smallest such action be deemed necessary by the of the 12 MERP’s. For an application Commission. Such information shall be specifying a directional transmitting kept current by the licensee. antenna, the ERP in each azimuthal di- (5) Where the antenna and supporting rection must not exceed the MERP for structure are required to be painted the closest of the 12 radial directions. and lighted under the provisions of (1) For FM translators located east of Part 17 of this chapter, the licensee the Mississippi River or in Zone I-A as shall make suitable arrangements for described in § 73.205(b) of this chapter: the daily inspection and logging of the Maximum obstruction lighting and associated Radial HAAT (meters) ERP (MERP control equipment as required by in watts) §§ 17.47, 17.48, and 17.49 of this chapter. Less than or equal to 32 ...... 250 (b) An application for authority to 33 to 39 ...... 170 construct a new station pursuant to 40 to 47 ...... 120 48 to 57 ...... 80 this subpart or to make changes in the 58 to 68 ...... 55 facilities of such a station, which pro- 69 to 82 ...... 38 poses unattended operation shall in- 83 to 96 ...... 27 97 to 115 ...... 19 clude an adequate showing as to the 116 to 140 ...... 13 manner of compliance with this sec- Greater than or equal to 141 ...... 10 tion. (2) For FM translators located in all [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 37 FR 18540, Sept. 13, 1972; 38 FR 25992, Sept. 17, other areas: 1973; 60 FR 55484, Nov. 1, 1995; 63 FR 33879, Maximum June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13234, Mar. 21, 2002] Radial HAAT (meters) ERP (MERP in watts) § 74.1235 Power limitations and an- Less than or equal to 107 ...... 250 tenna systems. 108 to 118 ...... 205 (a) An application for an FM trans- 119 to 130 ...... 170 131 to 144 ...... 140 lator station filed by the licensee or 145 to 157 ...... 115 permittee of the primary station to 158 to 173 ...... 92 provide fill-in service within the pri- 174 to 192 ...... 75 193 to 212 ...... 62 mary station’s coverage area will not 213 to 235 ...... 50 be accepted for filing if it specifies an 236 to 260 ...... 41 effective radiated power (ERP) which 261 to 285 ...... 34 286 to 310 ...... 28 exceeds 250 watts. 311 to 345 ...... 23 (b) An application for an FM trans- 346 to 380 ...... 19 lator station, other than one for fill-in 381 to 425 ...... 15.5 426 to 480 ...... 13 service which is covered in paragraph 481 to 540 ...... 11 (a) of this section, will not be accepted Greater than or equal to 541 ...... 10 for filing if it specifies an effective radiated power (ERP) which exceeds the (c) The effective radiated power of maximum ERP (MERP) value deter- FM booster stations shall be limited mined in accordance with this para- such that the predicted service contour graph. The antenna height above aver- of the booster station, computed in ac- age terrain (HAAT) shall be determined cordance with § 73.313 paragraphs (a) in accordance with § 73.313(d) of this through (d) of this chapter, may not chapter for each of 12 distinct radials, extend beyond the corresponding serv- with each radial spaced 30 degrees ice contour of the primary FM station apart and with the bearing of the first that the booster rebroadcasts. In no radial bearing true north. Each raidal event shall the ERP of the booster sta- HAAT value shall be rounded to the tion exceed 20% of the maximum allow- nearest meter. For each of the 12 radial able ERP for the primary station’s directions, the MERP is the value cor- class. responding to the calculated HAAT in (d) Applications for FM translator the following tables that is appropriate stations located within 320 km of the

521

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00531 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.1235 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

Canadian border will not be accepted if termined in accordance with para- they specify more than 50 watts effec- graphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section. tive radiated power in any direction or (g) Either horizontal, vertical, cir- have a 34 dBu interference contour, cal- cular or elliptical polarization may be culated in accordance with § 74.1204 of used provided that the supplemental this part, that exceeds 32 km. FM vertically polarized ERP required for translator stations located within 320 circular or elliptical polarization does kilometers of the Mexican border must not exceed the ERP otherwise author- be separated from Mexican allotments ized. Either clockwise or counter- and assignments in accordance with clockwise rotation may be used. Sepa- § 73.207(b)(3) of this chapter and are lim- rate transmitting antennas are per- ited to a transmitter power output of mitted if both horizontal and vertical 10 watts or less. For purposes of com- polarization is to be provided. pliance with that section, FM trans- (h) All applications must comply lators will be considered as Class D FM with § 73.316, paragraphs (d) and (e) of stations. this chapter. (1) Translator stations located within (i) An application that specifies use 125 kilometers of the Mexican border of a directional antenna must comply may operate with an ERP up to 50 with § 73.316, paragraphs (c)(1) through watts (0.050 kW) ERP. A booster sta- (c)(3) of this chapter. Prior to issuance tion may not produce a 34 dBu inter- of a license, the applicant must: (1) fering contour in excess of 32 km from Certify that the antenna is mounted in the transmitter site in the direction of accordance with the specific instruc- the Mexican border, nor may the 60 tions provided by the antenna manu- dBu service contour of the booster sta- facturer; and (2) certify that the an- tion exceed 8.7 km from the trans- tenna is mounted in the proper orienta- mitter site in the direction of the tion. In instances where a directional Mexican border. antenna is proposed for the purpose of (2) Translator stations located be- providing protection to another facil- tween 125 kilometers and 320 kilo- ity, a condition may be included in the meters from the Mexican border may construction permit requiring that be- operate with an ERP in excess of 50 fore program tests are authorized, a watts, up to the maximum permitted permittee: (1) Must submit the results ERP of 250 watts per § 74.1235(b)(2). of a complete proof-of-performance to However, in no event shall the location establish the horizontal plane radi- of the 60 dBu contour lie within 116.3 ation patterns for both the hori- km of the Mexican border. zontally and vertically polarized radi- (3) Applications for translator or ation components; and, (2) must certify booster stations within 320 km of the that the relative field strength of nei- Canadian border may employ an ERP ther the measured horizontally nor up to a maximum of 250 watts, as speci- vertically polarized radiation compo- fied in § 74.1235(a) and (b). The distance nent shall exceed at any azimuth the to the 34 dBu interfering contour may value indicated on the composite radi- not exceed 60 km in any direction. ation pattern authorized by the con- (e) In no event shall a station author- struction permit. ized under this subpart be operated NOTE: Existing licensees and permittees with a transmitter power output (TPO) that do not furnish data sufficient to cal- in excess of the transmitter certifi- culate the contours in conformance with cated rating. A station authorized § 74.1204 will be assigned protected contours under this subpart for a TPO that is having the following radii: less than its transmitter certificated Up to 10 watts—1 mile (1.6 km) from trans- rating shall determine its TPO in ac- mitter site. cordance with § 73.267 of this chapter Up to 100 watts—2 miles (3.2 km) from trans- and its TPO shall not be more than 105 mitter site. percent of the authorized TPO. Up to 250 watts—4 miles (6.5 km) from transmitter site. (f) Composite antennas and antenna arrays may be used where the total (j) FM translator stations authorized ERP does not exceed the maximum de- prior to June 1, 1991, with facilities

522

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00532 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1250

that do not comply with the ERP limi- § 74.1237 Antenna location. tation of paragraph (a) or (b) of this (a) An applicant for a new station to section, as appropriate, may continue be authorized under this subpart or for to operate, provided that operation is a change in the facilities of such a sta- in conformance with § 74.1203 regarding tion shall endeavor to select a site interference. Applications for major which will provide a line-of-sight changes in FM translator stations transmission path to the entire area must specify facilities that comply intended to be served and at which with paragraph (a) or (b) of this sec- there is available a suitable signal tion, as appropriate. from the primary station. The trans- [55 FR 50697, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 56 mitting antenna should be placed FR 56170, Nov. 1, 1991; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, above growing vegetation and trees 1993; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997; 63 FR 33879, lying in the direction of the area in- June 22, 1998; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998] tended to be served, to minimize the possiblity of signal absorption by foli- § 74.1236 Emission and bandwidth. age. (a) The license of a station author- (b) Consideration should be given to ized under this subpart allows the accessibility of the site at all seasons transmission of either F3 or other of the year and to the availability of types of frequency modulation (see facilities for the maintenance and op- § 2.201 of this chapter) upon a showing eration of the FM translator. of need, as long as the emission com- (c) Consideration should be given to plies with the following: the existence of strong radiofrequency fields from other transmitters at the (1) For transmitter output powers no translator site and the possibility that greater than 10 watts, paragraphs (b), such fields may result in the retrans- (c), and (d) of this section apply. mission of signals originating on fre- (2) For transmitter output powers quencies other than that of the pri- greater than 10 watts, § 73.317 (a), (b), mary station. (c), and (d) apply. (d) The transmitting antenna of an (b) Standard width FM channels will FM booster station shall be located be assigned and the transmitting appa- within the protected contour of its pri- ratus shall be operated so as to limit mary station, subject to Note, § 74.1231 spurious emissions to the lowest prac- (h). The transmitting antenna of a ticable value. Any emissions including commonly owned commercial FM intermodulation products and radio- translator station shall be located frequency harmonics which are not es- within the protected contour of its sential for the transmission of the de- commercial primary FM station. sired aural information shall be consid- (e) A translator or booster station to ered to be spurious emissions. be located on an AM antenna tower or (c) The power of emissions appearing located within 3.2 km of an AM an- outside the assigned channel shall be tenna tower must comply with § 73.1692 attenuated below the total power of of this chapter. the emission as follows: [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; Minimum attenuation 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997] Distance of emission from center frequency below unmodulated § 74.1250 Transmitters and associated carrier equipment. 120 to 240 kHz ...... 25 dB (a) FM translator and booster trans- Over 240 and up to 600 kHz ...... 35 dB mitting apparatus, and exciters em- Over 600 kHz ...... 60 dB ployed to provide a locally generated and modulated input signal to trans- (d) Greater attenuation than that lator and booster equipment, used by specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- stations authorized under the provi- tion may be required if interference re- sions of this subpart must be certifi- sults outside the assigned channel. cated upon the request of any manufac- [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 52 FR turer of transmitters in accordance 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990] with this section and subpart J of part

523

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00533 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.1251 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

2 of this chapter. In addition, FM to the modulator to ensure that a fre- translator and booster stations may quency swing in excess of 75 kHz will use FM broadcast transmitting appa- not occur under any condition of the ratus verified or approved under the modulation. provisions of part 73 of this chapter. [55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 63 (b) Transmitting antennas, antennas FR 36606, July 7, 1998] used to receive signals to be rebroadcast, and transmission lines are not § 74.1251 Technical and equipment subject to the requirement for certifi- modifications. cation. (a) No change, either mechanical or (c) The following requirements must electrical, except as provided in part 2 be met before translator, booster or ex- of this chapter, may be made in FM citer equipment will be certificated in translator or booster apparatus which accordance with this section: has been certificated by the Commis- (1) Radio frequency harmonics and sion without prior authority of the spurious emissions must conform with Commission. the specifications of § 74.1236 of this (b) Formal application on FCC Form part. 349 is required of all permittees and li- (2) The local oscillator or oscillators, censees for any of the following including those in an exciter employed changes: to provide a locally generated and (1) Replacement of the transmitter as modulated input signal to a translator a whole, except replacement with a or booster, when subjected to vari- transmitter of identical power rating ations in ambient temperature between which has been certificated by the FCC minus 30 degrees and plus 50 degrees for use by FM translator or FM booster centigrade, and in primary supply volt- stations, or any change which could re- age between 85 percent and 115 percent sult in the electrical characteristics or of the rated value, shall be sufficiently performance of the station. Upon the stable to maintain the output center installation or modification of the frequency within plus or minus 0.005 transmitting equipment for which percent of the operating frequency and prior FCC authority is not required to enable conformance with the speci- under the provisions of this paragraph, fications of § 74.1261 of this part. the licensee shall place in the station (3) The apparatus shall contain auto- records a certification that the new in- matic circuits to maintain the power stallation complies in all respects with output in conformance with § 74.1235(e) the technical requirements of this part of this part. If provision is included for and the terms of the station authoriza- adjusting the power output, then the tion. normal operating constants shall be (2) A change in the transmitting an- specified for operation at both the tenna system, including the direction rated power output and the minimum of radiation or directive antenna pat- power output at which the apparatus is tern. designed to operate. The apparatus (3) Any change in the overall height shall be equipped with suitable meters of the antenna structure except where or meter jacks so that the operating notice to the Federal Aviation Admin- constants can be measured while the istration is specifically not required apparatus is in operation. under § 17.14(b) of this chapter. (4) Apparatus rated for transmitter (4) Any change in the location of the power output of more than 1 watt shall translator or booster except a move be equipped with automatic circuits to within the same building or upon the place it in a nonradiating condition same pole or tower. when no input signal is being received (5) Any horizontal change in the loca- in conformance with § 74.1263(b) of this tion of the antenna structure which part and to transmit the call sign in would (i) be in excess of 152.4 meters conformance with § 74.1283(c)(2) of this (500 feet), or (ii) would require notice to part. the Federal Aviation Administration (5) For exciters, automatic means pursuant to § 17.7 of the FCC’s rules. shall be provided for limiting the level (6) Any change in the output fre- of the audio frequency voltage applied quency of a translator.

524

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00534 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1263

(7) Any increase of authorized effec- within 0.01 percent of its assigned fre- tive radiated power. FM translator and quency. booster stations may decrease ERP on (b) The licensee of an FM translator a modification of license application or booster station with an authorized provided that exhibits are included to transmitter power output greater than demonstrate that the following re- 10 watts shall maintain the center fre- quirements are met: quency at the output of the translator (i) The license application may not or booster station in compliance with propose to eliminate the authorized the requirement of § 73.1545(b)(1) of this horizontally polarized ERP, if a hori- chapter. zontally polarized ERP is currently au- [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990] thorized; (ii) The installed height of the an- § 74.1262 Frequency monitors and tenna radiation center is not increased measurements. by more than two meters nor decreased (a) The licensee of a station author- by more than four meters from the au- ized under this subpart is not required thorized height for the antenna radi- to provide means for measuring the op- ation center; and erating frequency of the transmitter. (iii) The station is not presently au- However, only equipment having the thorized with separate horizontal and required stability will be approved for vertical antennas mounted at different use by an FM translator or booster. heights. Use of separate horizontal and (b) In the event that a station au- vertical antennas requires a construc- thorized under this subpart is found to tion permit before implementation or be operating beyond the frequency tol- changes. erance prescribed in § 74.1261, the li- (8) Any change in area being served. censee shall promptly suspend operation of the station and shall not re- (c) Changes in the primary FM sta- sume operation until the station has tion being retransmitted must be sub- been restored to its assigned frequency. mitted to the FCC in writing. Adjustment of the frequency deter- (d) Any application proposing a mining circuits of an FM translator or change in the height of the antenna booster shall be made by a qualified structure or its location must also in- person in accordance with § 74.1250(g). clude the Antenna Structure Registra- tion Number (FCC Form 854R) of the § 74.1263 Time of operation. antenna structure upon which it pro- (a) The licensee of an FM translator poses to locate its antenna. In the or booster station is not required to ad- event the antenna structure does not here to any regular schedule of oper- have a Registration Number, either the ation. However, the licensee of an FM antenna structure owner shall file FCC translator or booster station is ex- Form 854 (‘‘Application for Antenna pected to provide a dependable service Structure Registration’’) in accordance to the extent that such is within its with part 17 of this chapter or the ap- control and to avoid unwarranted plicant shall provide a detailed expla- interruptions to the service provided. nation why registration and clearance (b) An FM translator or booster sta- are not required. tion rebroadcasting the signal of a pri- [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR mary station shall not be permitted to 26068, Apr. 17, 1980; 47 FR 24580, June 7, 1982; radiate during extended periods when 50 FR 3525, Jan. 25, 1985; 50 FR 23710, June 5, signals of the primary station are not 1985; 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990; 61 FR 4368, being retransmitted. Feb. 6, 1996; 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR (c) The licensee of an FM translator 36606, July 7, 1998; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000] or booster station must notify the Commission of its intent to dis- § 74.1261 Frequency tolerance. continue operations for 30 or more con- (a) The licensee of an FM translator secutive days. Notification must be or booster station with an authorized made within 10 days of the time the transmitter power output of 10 watts or station first discontinues operation less shall maintain the center fre- and Commission approval must be ob- quency at the output of the translator tained for such discontinued operation

525

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00535 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.1265 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

to continue beyond 30 days. The notifi- dress, and telephone number of the li- cation shall specify the causes of the censee or local representative of the li- discontinued operation and a projected censee if the licensee does not reside in date for the station’s return to oper- the community served by the trans- ation, substantiated by supporting doc- lator or booster, and the name and ad- umentation. If the projected date for dress of a person and place where sta- the station’s return to operation can- tion records are maintained, shall be not be met, another notification and displayed at the translator or booster further request for discontinued oper- site on the structure supporting the ations must be submitted in conform- transmitting antenna, so as to be visi- ance with the requirements of this sec- ble to a person standing on the ground tion. Within 48 hours of the station’s at the transmitter site. The display return to operation, the licensee must shall be prepared so as to withstand notify the Commission of such fact. All normal weathering for a reasonable pe- notification must be in writing. riod of time and shall be maintained in (d) The licensee of an FM translator a legible condition by the licensee. or booster station must notify the Commission of its intent to perma- [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 40 FR nently discontinue operations at least 24901, June 11, 1975] two days before operation is discontinued. Immediately after discontinu- § 74.1269 Copies of rules. ance of operation, the licensee shall The licensee or permittee of a station forward the station license and other authorized under this subpart shall instruments of authorization to the have a current copy of Volumes I (parts FCC, Washington, DC for cancellation. 0, 1, 2 and 17) and III (parts 73 & 74) of (e) Failure of an FM translator or the Commission’s Rules and shall make booster station to operate for a period the same available for use by the oper- of 30 or more consecutive days, except ator in charge. Each such licensee or for causes beyond the control of the li- permittee shall be familiar with those censee or authorized pursuant to para- rules relating to stations authorized graph (c) of this section, shall be under this subpart. Copies of the Com- deemed evidence of discontinuation of mission’s Rules may be obtained from operation and the license of the station the Superintendent of Documents, Gov- may be cancelled at the discretion of ernment Printing Office, Washington, the Commission. Furthermore, the sta- DC 20402. tion’s license will expire as a matter of law, without regard to any causes be- [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990] yond control of the licensee or to any authorization pursuant to paragraph § 74.1281 Station records. (c) of this section, if the station fails to (a) The licensee of a station author- transmit broadcast signals for any con- ized under this Subpart shall maintain secutive 12-month period, notwith- adequate station records, including the standing any provision, term, or condi- current instrument of authorization, tion of the license to the contrary. official correspondence with the FCC, maintenance records, contracts, per- [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 61 FR 28768, June 6, 1996] mission for rebroadcasts, and other pertinent documents. § 74.1265 Posting of station license. (b) Entries required by § 17.49 of this (a) The station license and any other chapter concerning any observed or instrument of authorization or indi- otherwise known extinguishment or vidual order concerning the construc- improper functioning of a tower light: tion of the station or the manner of op- (1) The nature of such extinguish- eration shall be kept in the station ment or improper functioning. record file maintained by the licensee (2) The date and time the extinguish- so as to be available for inspection ment of improper operation was ob- upon request to any authorized rep- served or otherwise noted. resentative of the Commission. (3) The date, time and nature of ad- (b) The call sign of the translator or justments, repairs or replacements booster together with the name, ad- made.

526

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00536 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1284

(c) The station records shall be main- censee to keep in its file, and to make tained for inspection at a residence, of- available to FCC personnel, the trans- fice, or public building, place of busi- lator’s call letters and location, giving ness, or other suitable place, in one of the name, address and telephone num- the communities of license of the ber of the licensee or his service rep- translator or booster, except that the resentative to be contacted in the station records of a booster or trans- event of malfunction of the translator. lator licensed to the licensee of the pri- It shall be the responsibility of the mary station may be kept at the same translator licensee to furnish current place where the primary station information to the primary station li- records are kept. The name of the per- censee for this purpose. son keeping station records, together (2) By transmitting the call sign in with the address of the place where the International Morse Code at least once records are kept, shall be posted in ac- each hour. Transmitters of FM broad- cordance with § 74.1265(b) of the rules. cast translator stations of more than 1 The station records shall be made watt transmitter output power must be available upon request to any author- equipped with an automatic keying de- ized representative of the Commission. vice that will transmit the call sign at (d) Station logs and records shall be least once each hour, unless there is in retained for a period of two years. effect a firm agreement with the translator’s primary station as provided in [48 FR 44807, Sept. 30, 1983] § 74.1283(c)(1) of this section. Trans- § 74.1283 Station identification. mission of the call sign can be accomplished by: (a) The call sign of an FM broadcast (i) Frequency shifting key; the car- translator station will consist of the rier shift shall not be less than 5 kHz initial letter K or W followed by the nor greater than 25 kHz. channel number assigned to the trans- (ii) Amplitude modulation of the FM lator and two letters. The use of the carrier of at least 30 percent modula- initial letter will generally conform to tion. The audio frequency tone use the pattern used in the broadcast serv- shall not be within 200 hertz of the ice. The two letter combinations fol- Emergency Broadcast System Atten- lowing the channel number will be as- tion signal alerting frequencies. signed in order and requests for the as- (d) FM broadcast booster stations signment of particular combinations of shall be identified by their primary letters will not be considered. stations, by the broadcasting of the (b) The call sign of an FM booster primary station’s call signs and loca- station will consist of the call sign of tion, in accordance with the provisions the primary station followed by the of § 73.1201 of this chapter. letters ‘‘FM’’ and the number of the (e) The Commission may, in its dis- booster station being authorized, e.g., cretion, specify other methods of iden- WFCCFM–1. tification. (c) A translator station authorized under this subpart shall be identified [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990] by one of the following methods. (1) By arranging for the primary sta- § 74.1284 Rebroadcasts. tion whose station is being rebroadcast (a) The term rebroadcast means the to identify the translator station by reception by radio of the programs or call sign and location. Three such iden- other signals of a radio station and the tifications shall be made during each simultaneous retransmission of such day: once between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m., programs or signals for direct recep- once between 12:55 p.m. and 1:05 p.m. tion by the general public. and once between 4 p.m. and 6 p.m. Sta- (b) The licensee of an FM translator tions which do not begin their broad- shall not rebroadcast the programs of cast before 9 a.m. shall make their first any FM broadcast station or other FM identification at the beginning of their translator without obtaining prior con- broadcast days. The licensee of an FM sent of the primary station whose pro- translator whose station identification grams are proposed to be retrans- is made by the primary station must mitted. The Commission shall be noti- arrange for the primary station li- fied of the call letters of each station

527

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00537 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR § 74.1290 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

rebroadcast and the licensee of the FM BP=’02’≤ translator shall certify that written Bandwidth and emissions authorized— consent has been received from the li- Remote Pickup ...... 74.462 censee of the station whose programs Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.535 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.736 are retransmitted. IFTS ...... 74.936 (c) An FM translator is not author- FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1236 ized to rebroadcast the transmissions Boosters, Signal UHF translator ...... 74.733 Broadcast regulations applicable to LPTV, TV 74.780 of any class of station other than an translators, and TV boosters. FM broadcast station or another FM Broadcasting emergency information (All serv- 74.21 translator. ices). C § 74.1290 FM translator and booster Changes of Equipment— station information available on the Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.151 Internet. Remote Pickup ...... 74.452 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.551 The Media Bureau’s Audio Division TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.651 provides information on the Internet ITFS ...... 74.951 regarding FM translator and booster Channel assignments (LPTV/TV Translator) ...... 74.702 Channels, Sound (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.603 stations, rules, and policies at http:// Charges, Program Service, (Experimental 74.182 www.fcc.gov/mb/audio. Broadcast Stations). Classes of stations— [67 FR 13234, Mar. 21, 2002] Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.501 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.601 ALPHABETICAL INDEX—PART 74 Construction permit, Statement of under- 74.112 A standing, (Experimental Broadcast Stations). Additional orders by FCC (All Services) ...... 74.28 Copies of the rules— Antenna, Directional (Aural STL/Relays) ...... 74.536 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.769 Antenna location— ITFS ...... 74.969 LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.737 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1269 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1237 Cross Reference (All Services) ...... 74.5 Antenna structure, marking and lighting (All 74.30 D Services). Antenna structure, Use of common (All Serv- 74.22 Definitions— ices). General ...... 74.2 Antenna systems (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.641 Remote Pickup ...... 74.401 Antennas (ITFS) ...... 74.937 LPTV/TV translators ...... 74.701 Application Processing—ITFS ...... 74.911 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.801 Application requirements of Part 73 applicable 74.910 ITFS ...... 74.901 to ITFS. FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1201 Applications, Notification of filing (All Services) .. 74.12 Directional antenna required (Aural STL/Relays) 74.536 Assignment, Frequency— E Experimental Broadcast Station ...... 74.103 Emergency information Broadcasting (All Serv- 74.21 Remote Pickup ...... 74.402 ices). Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.502 Emission authorized— TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.602 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.133 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.702 Remote Pickup ...... 74.462 ITFS ...... 74.902 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.535 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1202 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.637 Authorization of equipment— LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.736 Aural Auxiliary ...... 74.550 ITFS ...... 74.936 Remote Pickup ...... 74.451 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1236 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.655 Equipment and installation— Lw Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.851 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 ITFS ...... 74.952 Equipment authorization— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.550 Authorization, Temporary— Remote Pickup ...... 74.451 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.537 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.655 Remote Pickup ...... 74.433 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.851 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.633 ITFS ...... 74.952 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.833 Authorized emission— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 Experimental Broadcast Station ...... 74.133 Equipment Changes— Remote Pickup ...... 74.462 Experimental Broadcast Station ...... 74.151 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.535 Remote Pickup ...... 74.452 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.637 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.551 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.736 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.651 ITFS ...... 74.936 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.751 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1236 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.852 Authorized frequencies (remote broadcast pick- 74.402 ITFS ...... 74.951 up). FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1251 Automatic relay stations (Remote pickup) ...... 74.436 Equipment, Notification of— Avoidance of interference (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.604 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.550 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.655 528

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00538 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission Pt. 74, Index

Equipment Performance— Licenses, Posting of— FM Tanslators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.165 Equipment tests (All Services) ...... 74.13 Remote pickup broadcast stations ...... 74.432 Experimental Broadcast station ...... 74.101 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.564 Experimental Broadcast Station, Uses of ...... 74.102 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.664 Extension of station licenses, Temporary (All 74.16 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.765 Services). Low power auxiliary stations ...... 74.832 ITFS ...... 74.965 F FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1265 Filing of applications, Notification of (All Serv- 74.12 Licenses, station, Temporary extension (All 74.16 ices). Services). Frequencies, Authorized (Remote broadcast 74.402 Licensing requirements— pickup). Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.131 Frequency assignment— Remote Pickup ...... 74.432 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.103 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.532 Remote Pickup ...... 74.402 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.632 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.502 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.732 TV Auxiliary ...... 74.602 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.832 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.702 ITFS ...... 74.932 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.802 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1232 ITFS ...... 74.902 Lighting and Marking of antenna structures (All 74.30 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1202 Services). Frequency monitors and measurements— Limitations on power— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.162 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.132 Remote Pickup ...... 74.465 Remote Pickup ...... 74.461 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.562 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.534 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.662 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.636 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.762 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.735 ITFS ...... 74.962 ITFS ...... 74.935 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1262 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1235 Frequency tolerance— LPTV, Broadcast rules applicable to ...... 74.780 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.161 Remote Pickup ...... 74.464 M Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.561 Marking and lighting of antenna structures (All 74.30 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.661 Services). LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.761 Modification of transmission systems— ITFS ...... 74.961 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.751 FM Translator/Boosters ...... 74.1261 ITFS ...... 74.951 FM Translators and Boosters ...... 74.1251 I Modulation limits— Identification of station— TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.663 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.183 ITFS ...... 74.970 Remote Pickup ...... 74.482 Modulation monitors and measurements (ITFS) 74.971 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.582 Modulation requirements (Remote Pickup) ...... 74.463 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.682 Monitors and measurements, Frequency— LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.783 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.162 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.882 Remote Pickup ...... 74.465 ITFS ...... 74.982 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.562 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1283 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.662 Information on the Internet, FM translator and 74.1290 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.762 booster stations. ITFS ...... 74.962 Inspection of station by FCC (All Services) ...... 74.3 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1262 Interference— Multiple ownership— LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.703 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.134 ITFS ...... 74.903 LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.732 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1203 Interference avoidance (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.604 N Interference—safety of life and property (All 74.23 Notification of filing of applications (All Services) 74.12 Services). ITFS— O Application processing ...... 74.911 Operation, Remote control— Application requirements from part 73 74.910 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.533 Interference ...... 74.903 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.634 Petition to deny ...... 74.912 Operation, Short term (All Services) ...... 74.24 Purpose and permissible service ...... 74.931 Operation, Time of— Response station hubs ...... 74.939 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.163 Response stations (individually li- 74.940 LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.763 censed). ITFS ...... 74.963 Response stations (ITFS; individually 74.949 FM Translator/Boosters ...... 74.1263 licensed). Operation, Unattended (and/or attended)— Signal booster stations ...... 74.985 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.533 Transmission standards ...... 74.938 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.635 Wireless cable use ...... 74.990 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.734 ITFS ...... 74.934 L FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1234 Land mobile station protection (from LPTV) ...... 74.709 Operator requirements, General (All Services) .. 74.18 License period, Station (All Services) ...... 74.15 Orders, Additional (All Services) ...... 73.28 529

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00539 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Pt. 74, Index 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–08 Edition)

Ownership, Multiple— Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.831 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.134 ITFS ...... 74.931 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.732 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1231 Service, Scope of (Low Power Auxiliaries) ...... 74.831 P Short term operation (All services) ...... 74.24 Permissible service— Signal boosters— Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.531 UHF translator (LPTV/TV Translators) 74.733 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.631 ITFS ...... 74.985 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.731 Sound channels (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.603 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.831 Statement of understanding (Construction per- 74.112 ITFS ...... 74.931 mit-Experimental Broadcast Stations). FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1231 Station identification— Petitions to deny: ITFS ...... 74.912 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.183 Posting of licenses— Remote Pickup ...... 74.482 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.165 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.582 Remote pickup broadcast stations ...... 74.432 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.682 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.564 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.783 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.664 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.882 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.765 ITFS ...... 74.982 Low power auxiliary stations ...... 74.832 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1283 ITFS ...... 74.965 Station inspection by FCC (All Services) ...... 74.3 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1265 Station license period (All Services) ...... 74.15 Power limitations— Station records (Experimental Broadcast Sta- 74.181 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.132 tions). Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.534 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.636 T LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.735 Technical requirements (Low Power Auxiliaries) 74.861 ITFS ...... 74.935 Temporary authorizations— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1235 Remote Pickup ...... 74.433 Program or service tests (All Services) ...... 74.14 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.537 Program service, Charges (Experimental Broad- 74.182 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.633 cast Stations). Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.833 Protection by LPTV— Temporary extension of stations licenses (All 74.16 To broadcast stations ...... 74.705 Services). To other LPTV and TV Translator sta- 74.707 Tests, Equipment (All Services) ...... 74.13 tions. Tests, Service or program (All Services) ...... 74.14 To Land Mobile stations ...... 74.709 Time of operation— Purpose of service— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.163 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.731 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.763 ITFS ...... 74.931 ITFS ...... 74.963 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1231 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1263 Tolerance, Frequency— R Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.161 Rebroadcasts— Remote Pickup ...... 74.464 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.184 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.561 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.784 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.661 ITFS ...... 74.984 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.761 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1284 ITFS ...... 74.961 Records, Station (Experimental Broadcast Sta- 74.181 FM Translator/Boosters ...... 74.1261 tions). Translator signal boosters, UHF (LPTV/TV 74.733 Regulations, Broadcast, applicable to LPTV and 74.780 Translators). TV translators. Translators, TV, Purpose of (LPTV/TV Trans- 74.731 Relay stations, Automatic, (Remote Pickup) ...... 74.436 lators). Remote pickup broadcast frequencies ...... 74.402 Transmission standards (ITFS) ...... 74.938 Remote control operation— Transmission system facilities (LPTV/TV Trans- 74.750 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.533 lators). TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.634 Transmission systems, modification of— Remote pickup stations, Rules special to ...... 74.431 LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.751 Renewal, Supplementary report (Experimental 74.113 ITFS ...... 74.951 Broadcast Stations). FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1251 Response station hubs (ITFS) ...... 74.939 Transmissions, Permissible (Low Power Auxil- 74.831 Response stations (ITFS; individually licensed) 74.940 iaries). Rules, Copies of— Transmitter power (Remote Pickup) ...... 74.461 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.769 Transmitters and associated equipment (FM 74.1250 ITFS ...... 74.969 Translators/Boosters). FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1269 TV boosters, Broadcast rules applicable to 74.780 Rules special to Remote Pickup stations ...... 74.431 (LPTV/TV Translators/TV Boosters. TV Broadcast station protection (from LPTV/TV 74.705 S Translators). Safety of life and property-interference jeopardy 74.23 TV, Low Power and translators, protection to 74.707 (All services). (LPTV/TV Translators). Scope (of Subpart—General) ...... 74.1 TV translators, Broadcast rules applicable to 74.780 Service or program tests (All Services) ...... 74.14 (LPTV/TV Translators). Service, Permissible— Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.531 U TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.631 UHF translator signal boosters (LPTV/TV Trans- 74.733 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.731 lators). 530

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00540 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR Federal Communications Commission Pt. 76

Unattended operation— Subpart E—Equal Employment Opportunity Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.531 Requirements TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.635 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.734 76.71 Scope of application. ITFS ...... 74.934 76.73 General EEO policy. FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1234 76.75 Specific EEO program requirements. Use of common antenna structure (All services) 74.22 76.77 Reporting requirements and enforce- V [Reserved] ment. W 76.79 Records available for public inspec- Wireless cable usage of ITFS ...... 74.990 tion. X-Z [Reserved] Subpart F—Network Non-duplication Pro- [50 FR 38535, Sept. 23, 1985, as amended at 51 tection, Syndicated Exclusivity and FR 34622, Sept. 30, 1986; 52 FR 37316, Oct. 6, Sports Blackout 1987; 52 FR 47569, Dec. 15, 1987; 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 65127, Nov. 25, 1998; 64 FR 76.92 Cable network non-duplication; extent 63744, Nov. 22, 1999] of protection. 76.93 Parties entitled to network non-duplication protection. PART 76—MULTICHANNEL VIDEO 76.94 Notification. AND CABLE TELEVISION SERVICE 76.95 Exceptions. 76.101 Cable syndicated program exclu- Subpart A—General sivity: extent of protection. 76.103 Parties entitled to syndicated exclu- Sec. sivity. 76.1 Purpose. 76.105 Notification. 76.3 Other pertinent rules. 76.106 Exceptions. 76.5 Definitions. 76.107 Exclusivity contracts. 76.6 General pleading requirements. 76.108 Indemnification contracts. 76.7 General special relief, waiver, enforce- 76.109 Requirements for invocation of pro- ment, complaint, show cause, forfeiture, tection. and declaratory ruling procedures. 76.110 Substitutions. 76.8 Status conference. 76.111 Cable sports blackout. 76.9 Confidentiality of proprietary informa- 76.120 Network non-duplication protection, tion. syndicated exclusivity and sports black- 76.10 Review. out rules for satellite carriers: Defini- 76.11 Lockbox enforcement. tions. 76.122 Satellite network non-duplication. Subpart B—Registration Statements 76.123 Satellite syndicated program exclusivity. 76.29 Special temporary authority. 76.124 Requirements for invocation of protection. Subpart C—Cable Franchise Applications 76.125 Indemnification contracts. 76.127 Satellite sports blackout. 76.41 Franchise application process. 76.128 Application of sports blackout rules. 76.130 Substitutions. Subpart D—Carriage of Television Broadcast Signals Subpart G—Cablecasting 76.51 Major television markets. 76.205 Origination cablecasts by legally 76.53 Reference points. qualified candidates for public office; 76.54 Significantly viewed signals; method equal opportunities. to be followed for special showings. 76.206 Candidate rates. 76.209 Fairness doctrine; personal attacks; 76.55 Definitions applicable to the must- political editorials. carry rules. 76.213 Lotteries. 76.56 Signal carriage obligations. 76.225 Commercial limits in children’s pro- 76.57 Channel positioning. grams. 76.59 Modification of television markets. 76.227 [Reserved] 76.60 Compensation for carriage. 76.61 Disputes concerning carriage. Subpart H—General Operating 76.62 Manner of carriage. Requirements 76.64 Retransmission consent. 76.65 Good faith and exclusive retrans- 76.309 Customer service obligations. mission consent complaints. 76.66 Satellite broadcast signal carriage. Subpart I—Forms and Reports 76.70 Exemption from input selector switch rules. 76.403 Cable television system reports. 531

VerDate Aug<31>2005 09:15 Nov 24, 2008 Jkt 214200 PO 00000 Frm 00541 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\214200.XXX 214200 dwashington3 on PROD1PC60 with CFR